Colour Television Chassis
Published by BB 0463 Service PaCE
©Copyright 2004 Philips Consumer EAll rights reserved. No part of this puretrieval system or transmitted, in anymechanical, photocopying, or otherw
L04LAA
E_14480_000.eps120204
Contents Page Contents Page1. Technical Specifications, Connections,
and Chassis Overview 22. Safety and Maintenance Instructions,
Warnings, and Notes 43. Directions for Use 64. Mechanical Instructions 245. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Faultfinding 266. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews,
and WaveformsWiring Diagram 37Block Diagram Supply and Deflection 38Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier 39Block Diagram Video 40Testpoint Overview CRT & LTI Panel 41Block Diagram Audio/Control 42I2C and Supply Voltage Overview 43
7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts Diagram PWBPower Supply (Diagram A1) 44 56-61Diversity Table for A1 (Power Supply) 45 56-61Deflection (Diagram A2) 46 56-61Diversity Table for A2 (Deflection) 47 56-61Tuner IF (Diagram A3) 48 56-61Hercules (Diagram A4) 49 56-61Features & Connectivities (Diagram A5) 50 56-61Class D - Audio Amplifier (Diagram A6) 51 56-61Audio Amplifier (Diagram A7) 52 56-61Rear I/O Cinch (Diagram A8) 53 56-61Front Control (Diagram A9) 54 56-61DVD Power Supply (Reserved) (Diagram A10)55 56-61CRT Panel (Diagram B1) 62 64-65ECO Scavem Panel (Diagram B2) 63 64-65Side AV + Headphone Panel (Diagram D) 66 67Top Control Panel (Diagram E) 68 68Linearity & Panorama Panel (Diagram G) 69 69
LTI/CTI Interface Panel (Diagram H) 70 71Front Interface Panel (Diagram J) 72 72
8. Alignments 739. Circuit Descriptions 81
Abbreviation List 91IC Data Sheets 92
10 Spare Parts List (not applicable) 9311 Revision List 94
Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification EN 3122 785 14440
lectronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands.blication may be reproduced, stored in a form or by any means, electronic,
ise without the prior permission of Philips.
Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis OverviewEN 2 L04L AA1.
1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview
Notes: • Described specifications are valid for the whole (LATAM)
product range.• Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation,
due to different set executions.
1.1 Technical Specifications
1.1.1 Reception
Display type : CRT-DV-SFScreen size : 25” (63 cm), 4:3
: 28” (70 cm), 16:9: 29” (72 cm), 4:3: 32” (82 cm), 16:9
Tuning system : PLLColor systems : NTSC M, or
: TriNormaSound systems : BTSC, or
: BTSC + SAPChannel selections : 181, full cableIF picture carrier : 45.75 MHzAerial input : 75 ohm, F-typeA/V Connections : PAL B/G (pb)
1.1.2 Miscellaneous
Audio output: : 2 x 5 W: 2 x 10 W
Power supply:- Mains voltage range : 90 - 276 V_ac- Mains frequency : 50 / 60 Hz
Ambient conditions:- Temperature range : +5 to +45 deg. C- Maximum humidity : 90% R.H.
Power consumption:- Normal operation : from 56 W (25”)
: to 70 W (32”)- Standby : < 1 W
1.2 Connections
Note: The following connector color abbreviations are used (acc. to DIN/IEC 757): Bk= Black, Bu= Blue, Gn= Green, Gy= Grey, Rd= Red, Wh= White, Ye= Yellow.
1.2.1 Top Control and Front / Side Connections
Figure 1-1 Top control and Front / Side connections
Audio / Video InYe - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm Wh - Audio - L 0.2 V_rms / 10 kohm
Rd - Audio - R 0.2 V_rms / 10 kohm
Bk - Headphone 8 - 600 Ohm / 4 mW
1.2.2 Rear Connections
Figure 1-2 Rear connections
Aerial In- F-type Coax, 75 ohm
Monitor OutYe - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm
Wh - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms / 1 kohm
Rd - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms / 1 kohm
YUV InBu - U 0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm
Rd - V 0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm Gn - Y 0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm
REDLED
R AUDIO L VIDEOE_14480_045.eps
170204
IR LIGHT SENSOR(OPTIONAL)
TOP CONTROL
SIDE I/O
FRONT I/O
VOLUME- + - +PROGRAMP
VIDEO
L/Mono
R
Y
Pb
Pr
V
L
R
V
L
R S-VIDEO
MONITOROUT
75 Ohm AV1IN
COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT
AV2IN
E_14480_047.eps110204
AUDIO
Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview EN 3L04L AA 1.
AV1 InYe - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm
Wh - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm Rd - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm
AV2 InYe - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm Wh - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm
Rd - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm
AV2 In (SVHS)1 - Ground GND
2 - Ground GND
3 - Y 1 V_pp / 75 ohm 4 - C 0.3 V_pp / 75 ohm
1.3 Chassis Overview
Figure 1-3 PWB location
SIDE AV PANEL +HEADPHONE
B2
B1
D
H
MONOCARRIER
A1
E
A2
A3
A4
A5
A9
A10
A8
POWER SUPPLY
JFRONT INTERFACE PANEL
LINE DEFLECTION
TUNER IF
A6CLASS D AUDIO AMPLIFIER
HERCULES
FEATURES & CONNECTIVITIES
A7AUDIO AMPLIFIER
FRONT CONTROL
DVD POWER SUPPLY
REAR I/O CINCH
E_14480_046.eps270204
TOP CONTROL PANELCRT PANEL
LTI/CTI INTERFACEPANEL
G LINEARITY &PANORAMA PANEL
CRT
ECOSCAVEM
Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and NotesEN 4 L04L AA2.
2. Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes
2.1 Safety Instructions
Safety regulations require that during a repair:• Due to the chassis concept, a very large part of the circuitry
(incl. deflection) is 'hot'. Therefore, connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer.
• Replace safety components, indicated by the symbol , only by components identical to the original ones. Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard.
• Wear safety goggles when you replace the CRT. Safety regulations require that after a repair, you must return the set in its original condition. Pay, in particular, attention to the following points:• General repair instruction: as a strict precaution, we advise
you to re-solder the solder connections through which the horizontal deflection current is flowing. In particular this is valid for the:1. Pins of the line output transformer (LOT).2. Fly-back capacitor(s).3. S-correction capacitor(s).4. Line output transistor.5. Pins of the connector with wires to the deflection coil.6. Other components through which the deflection current
flows.Note: This re-soldering is advised to prevent bad connections due to metal fatigue in solder connections, and is therefore only necessary for television sets more than two years old.• Route the wire trees and EHT cable correctly and secure
them with the mounted cable clamps.• Check the insulation of the mains cord for external
damage.• Check the strain relief of the mains cord for proper function,
to prevent the cord from touching the CRT, hot components, or heat sinks.
• Check the electrical DC resistance between the mains plug and the secondary side (only for sets that have an isolated power supply). Do this as follows:1. Unplug the mains cord and connect a wire between the
two pins of the mains plug.2. Turn on the main power switch (keep the mains cord
unplugged!).3. Measure the resistance value between the pins of the
mains plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection of the set. The reading should be between 4.5 MΩ and 12 MΩ.
4. Switch the TV 'off' and remove the wire between the two pins of the mains plug.
• Check the cabinet for defects, to prevent the possibility of the customer touching any internal parts.
2.2 Maintenance Instructions
We recommend a maintenance inspection carried out by qualified service personnel. The interval depends on the usage conditions:• When a customer uses the set under normal
circumstances, for example in a living room, the recommended interval is three to five years.
• When a customer uses the set in an environment with higher dust, grease, or moisture levels, for example in a kitchen, the recommended interval is one year.
• The maintenance inspection includes the following actions:1. Perform the 'general repair instruction' noted above.2. Clean the power supply and deflection circuitry on the
chassis.3. Clean the picture tube panel and the neck of the picture
tube.
2.3 Warnings
• In order to prevent damage to ICs and transistors, avoid all high voltage flashovers. In order to prevent damage to the picture tube, use the method shown in Fig. 2-1, to discharge the picture tube. Use a high voltage probe and a multi-meter (position V_dc). Discharge until the meter reading is 0 V (after approx. 30 s).
Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
• All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD, ). Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically. Make sure that, during repair, you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance. Keep components and tools also at this potential. Available ESD protection equipment:– Complete kit ESD3 (small tablemat, wristband,
connection box, extension cable and ground cable) 4822 310 10671.
– Wristband tester 4822 344 13999.• Together with the deflection unit and any multi-pole unit,
flat square picture tubes form an integrated unit. The deflection and the multi-pole units are set optimally at the factory. We do not recommend adjusting this unit during repair.
• Be careful during measurements in the high voltage section and on the picture tube.
• Never replace modules or other components while the unit is 'on’.
• When you align the set, use plastic rather than metal tools. This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable.
2.4 Notes
2.4.1 General
• Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground (), or hot ground (), depending on the tested area of circuitry.
• The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative. Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a color bar signal and stereo sound (L: 3 kHz, R: 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 475.25 MHz for PAL, or 61.25 MHz for NTSC (channel 3).
• Where necessary, measure the waveforms and voltages with () and without () aerial signal. Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation () and in standby ( ). These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols.
V
E_06532_007.eps110204
Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes EN 5L04L AA 2.
• The picture tube panel has printed spark gaps. Each spark gap is connected between an electrode of the picture tube and the Aquadag coating.
• The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and in the parts lists, are interchangeable per position with the semiconductors in the unit, irrespective of the type indication on these semiconductors.
2.4.2 Schematic Notes
• All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (e.g. 2K2 indicates 2.2 kohm).
• Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an "E" or an "R" (e.g. 220E or 220R indicates 220 ohm).
• All capacitor values are expressed in:micro-farads (µ= x 10^-6), nano-farads (n= x 10^-9), or pico-farads (p= x 10^-12).
• Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (e.g. 2p2 indicates 2.2 pF).
• An "asterisk" (*) indicates component usage varies. Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values.
• The correct component values are listed in the Electrical Replacement Parts List. Therefore, always check this list when there is any doubt.
2.4.3 Practical Service Precautions
• It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock. While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact, others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard.
• Always respect voltages. While some may not be dangerous in themselves, they can cause unexpected reactions - reactions that are best avoided. Before reaching into a powered TV set, it is best to test the high voltage insulation. It is easy to do, and is a good service precaution.
• Before powering up the TV set with the back cover off (or on a test fixture), attach a clip lead to the CRT DAG ground and to a screwdriver blade that has a well insulated handle. After the TV is powered "on" and high voltage has developed, probe the anode lead with the blade, starting at the case of the High Voltage Transformer (flyback - IFT). Move the blade to within two inches of the connector of the CRT. If there is an arc, you found it the easy way, without getting a shock! If there is an arc to the screwdriver blade, replace the part that is causing the problem: the High Voltage Transformer or the lead (if it is removable).
2.4.4 Lead Free Solder
This set is manufactured with lead-free production technology. This is also indicated on the PWB by the PHILIPS lead-free logo (either by a service-printing or by a sticker).
Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo
This set is produced with lead-free solder alloy as well as with lead-free sub-parts. It can be considered as lead-free.Due to this fact, some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repair:• Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order
code 0622 149 00106. If lead-free solder paste is required, please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment.
• Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin.
• Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature around 217 - 220 deg. C is reached at the solder joint.
• Do not mix lead-free soldering tin with leaded soldering tin; this will lead to unreliable solder joints!
• Use only original spare parts listed in this manual. These are lead-free parts!
• On the website www.atyourservice.ce.philips.com you can find more information on: – Aspects of lead-free technology.– BGA (de-)soldering, heating-profiles of BGAs used in
Philips sets, and others
Pb
Directions for UseEN 6 L04L AA3.
3. Directions for UseB
AS
ICA
NT
EN
NA
AN
DC
AB
LE
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
You
r ho
me’
s si
gnal
inpu
t mig
htco
me
from
a s
ingl
e (7
5 oh
m)
roun
d ca
ble,
a C
onve
rter
Box
, or
from
an a
nten
na. I
n ei
ther
cas
e th
e co
nnec
-tio
n to
the
TV
is v
ery
easy
.
1If
you
rC
able
TV
sign
al o
rA
nte
nn
a si
gnal
is a
rou
nd
cab
le(7
5 oh
m)
then
you
'rere
ady
to c
onne
ct t
o th
e T
V.
If y
our
ante
nna
has
flat
tw
in-
lead
wir
e (3
00 o
hm),
you
fir
stne
ed to
atta
ch th
e an
tenn
a w
ires
to th
e sc
rew
s on
a 3
00 to
75
ohm
adap
ter.
If y
ou h
ave
a C
able
Con
vert
erB
ox:
Con
nect
the
Cab
le T
Vsi
g-na
l to
the
Cab
le S
igna
l IN
(put
)pl
ug o
n th
e C
onve
rter
.
2C
onne
ct t
he C
able
TV
cabl
e or
Ant
enna
cab
le (
or 3
00 to
75
ohm
adap
ter)
to th
e 75
plug
on
the
TV
.If
you
hav
e a
Cab
le C
onve
rter
Box
:C
onne
ct th
e O
UT
(put
) pl
ugfr
om th
e C
onve
rter
to th
e 75
plug
on
the
TV
.
Aft
er u
sing
the
Aut
oPro
gram
Con
trol
,pr
ess
the
CH
+ a
nd –
but
tons
to s
crol
lth
roug
h al
l the
cha
nnel
s st
ored
in th
ete
levi
sion
’s m
emor
y.
HE
LPFU
LH
INT
75
1
2AN
T 7
5‰
L/M
on
oMo
nito
r o
ut
VID
EO
S-V
IDE
O
AV
1 in
Y Pb
Pr
AV
2 in
AU
DIO R
CO
MP
ON
EN
T V
IDE
O I
NP
UT
Bac
k of
TV
Cab
le s
igna
lco
min
g fr
omC
able
Com
pany
Jack
Pan
elB
ack
of T
V75
12
AN
T 7
5‰
L/M
on
oMo
nito
r o
ut
VID
EO
S-V
IDE
O
AV
1 in
Y Pb
Pr
AV
2 in
AU
DIO R
CO
MP
ON
EN
T V
IDE
O I
NP
UT
An
ten
na
Con
nec
tion
300
to 7
5A
dapt
er
Com
bina
tion
VH
F/U
HF
Ant
enna
(Out
door
or
Indo
or)
Tw
in L
ead
Wir
e
Rou
nd C
able
75
Bac
k of
TV
Dir
ect
Cab
le C
onn
ecti
on
75R
ound
Coa
xial
Cab
le
1P
AN
EL
IND
EX
Su
bje
ct
P
anel
No.
Act
ive
Con
trol
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. .2
3A
nten
na/C
able
Bas
ic C
onne
ctio
n .
. .1
Aud
io/V
ideo
Con
nect
ions
AV
1 In
put
Jack
s .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. .4
Com
pone
nt V
ideo
Inp
ut J
acks
. . .
.7H
eadp
hone
Jac
k .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. .5
Mon
itor
Out
put
Jack
s .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.8S
-Vid
eo I
nput
Jac
ks .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. .6
Sid
e A
VIn
put
Jack
s .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. .5
Aut
oLoc
k™C
ontr
ols
Acc
ess
Cod
e .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.25
Blo
ck A
ll C
hann
els
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .2
7B
lock
Cha
nnel
s . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.26
Cle
ar A
ll B
lock
ed C
hann
els
. . .
. .2
7M
ovie
Rat
ings
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.28
Oth
er B
lock
ing
Opt
ions
. . .
. . .
. .3
0T
VR
atin
gs .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. .29
Und
erst
andi
ng A
utoL
ock™
. . .
. .2
4A
utom
atic
ally
Pro
gram
min
g T
V .
.13
Aut
oPic
ture
™C
ontr
ol .
. . .
. . .
. . .3
2A
utoS
ound
™C
ontr
ol .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.32
Bas
ic R
emot
e O
pera
tion
. . .
. . .
. . .
.3B
asic
Tel
evis
ion
Ope
rati
on .
. . .
. . .
.3
Su
bje
ct
P
anel
No.
Cab
le B
ox C
onne
ctio
n .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.2C
hann
el E
dit
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
14C
lock
Con
trol
sA
ctiv
ate
Con
trol
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. .2
1C
lock
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. .1
8D
ispl
ay C
ontr
ol .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. .22
Spe
cifi
c C
hann
el .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.20
Sta
rt o
r S
top
Tim
e . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. .1
9C
lose
d C
apti
on C
ontr
ol .
. . .
. . .
. . .3
1D
emo
Mod
e . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. .3
0F
acto
ry S
ervi
ce L
ocat
ions
. . .
. .3
6-37
For
mat
Con
trol
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.17
Lan
guag
e C
ontr
ols
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.11
Lim
ited
War
rant
y .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.38
Pic
ture
Men
u C
ontr
ols
. . .
. . .
. . .
.15
Qua
draS
urf™
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
33-3
4R
emot
e B
atte
ries
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.3R
emot
e B
utto
n D
escr
ipti
ons
. . .
.9-1
0S
leep
tim
er .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.31
Sou
nd M
enu
Con
trol
s .
. . .
. . .
. . .
.16
Tro
uble
shoo
ting
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
35T
uner
Mod
e . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. .1
2
Act
ive
Con
trol
, Aut
oPic
ture
, Aut
oSou
nd, a
nd I
ncre
dibl
e S
urro
und
are
trad
emar
ks o
f P
hilip
sC
onsu
mer
Ele
ctro
nics
Com
pany
. Cop
yrig
ht 2
001
Phi
lips
Con
sum
er E
lect
roni
cs.*
Man
ufac
ture
dun
der
licen
se f
rom
Dol
by L
abor
ator
ies.
“D
olby
” an
d th
e do
uble
-D s
ymbo
l are
trad
emar
ks o
f D
olby
Lab
orat
orie
s.
Directions for Use EN 7L04L AA 3.
POW
ER
3
+–
VO
LUM
E+
–C
HA
NN
EL
2
1
BA
SIC
TV
AN
DR
EM
OT
EC
ON
TR
OL
OP
ER
AT
ION
3 1P
ress
th
e P
OW
ER
bu
tton
totu
rn t
he T
VO
N.
Not
e: Y
ou c
an a
lso
pres
s an
ybu
tton
on
the
fron
t of
the
TV
totu
rn t
he T
VO
N.
2P
ress
th
e V
OL
UM
E +
bu
tton
to i
ncre
ase
the
soun
d le
vel,
orth
e V
OL
UM
E –
bu
tton
tolo
wer
the
sou
nd l
evel
.
Pre
ssin
g b
oth
bu
tton
s at
th
esa
me
tim
ew
ill
disp
lay
the
on-
scre
en m
enu.
Onc
e in
the
men
u, u
se t
hese
but
tons
to
mak
e ad
just
men
ts o
r se
lect
ions
.
3P
ress
th
e C
HA
NN
EL
UP
+or
DO
WN
–bu
tton
to
sele
ct T
Vch
anne
ls.
4P
oin
t th
e re
mot
eco
ntro
lto
war
d th
e re
mot
e se
nsor
win
-do
w o
n th
e T
Vw
hen
oper
atin
gth
e T
Vw
ith
the
rem
ote.
RE
MO
TE
CO
NT
RO
L
To
load
th
e su
ppli
ed b
atte
ries
into
th
e re
mot
e:
1.R
emov
e th
e b
atte
ry c
omp
art-
men
t li
don
the
bac
k of
the
rem
ote.
2.P
lace
th
e b
atte
ries
(2-
AA
) in
the
rem
ote.
Be
sure
the
(+
) an
d (-
)en
ds o
f th
e ba
tter
ies
line
up
corr
ect-
ly (
insi
de o
f ca
se i
s m
arke
d.)
3.R
eatt
ach
th
e b
atte
ry li
d.
Bat
tery
Com
part
men
t
2-A
AB
atte
ries
Bat
tery
Lid
Bac
k of
Rem
ote
32
1
Stan
dby
Lig
ht I
ndic
ator
- R
ed li
ght w
ill s
how
whe
n in
the
Stan
dby
Mod
e. P
ress
the
Pow
erbu
tton
to r
etur
n th
e T
Vto
it’s
act
ive
stat
e.
Rem
ote
Sens
or-
Sens
or f
orac
tivat
ing
rem
ote
cont
rol c
om-
man
ds w
hen
the
rem
ote
isus
ed to
con
trol
the
TV
.
Exa
mpl
e of
Mod
els
27P
T64
41/3
7 an
d 27
PT
6442
/37
Exa
mpl
e of
Mod
els
27P
T54
41/3
7 an
d 32
PT
5441
/37
TOTV
/VCR
CABL
EIN
IR
USB
DVD
-D O
UT
AUD
IO IN
SPD
IFVI
DEO
IN
OU
T
S-VI
DEO
R
L
AUD
IO O
UT
TVPA
SSCA
RD
Y
Pb
Pr
OPT
ICAL
SPD
IF
4
24
AN
T 7
5‰
L/M
on
oMo
nito
r o
ut
VID
EO
S-V
IDE
O
AV
1 in
Y Pb
Pr
AV
2 in
AU
DIO R
CO
MP
ON
EN
T V
IDE
O I
NP
UT
L/M
onoM
onito
r ou
t
VID
EO
S-V
IDE
O
AV
1 in
Y Pb Pr
AV
2 in
AU
DIO R
CO
MP
ON
EN
T V
IDE
O IN
PU
T
5
6
CA
BL
EB
OX
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
2 If you
r ca
ble
sign
al u
ses
a ca
ble
box
or d
ecod
er, f
ollo
w th
e ea
syst
eps
belo
w to
com
plet
e th
e co
nnec
-tio
n.
Cab
le B
ox (
w/R
FIn
/Out
puts
):T
his
conn
ectio
n w
ill b
e m
ono.
1C
onne
ct t
he C
able
Com
pany
supp
lied
cabl
e to
the
sign
alIN
(put
) pl
ug o
n th
e ba
ck o
f th
eC
able
Box
.
2U
sing
a s
epar
ate
roun
d co
axia
lca
ble,
conn
ect
one
end
to t
heO
UT
(put
)(T
OT
V)
plug
on
the
back
of
the
Cab
le B
ox.
3C
onne
ct t
he o
ther
end
of t
hero
und
coax
ial c
able
to th
e 75
inpu
t on
the
back
of
the
tele
vi-
sion
. Scr
ew it
dow
n fi
nger
tigh
t. N
OT
E:
If a
pplic
able
, set
the
OU
T-
PUT
CH
AN
NE
LSW
ITC
H o
n th
eba
ck o
f th
e ca
ble
box
to C
H 3
or
4.T
une
the
TV
to th
e sa
me
chan
nel a
ndch
ange
cha
nnel
s at
the
cabl
e bo
x. I
nso
me
case
s, th
e ca
ble
box
will
aut
o-m
atic
ally
tune
to e
ither
cha
nnel
3 o
r 4,
chan
ge c
hann
els
until
the
pict
ure
appe
ars.
Cab
le B
ox (
w/A
udio
/Vid
eoO
utpu
ts):
Thi
s co
nnec
tion
will
sup
ply
Ster
eoso
und.
4C
onne
ct t
he C
able
Com
pany
supp
lied
cabl
e to
the
cabl
e si
g-na
l IN
(put
) pl
ug o
n th
e ba
ck o
fth
e C
able
Box
.
5U
sing
a R
CA
type
Vid
eo C
able
,co
nnec
t on
e en
d of
the
cab
le t
oth
e V
ideo
(or
AN
T, y
our
cabl
ebo
x m
ay b
e la
bele
d di
ffere
ntly
)O
ut j
ack
on th
e ca
ble
box
and
the
othe
r en
d to
the
AV
1 V
ideo
Inpu
t on
the
TV
.
6C
onne
ct o
ne e
nd o
f th
e A
udio
Lef
t and
Rig
ht C
able
to
the
left
and
righ
t Aud
io O
ut L
& R
jack
s on
the
cab
le b
ox. C
onne
ctth
e ot
her
end
to th
e A
V1
Aud
io L
& R
Inp
ut ja
cks
on th
e T
V.
NO
TE
:U
se th
e A
Vbu
tton
on th
e T
Vre
mot
e co
ntro
l to
tune
to th
e A
V1
chan
nel f
or th
e ca
ble
box
sign
al. O
nce
tune
d, c
hang
e ch
anne
ls a
t the
cab
lebo
x, n
ot th
e te
levi
sion
.
75
TOTV
/VCR
CABL
EIN
IR
USB
DVD
-D O
UT
AUD
IO IN
SPD
IFVI
DEO
IN
OU
T
S-VI
DEO
R
L
AUD
IO O
UT
TVPA
SSCA
RD
Y
Pb
Pr
OPT
ICAL
SPD
IF
12 3
AN
T 7
5‰
L/M
onoM
onito
r ou
t
VID
EO
S-V
IDE
O
AV
1 in
Y Pb Pr
AV
2 in
AU
DIO R
CO
MP
ON
EN
T V
IDE
O IN
PU
T
Jack
Pan
el B
ack
of C
able
Box
Cab
le S
igna
l IN
fro
m t
heC
able
Com
pany
Rou
nd 7
5C
oaxi
al C
able
Jack
Pan
el B
ack
of T
V
Cab
le S
igna
l IN
from
the
Cab
leC
ompa
nyC
able
Box
wit
h A
/VO
utpu
ts
Jack
Pan
el B
ack
of T
V
Aud
io C
able
s L
(Whi
te)
& R
(R
ed)
Vid
eo C
able
(Yel
low
)
Cab
le B
ox (
w/R
FIn
/Out
puts
):
Cab
le B
ox (
w/A
udio
/Vid
eo O
utpu
ts):
Directions for UseEN 8 L04L AA3.
SID
EA
V C
ON
NE
CT
ION
S5 A
udio
and
Vid
eo S
ide
Inpu
ts a
reav
aila
ble
for
a qu
ick
conn
ec-
tion
of
a V
CR
, to
play
back
vid
eofr
om a
cam
era,
or
atta
ch a
gam
-in
g de
vice
. Use
the
AV
butt
on o
nth
e re
mot
e co
ntro
l to
tun
e th
ese
inpu
ts.
1C
onn
ect
the
vid
eo (
yell
ow)
cab
lefr
om t
he V
ideo
out
put
on t
he C
amer
a (o
r ac
cess
ory
devi
ce)
to t
he V
ideo
(ye
llow
)In
put
loca
ted
on t
he S
IDE
of
the
TV
.
2F
orS
tere
o D
evic
es:
Con
nect
the
audi
o ca
ble
(red
and
whi
te)
from
the
Aud
io L
eft
and
Rig
ht O
utpu
ts o
n th
eC
amer
a to
the
Aud
io I
n(w
hite
) ja
ck o
n th
e S
IDE
of
the
tele
visi
on.
For
Mon
o D
evic
es:
Con
nect
one
end
of t
he a
udio
cab
lefr
om t
he A
udio
Out
jac
k on
the
devi
ce t
o th
e A
udio
In
(whi
te)
jack
on
the
SID
E o
fth
e te
levi
sion
.
3T
urn
the
TV
and
the
acce
sso-
ry d
evic
e O
N.
4P
ress
th
e A
Vb
utt
onon
the
rem
ote
cont
rol
to t
une
the
TV
to t
he s
ide
inpu
t ja
cks.
“Fro
nt”
wil
l ap
pear
on
the
TV
scre
en.
5P
ress
th
e P
LA
Y
bu
tton
on t
he a
cces
sory
dev
ice
tovi
ew p
layb
ack,
or
to a
cces
sth
e ac
cess
ory
devi
ce (
cam
era,
gam
ing
unit
, etc
.).
VID
EO
AU
DIO
L R
Fron
t
S-VI
DEO
VID
EOAU
DIO
LEFT
R
IGH
T
31 2
3 5
VOL
4
Sid
e Ja
ck p
anel
of T
V Aud
ioC
able
s
Vid
eoC
able
Jack
Pan
el o
f A
cces
sory
Dev
ice
Opt
iona
lH
eadp
hone
s
AV
(A
UD
IO/V
IDE
O)
INP
UT
CO
NN
EC
TIO
N4
L/M
on
oMo
nito
r o
ut
VID
EO
S-V
IDE
O
AV
1 in
Y Pb
Pr
AV
2 in
AU
DIO R
CO
MP
ON
EN
T V
IDE
O IN
PU
T
AU
DIO
OU
TR
LS
-VID
EO
OU
TA
NT
/CA
BL
EO
UT
VID
EO
OU
T
3
AU
DIO
OU
TR
LS
-VID
EO
OU
TA
NT
/CA
BL
EO
UT
VID
EO
OU
T
34
57
1
24
2
1
57
Aud
io a
nd v
ideo
cab
les
are
not s
up-
plie
d w
ith th
e T
V, b
ut a
re a
vaila
ble
from
Phi
lips
or e
lect
roni
cs r
etai
lers
.
HE
LP
FU
LH
INT
Aud
io I
n(R
ed a
ndW
hite
)
VC
R T
wo
(or
acce
ssor
yde
vice
) (E
quip
ped
wit
hV
ideo
and
Aud
io O
utpu
t Ja
cks)
Vid
eo I
n(Y
ello
w)
Bac
k of
VC
R
Bac
k of
TV
AV
1C
onn
ecti
on
AV
2 C
onn
ecti
on
VC
R O
ne (
orac
cess
ory
devi
ce)
(Equ
ippe
dw
ith A
udio
and
Vid
eo O
utpu
tJa
cks)
The
TV
’s a
udio
/vid
eo i
nput
jac
ksar
e fo
r di
rect
pic
ture
and
sou
ndco
nnec
tion
s be
twee
n th
e T
Van
d a
VC
R (
or s
imil
ar d
evic
e) t
hat
has
audi
o/vi
deo
outp
ut j
acks
.Bot
h th
eA
V1
and
AV
2 In
put
Jack
con
nect
ions
are
show
n on
thi
s pa
ge, b
ut e
ithe
ron
e ca
n be
con
nect
ed a
lone
. Fol
low
the
easy
ste
ps b
elow
to
conn
ect
your
acce
ssor
y de
vice
to
the
AV1
and
AV
2IN
Jac
ks l
ocat
ed o
n th
e ba
ck o
f th
eT
V. 1C
onne
ct t
he V
IDE
O (
yello
w)
cabl
eto
the
VID
EO
AV
1IN
(or
AV
2 IN
) ja
ck o
n th
e ba
ck o
f th
eT
V.
2C
onne
ct t
he A
UD
IO (
red
and
whi
te)
cabl
esto
the
AU
DIO
(le
ftan
d ri
ght)
AV
1IN
(or A
V2
in)
jack
s on
the
rear
of
the
TV
.
3C
onne
ct t
he V
IDE
O (
yello
w)
cabl
eto
the
VID
EO
OU
Tja
ck o
nth
e ba
ck o
f th
e V
CR
(ei
ther
one
or tw
o) o
r ac
cess
ory
devi
ce b
eing
used
.
4C
onne
ct t
he A
UD
IO (
red
and
whi
te)
cabl
esto
the
AU
DIO
(le
ftan
d ri
ght)
OU
Tja
cks
on th
e re
arof
the
VC
R (
eith
er o
ne o
r tw
o) o
rac
cess
ory
devi
ce b
eing
use
d.
5T
urn
the
VC
R (
eith
eron
e or
two)
or
acce
ssor
y de
vice
and
the
TV
ON
.
6P
ress
the
AV
but
ton
to s
et t
heT
V t
o it
s A
V1o
r A
V2
chan
nel.
7W
ith e
ither
of
the
VC
Rs
(or
acce
ssor
y de
vice
s) O
N a
nd a
pre
-re
cord
ed ta
pe (
CD
, DV
D, e
tc.)
inse
rted
,pre
ss t
he P
LA
Ybu
tton
to v
iew
the
tape
on
the
tele
visi
on.
Directions for Use EN 9L04L AA 3.
CO
MP
ON
EN
TV
IDE
O(C
VI)
IN
PU
TC
ON
NE
CT
ION
S
Com
pone
nt V
ideo
inp
uts
prov
ide
for
the
high
est
poss
ible
col
oran
d pi
ctur
e re
solu
tion
in
the
play
-ba
ck o
f di
gita
l si
gnal
sou
rce
mat
eri-
al, s
uch
as w
ith
DV
D p
laye
rs.
The
colo
r di
ffer
ence
sig
nals
(P
b, P
r) a
ndth
e lu
min
ance
(Y
) si
gnal
are
con
-ne
cted
and
rec
eive
d se
para
tely
,w
hich
all
ows
for
impr
oved
col
orba
ndw
idth
inf
orm
atio
n (n
ot p
ossi
ble
whe
n us
ing
com
posi
te v
ideo
or
S-V
ideo
con
nect
ions
).
1C
onne
ct t
he C
ompo
nent
(Y
,P
b, P
r) V
ideo
OU
Tja
cks
from
the
DV
D p
laye
r (o
r si
mila
rde
vice
) to
the
(Y, P
b, P
r) in
(put
)ja
ck o
n th
e T
V.
Whe
n us
ing
the
Com
pone
nt V
ideo
Inp
uts,
it is
best
not
to c
onne
ct a
sig
nal t
o th
eA
Vin
Vid
eo J
ack.
2C
onn
ect
the
red
an
d w
hit
eA
UD
IO C
AB
LE
S to
the
Aud
io(l
eft
and
righ
t) o
utpu
t ja
cks
onth
e re
ar o
f th
e ac
cess
ory
devi
ceto
the
Aud
io (
Lan
d R
) A
V1
inIn
put
Jack
s on
the
TV
.
3T
urn
th
e T
Van
d t
he
DV
D (
ord
igit
al a
cces
sory
dev
ice)
ON
.
4P
ress
th
e A
Vb
utt
on o
rth
eC
H +
or
CH
– b
utt
ons
tosc
roll
the
ava
ilab
le c
hann
els
unti
l C
VI
appe
ars
in t
he u
pper
left
cor
ner
of t
he T
Vsc
reen
.
5In
sert
a D
VD
dis
c in
to t
heD
VD
pla
yer
and
pre
ss t
he
PL
AY
b
utt
on o
n t
he
DV
DP
laye
r.
The
des
crip
tion
for
the
com
pone
nt v
ideo
conn
ecto
rs m
ay d
iffe
r de
pend
ing
on t
heD
VD
pla
yer
or a
cces
sory
dig
ital
sou
rce
equi
pmen
t us
ed (
for
exam
ple,
Y, P
b, P
r; Y
,B
-Y, R
-Y; Y
, Cr,
Cb)
. A
ltho
ugh
abbr
evia
-ti
ons
and
term
s m
ay v
ary,
the
let
ters
ban
dr
stan
d fo
r th
e bl
ue a
nd r
ed c
olor
com
pone
ntsi
gnal
con
nect
ors,
and
Yin
dica
tes
the
lum
i-na
nce
sign
al.
Ref
er t
o yo
ur D
VD
or
digi
tal
acce
ssor
y ow
ner’
s m
anua
l fo
r de
fini
tion
s an
dco
nnec
tion
det
ails
.
HE
LP
FU
LH
INT
VOL
L/M
on
oMo
nito
r o
ut
VID
EO
S-V
IDE
O
AV
1 in
Y Pb
Pr
AV
2 in
AU
DIO R
CO
MP
ON
EN
T V
IDE
O IN
PU
T
S-V
IDE
O
OU
TO
UT
OU
T
LR
AU
DIO
VID
EO
CO
MP
VID
EO
YP
b
Pr
2
1
35
4
Com
pone
ntV
ideo
Cab
les
(Gre
en, B
lue,
Red
)
Aud
ioC
able
s(R
ed &
Whi
te)
Acc
esso
ry D
evic
eE
quip
ped
with
Com
pone
nt V
ideo
Out
puts
Bac
k of
TV
The
CV
I co
nnec
tion
wil
l be
dom
inat
e ov
er t
he A
V1
in V
ideo
Inp
ut. W
hen
a C
ompo
nent
Vid
eo D
evic
e is
conn
ecte
d as
des
crib
ed, i
t is
bes
t no
t to
hav
e a
vide
osi
gnal
con
nect
ed t
o th
e A
V1
in V
ideo
Inp
ut j
ack.
7S
-VID
EO
(S-V
HS)
INP
UT
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
The
S(u
per)
-Vid
eo c
onne
ctio
n on
the
rear
of t
he T
Vca
n pr
ovid
eyo
u w
ith b
ette
r pi
ctur
e de
tail
and
clar
ity fo
r th
e pl
ayba
ck o
f acc
esso
ryso
urce
s su
ch a
s D
BS
(dig
ital b
road
-ca
st s
atel
lite)
, DV
D (
digi
tal v
ideo
disc
s), v
ideo
gam
es, a
nd S
-VH
S V
CR
(vid
eo c
asse
tte r
ecor
der)
tape
s th
anth
e no
rmal
ant
enna
pic
ture
con
nec-
tions
.
NO
TE
:T
he a
cces
sory
dev
ice
mus
tha
ve a
n S-
VID
EO
OU
T(p
ut)
jack
inor
der
for
you
to c
ompl
ete
the
conn
ec-
tion
on th
is p
age.
1C
onne
ct o
ne e
nd o
f th
e S-
VID
EO
CA
BL
E to
the
S-
VID
EO
jack
on
the
back
of
the
TV
. The
n co
nnec
t one
end
the
AU
DIO
(re
d an
d w
hite
)C
AB
LE
S to
the
AV1
in A
UD
IOL
and
R (
left
and
rig
ht)
jack
s on
the
rear
of
the
TV
.
2C
onne
ct o
ther
end
of t
he S
-V
IDE
O C
AB
LE
to th
e S
-VH
S(S
-Vid
eo)
OU
Tja
ck o
n th
e ba
ckof
the
VC
R. T
hen
conn
ect t
heot
her
ends
of
the
AU
DIO
(re
dan
d w
hite
) C
AB
LE
S to
the
AU
DIO
(le
ft a
nd r
ight
) O
UT
jack
s on
the
rear
of
the
VC
R.
3T
urn
the
VC
R a
nd t
he T
VO
N.
4P
ress
th
e A
Vb
utt
on o
rth
eC
H +
or
CH
– b
utt
ons
on th
ere
mot
e to
scr
oll t
he c
hann
els
until
SV
HS
app
ears
in th
e up
per
left
cor
ner
of th
e T
Vsc
reen
.
5N
ow y
our
read
y to
pla
ce a
pre
-re
cord
ed v
ideo
tape
in th
e V
CR
and
pres
s th
e P
LA
Y
butt
on.
VOL
L/M
on
oMo
nito
r o
ut
VID
EO
S-V
IDE
O
AV
1 in
Y Pb
Pr
AV
2 in
AU
DIO R
CO
MP
ON
EN
T V
IDE
O I
NP
UT
AU
DIO
OU
TL
R
S-V
IDE
OO
UT
AN
T/C
AB
LE
OU
TV
IDE
OO
UT
12
12
35
4
VC
R o
r E
xter
nal
Acc
esso
ry D
evic
e(w
ith
S-V
ideo
Out
put)
Aud
io C
able
s(R
ed &
Whi
te)
S-V
ideo
Cab
le
Bac
k of
TV
6
Directions for UseEN 10 L04L AA3.
RE
MO
TE
CO
NT
RO
LB
UT
TO
ND
ES
CR
IPT
ION
S9
QU
AD
RA
SUR
FB
utto
ns(R
ed, G
reen
, Yel
low
, Blu
e) A
llow
s yo
u to
stor
e an
d su
rf u
p to
10
chan
nels
you
choo
se f
or e
ach
colo
red
butto
n.
AV
But
ton
Pre
ss to
sel
ect a
n ac
cess
ory
sign
al in
put
from
the
fron
t AV
Inpu
ts.
SMIL
EY
But
ton
Pre
ss to
add
cha
nnel
s to
the
“Qua
draS
urf”
list
s. W
orks
with
all
col-
ored
but
tons
.
AU
TO
SO
UN
D B
utto
nP
ress
rep
eate
dly
to c
hoos
e fr
om d
iffe
rent
fact
ory
pre-
defi
ned
soun
d se
tting
s.C
hoos
e fr
om P
erso
nal (
how
you
set
the
Sou
nd M
enu
optio
ns),
Voi
ce (
for
pro-
gram
min
g w
ith s
peak
ing
only
), M
usic
(for
mus
ical
type
pro
gram
s su
ch a
s co
n-ce
rts)
, or
The
atre
(us
ed w
hen
wat
chin
gm
ovie
s).
ME
NU
But
ton
Pre
ss to
dis
play
the
on-s
cree
n m
enu.
Als
oca
n be
use
d to
bac
k ou
t of
the
on-s
cree
nm
enu
until
it d
isap
pear
s fr
om th
e T
V’s
scre
en.
CC
But
ton
Pre
ss to
act
ivat
e th
e C
lose
d C
aptio
ning
optio
ns. R
epea
tedl
y pr
essi
ng th
e C
C b
ut-
ton
will
scr
oll t
he a
vaila
ble
optio
ns o
n th
eT
Vsc
reen
.
VO
L(u
me)
+ o
r-
But
tons
Pre
ss th
e V
OL
+ b
utto
n to
incr
ease
the
TV
’s s
ound
leve
l. P
ress
the
VO
L–
butto
nto
dec
reas
e th
e T
V’s
sou
nd le
vel.
MU
TE
But
ton
Pre
ss th
e m
ute
butto
n to
elim
inat
e th
eso
und
bein
g he
ard
from
the
TV
. “M
UT
E”
will
be
disp
laye
d on
the
TV
’s s
cree
n.P
ress
aga
in to
res
tore
the
TV
’s v
olum
e to
it’s
prev
ious
leve
l. pr
essi
ng th
is b
utto
n fo
r3-
4 se
cond
s w
ill a
ctiv
ate
the
Dem
o M
ode.
(See
pan
el 3
0 fo
r m
ore
deta
ils.)
SLE
EP
But
ton
Pre
ss th
e S
leep
but
ton
to s
et th
e T
Vto
auto
mat
ical
ly tu
rn it
self
off
aft
er a
set
peri
od o
f tim
e. P
ress
rep
eate
dly
to s
elec
t15
, 30,
45,
60,
90,
120
, 180
, or
240
min
-ut
es.
VOL
MO
NIT
OR
OU
T(P
UT)
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
8 The
Aud
io/V
ideo
(M
onito
r) O
utpu
tja
cks
are
grea
t for
rec
ordi
ng w
itha
VC
R o
r us
ed to
con
nect
an
exte
r-na
l aud
io s
yste
m fo
r be
tter
soun
dre
prod
uctio
n.
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
CO
NN
EC
TIO
N:
1C
onne
ct o
ne e
nd o
f th
eR
(igh
t) a
nd L
(eft
) AU
DIO
(Mon
itor
Out
)ja
cks
on th
e T
Vto
the
R a
nd L
audi
o in
put j
acks
on y
our
ampl
ifie
r or
sou
nd s
ys-
tem
. Set
the
audi
o sy
stem
’s v
ol-
ume
to a
nor
mal
list
enin
g le
vel.
2T
urn
the
TV
and
audi
o sy
s-te
m O
N.
Toad
just
the
volu
me
on th
e au
dio
syst
em, y
ou w
illne
ed to
cha
nge
the
volu
me
atth
e ex
tern
al a
udio
sys
tem
, not
the
tele
visi
on.
SE
CO
ND
VC
R C
ON
NE
CT
ION
:N
OT
E:
Ref
er to
pan
el n
umbe
r 4
for
the
prop
er h
ooku
p of
the
firs
t VC
R.
Fol
low
the
inst
ruct
ions
on
how
totu
ne to
the
AV1
chan
nel t
o vi
ew a
pre-
reco
rded
tape
.
The
fol
low
ing
step
s al
low
you
to
conn
ect
a se
cond
VC
R t
o re
cord
the
prog
ram
whi
le y
our
wat
chin
git
. 3C
onne
ct o
ne e
nd o
f th
e ye
llow
Vid
eo C
able
to th
e M
onito
rO
ut V
IDE
O p
lug.
Con
nect
the
othe
r en
d to
the
VID
EO
IN p
lug
on th
e se
cond
VC
R.
4C
onne
ct o
ne e
nd o
f th
e re
dan
d w
hite
Aud
io c
able
from
the
Mon
itor
Out
AU
DIO
Lan
dR
plu
gs o
n th
e T
Vto
the
AU
DIO
IN
plu
gs o
n th
e V
CR
.
5T
urn
th
e S
econ
d V
CR
ON
,in
sert
a V
HS
tap
e an
d it
’sre
ady
to r
ecor
d w
hat’
s be
ing
view
ed o
n th
e T
Vsc
reen
.
L/M
onoM
onito
r out
VID
EO
S-V
IDE
O
AV
1 in
Y Pb
Pr
AV
2 in
AU
DIO R
CO
MP
ON
EN
T V
IDE
O IN
PU
T
AU
X/T
V I
NP
UT
PH
ON
O I
NP
UT
RL
1
2
Bac
k of
TV
Aud
io C
able
s(R
ed a
nd W
hite
)
L/M
onoM
onito
r out
VID
EO
S-V
IDE
O
AV
1 in
Y Pb Pr
AV
2 in
AU
DIO R
CO
MP
ON
EN
T V
IDE
O IN
PU
T
AN
TE
NN
AO
UT
AN
TE
NN
AIN
VID
EO
AU
DIO
ININ
OU
TO
UT
LR
AN
TE
NN
AO
UT
AN
TE
NN
AIN
VID
EO
AU
DIO
ININ
OU
TO
UT
RL
3
4
5
Bac
k of
TV
Aud
ioC
able
s
1st V
CR
(ref
er t
o pa
nel
4 fo
rpr
oper
con
nect
ion)
Vid
eoC
able
2nd
VC
R w
ith
Aud
io a
ndV
ideo
Inp
ut J
acks
SE
CO
ND
VC
R C
ON
NE
CT
ION
:
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
CO
NN
EC
TIO
N:
Directions for Use EN 11L04L AA 3.
VOL
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Brig
htne
ssC
olor
Pic
ture
Sha
rpne
ssTi
ntM
ore.
..
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Lang
uage
Tune
r Mod
eA
uto
Pro
gram
Cha
nnel
Edi
t
Inst
all
Lang
uage
Tune
r Mod
eA
uto
Pro
gram
Cha
nnel
Edi
t
Eng
lish
OR
Inst
alar
Idio
ma
Sin
ton
aA
uto
Pro
gram
aE
dita
r Can
al
Esp
aol
6
2 4
3 5
1
2 4
Inst
alla
tion
Lang
ueM
ode
synt
.P
rogr
. au
to.
dite
r pro
gr.
Fra
nai
s
OR
For
Fre
nch
and
Span
ish
spea
king
TV
owne
rs a
n on
scre
enL
angu
age
opti
on i
s pr
esen
t. W
ith
the
Lan
guag
eco
ntro
l yo
u ca
n se
t th
eT
V’s
on-
scre
en m
enu
to b
e sh
own
inE
ngli
sh, F
renc
h, o
r Sp
anis
h.
1P
ress
th
e M
EN
U b
utt
on o
nth
e re
mot
e co
ntro
l to
sho
w t
heon
-scr
een
men
u.
2P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
butt
ons
to s
crol
lth
ough
the
on-s
cree
n m
enu
until
the
wor
d In
stal
l is
high
-lig
hted
.
3P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R R
IGH
T2
bu
tton
to d
ispl
ay t
heIn
stal
lmen
u fe
atur
es.
4P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
butt
ons
to s
crol
lth
roug
h th
e In
stal
l fea
ture
s un
tilth
e w
ord
Lan
guag
eis
hig
h-lig
hted
.
5P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R R
IGH
T2
bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
tose
lect
Eng
lish
, Fra
ncai
s(F
renc
h), o
r E
spañ
ol(S
pani
sh).
6W
hen
fin
ish
ed, p
ress
th
eS
TA
TU
S/E
XIT
bu
tton
tore
mov
e th
e m
enu
from
the
TV
’s s
cree
n.
HO
WT
OU
SE
TH
EL
AN
GU
AG
EC
ON
TR
OL
11 The
Lan
guag
e co
ntro
l onl
ym
akes
the
TV
’s o
n-sc
reen
Men
uite
ms
appe
ar in
Eng
lish,
Spa
nish
,or
Fre
nch
text
.It
doe
s no
t cha
nge
the
othe
r on
-sc
reen
text
fea
ture
s su
ch a
sC
lose
d C
aptio
n (C
C)
TV
show
s.
HE
LP
FU
LH
INT
RE
MO
TE
CO
NT
RO
LB
UT
TO
ND
ES
CR
IPT
ION
S10
VOL
PO
WE
R B
utt
onP
ress
to
turn
the
TV
on o
r of
f.
A/C
HB
utt
on (
Alt
ern
ate
Ch
ann
el)
Pres
s to
togg
le b
etw
een
the
last
vie
wed
cha
nnel
and
the
chan
nel p
rese
ntly
bei
ng v
iew
ed.
FR
OW
NIE
But
ton
Allo
ws
you
to d
elet
e ch
anne
ls f
rom
the
“Qua
dra
Surf
” lis
ts f
or th
e co
lore
d bu
ttons
. Wor
ks w
ithal
l col
ored
but
tons
.
AU
TO
PIC
TU
RE
But
ton
Pres
s re
peat
edly
to c
hoos
e fr
om 5
diff
eren
t fac
-to
ry p
rede
fine
d pi
ctur
e se
tting
s. C
hoos
e fr
omPe
rson
al (
how
you
set
the
Pict
ure
Men
uA
djus
tmen
t con
trol
s), M
ovie
s (f
or m
ovie
s),
Spor
ts (
for
any
spor
ting
even
t), W
eak
Sign
al(u
sed
whe
n th
e si
gnal
bei
ng r
ecei
ved
is n
otgr
eat)
, or
Mul
timed
ia (
for
vide
o ga
mes
).
STA
TU
S/E
XIT
But
ton
Pres
s to
dis
play
the
curr
ent c
hann
el n
umbe
r. If
the
on-s
cree
n m
enu
is d
ispl
ayed
, pre
ss th
eSt
atus
/Exi
t but
ton
of r
emov
e it
from
the
TV
’ssc
reen
.
3, 4
, 1
, and
2
But
tons
Pres
s to
nav
igat
e, s
elec
t, an
d ad
just
con
trol
sw
ithin
the
on-s
cree
n m
enu.
Als
o us
e th
e C
UR
-SO
R3
or C
UR
SOR
4
to a
ctiv
ate
or d
eact
i-va
te th
e E
XPA
ND
4:3
scr
een
form
attin
g co
n-tr
ol.
CH
(ann
el) +
or
CH
(ann
el)-
But
tons
Pres
s to
sel
ect c
hann
els
in a
scen
ding
or
desc
endi
ng o
rder
.
NU
MB
ER
ED
(0-9
) But
tons
Pres
s th
e nu
mbe
red
butto
ns to
sel
ect T
Vch
an-
nels
or
to e
nter
cer
tain
val
ues
with
in th
e on
-sc
reen
men
u. F
or s
ingl
e ch
anne
l ent
ries
, pre
ssth
e nu
mbe
red
butto
n fo
r th
e ch
anne
l you
des
ire.
The
TV
will
pau
se f
or a
sec
ond
or tw
o be
fore
chan
ging
to th
e ch
osen
cha
nnel
.
CL
OC
K:
Pres
s to
dis
play
the
“Tim
er”
men
u. W
ithin
this
men
u, s
et th
e tim
e, s
et th
e T
Vto
tune
to a
cer
-ta
in c
hann
el a
t a c
erta
in ti
me
once
or
daily
.
Directions for UseEN 12 L04L AA3.
AU
TO
MA
TIC
AL
LY
PR
OG
RA
M13
Aut
o P
rogr
amC
hann
el12
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Brig
htne
ssC
olor
Pic
ture
Sha
rpne
ssTi
ntM
ore.
..
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Lang
uage
Tune
r Mod
eA
uto
Pro
gram
Cha
nnel
Edi
t
Inst
all
Lang
uage
Tune
r Mod
eA
uto
Pro
gram
Cha
nnel
Edi
t
Aut
o P
rogr
amC
hann
el13
Aut
o P
rogr
amC
hann
el14
VOL
2 4
2 4
16 3 5
You
r T
Vca
n au
tom
atic
ally
set
itse
lf f
or l
ocal
are
a (o
r C
able
TV
) ch
anne
ls. T
his
mak
es i
t ea
syfo
r yo
u to
sel
ect
only
the
TV
sta-
tion
s in
you
r ar
ea w
hen
the
CH
AN
NE
L(+
), (
–)bu
tton
s ar
epr
esse
d.
Not
e: M
ake
sure
the
ant
enna
or
cabl
e si
gnal
con
nect
ion
has
been
com
plet
ed b
efor
e A
UT
OP
RO
-G
RA
M i
s ac
tiva
ted.
1P
ress
th
e M
EN
U b
utt
on o
nth
e re
mot
e to
sho
w t
he o
n-sc
reen
men
u.
2P
ress
th
e C
UR
SOR
UP3
orD
OW
N 4
butt
ons
tosc
roll
thr
ough
the
on-
scre
enm
enu
unti
l th
e w
ord
Inst
all
is h
ighl
ight
ed.
3P
ress
th
e C
UR
SOR
RIG
HT
2bu
tton
to d
ispl
ay t
heIn
stal
lmen
u fe
atur
es.
4P
ress
CU
RS
OR
UP3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
scr
oll
the
Inst
all
feat
ures
unt
il t
hew
ords
Au
toP
rogr
amar
ehi
ghli
ghte
d.
5P
ress
th
e C
UR
SOR
RIG
HT
2bu
tton
to s
tart
the
Aut
oP
rogr
am s
cann
ing
of c
han-
nels
. Aut
o P
rogr
amm
ing
wil
lst
ore
all
avai
labl
e ch
anne
lsin
the
TV
’s m
emor
y th
entu
ne t
o th
e lo
wes
t av
aila
ble
chan
nel
whe
n do
ne.
6W
hen
fin
ish
ed, p
ress
th
eS
TA
TU
S /E
XIT
bu
tton
tore
mov
e th
e m
enu
from
the
TV
’s s
cree
n.
Whe
n C
AB
LE
is s
elec
ted,
cha
nnel
s 1-
125
are
avai
labl
e.
Whe
n A
NT
EN
NA
is s
elec
ted,
cha
n-ne
ls 2
-69
are
avai
labl
e.
Whe
n A
UT
O i
s se
lect
ed, t
he T
Vw
ill
auto
mat
ical
ly s
et i
tsel
f to
the
cor
rect
mod
e ba
sed
on t
he t
ype
of s
igna
l it
dete
cts
whe
n th
e A
UT
OP
RO
GR
AM
feat
ure
is a
ctiv
ated
.
HE
LP
FU
LH
INT
S
HO
WT
OU
SE
TH
ET
UN
ER
MO
DE
CO
NT
RO
L12 T
he T
UN
ER
MO
DE
con
trol
allo
ws
you
to c
hang
e th
e T
V’s
inpu
t si
gnal
to
eith
er A
NT
EN
NA
,C
AB
LE
, or
AU
TO
mod
e. I
t’sim
port
ant
for
the
TV
to k
now
wha
t ty
pe o
f si
gnal
to
look
for
(Cab
le T
Vor
an
Ant
enna
). I
n th
eA
UT
O m
ode,
whe
n th
e A
UT
OP
RO
GR
AM
feat
ure
is a
ctiv
ated
,th
e T
Vw
ill
auto
mat
ical
ly c
hoos
eth
e co
rrec
t m
ode.
1P
ress
th
e M
EN
U b
utt
on o
nth
e re
mot
e to
sho
w t
he o
n-sc
reen
men
u.
2P
ress
th
e C
UR
SOR
UP3
orD
OW
N 4
butt
ons
tosc
roll
thr
ough
the
on-
scre
enm
enu
unti
l th
e w
ord
Inst
all
is h
ighl
ight
ed.
3P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
RR
IGH
Tb
utt
on to
dis
play
the
Inst
allm
enu
feat
ures
.
4P
ress
CU
RS
OR
UP3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
scr
oll
the
Inst
all
feat
ures
unt
il t
hew
ords
Tu
ner
Mod
eis
hig
h-li
ghte
d.
5P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
RR
IGH
Tb
utt
on to
sel
ect
eith
erA
nte
nn
a,C
able
, or
Au
tom
ode.
6W
hen
fin
ish
ed, p
ress
th
eS
TA
TU
S /E
XIT
bu
tton
tore
mov
e th
e on
-scr
een
men
ufr
om t
he T
V’s
scr
een.
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Brig
htne
ssC
olor
Pic
ture
Sha
rpne
ssTi
ntM
ore.
..
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Lang
uage
Tune
r Mod
eA
uto
Pro
gram
Cha
nnel
Edi
t
Inst
all
Lang
uage
Tune
r Mod
eA
uto
Pro
gram
Cha
nnel
Edi
t
Eng
lish
Ant
enna
OR
Inst
all
Lang
uage
Tune
r Mod
eA
uto
Pro
gram
Cha
nnel
Edi
t
Eng
lish
Cab
le
Inst
all
Lang
uage
Tune
r Mod
eA
uto
Pro
gram
Cha
nnel
Edi
t
Eng
lish
Aut
o
OR
VOL
2 4
2 4
16 3
Whe
n C
AB
LE
is s
elec
ted,
cha
nnel
s 1-
125
are
avai
labl
e.
Whe
n A
NT
EN
NA
is s
elec
ted,
cha
n-ne
ls 2
-69
are
avai
labl
e.W
hen
AU
TO
is
sele
cted
, the
TV
wil
lau
tom
atic
ally
set
its
elf
to t
he c
orre
ctm
ode
base
d on
the
typ
e of
sig
nal
itde
tect
s w
hen
the
AU
TO
PR
OG
RA
Mfe
atur
e is
act
ivat
ed.
HE
LP
FU
LH
INT
S
Directions for Use EN 13L04L AA 3.
PIC
TU
RE
ME
NU
CO
NT
RO
LS
15
Pic
ture
Brig
htne
ssC
olor
Pic
ture
Sha
rpne
ssTi
ntC
olor
Tem
p.
50
Brig
htne
ss65
Col
or50
Pic
ture
50
Sha
rpne
ss50
Col
or T
emp.
Nor
mal
War
mor Coo
l
DN
RO
n Off
Tint
0
Con
trast
+O
n Off
To
adju
st y
our
TV
pict
ure
cont
rols
,se
lect
a c
hann
el a
nd u
se th
eP
ictu
re M
enu
Con
trol
s lis
ted
belo
w:
1B
righ
tnes
s C
ontr
ol-
Pre
ss t
heC
UR
SOR
RIG
HT2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
until
the
dark
est
part
s of
the
pict
ure
are
as b
righ
tas
you
pre
fer.
2C
olor
Con
trol
-P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
to a
dd o
r el
imin
ate
colo
r.
3P
ictu
re C
ontr
ol-
Pre
ss t
heC
UR
SOR
RIG
HT2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
until
ligh
test
par
ts o
fth
e pi
ctur
e sh
ow g
ood
deta
il.
4Sh
arpn
ess
Con
trol
- C
UR
SOR
RIG
HT2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
to im
prov
e de
tail
in th
e pi
ctur
e.
5T
int
Con
trol
- P
ress
the
CU
R-
SOR
RIG
HT2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
to o
btai
n na
tura
l ski
nto
nes.
6C
olor
Tem
p C
ontr
ol-
Pre
ssth
eC
UR
SOR
RIG
HT2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
to s
elec
tN
orm
al, C
ool,
or W
arm
pic
ture
pref
eren
ces.
(N
orm
alw
ill k
eep
the
whi
tes,
whi
te; C
ool w
illm
ake
the
whi
tes,
blu
ish;
and
War
m w
ill m
ake
the
whi
tes,
red
-di
sh.)
7D
NR
Con
trol
-P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
to tu
rn D
NR
On
orO
ff.
Dyn
amic
Noi
se R
educ
tion
help
s to
elim
inat
e “n
oise
” fr
omth
e pi
ctur
e.
8C
ontr
ast+
Con
trol
- P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
to to
ggle
the
cont
rol
On
or O
FF. T
he C
ontr
ast +
con
-tr
ol h
elps
to “
shar
pen”
the
pic-
ture
qua
lity.
The
bla
ck p
ortio
nsof
the
pict
ure
beco
me
rich
er in
dark
ness
and
the
whi
tes
beco
me
brig
hter
.
CH
AN
NE
LE
DIT
14 Cha
nnel
Edi
t mak
es it
eas
y fo
r yo
u to
AD
D o
r D
ELE
TE c
hann
els
from
the
list o
f cha
nnel
s st
ored
in th
e TV
’s m
emor
y.
1P
ress
the
ME
NU
but
ton
on th
ere
mot
e co
ntro
l to
show
the
on-
scre
en m
enu.
2P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
butt
ons
to s
crol
l tho
ugh
the
on-s
cree
n m
enu
until
the
wor
dIn
stal
lis
high
light
ed.
3P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R R
IGH
T2
butt
onto
dis
play
the
Inst
allm
enu
feat
ures
.
4P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
butt
ons
to s
crol
l thr
ough
the
Inst
all f
eatu
res
until
the
wor
dsC
hann
el E
dit a
re h
ighl
ight
ed.
5P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R R
IGH
T2
butt
onto
dis
play
the
Cha
nnel
Edi
top
tions
.
6W
ith th
e C
hann
elE
dit o
ptio
nsdi
spla
yed,
and
Cha
nnel
high
light
-ed
; you
can
use
the
curs
or b
utto
ns to
scro
ll th
roug
h al
l ava
ilabl
e ch
anne
lsth
at y
ou w
ish
to a
dd (
skip
ped
OFF
)or
del
ete
(Ski
pped
ON
) fr
om th
eT
V’s
mem
ory.
You
can
als
o us
e th
eN
UM
BE
RE
D b
utto
ns to
go
dire
ctly
to a
spe
cifi
c nu
mbe
red
chan
nel t
hat
you
wan
t to
add
or s
kip.
Or,
you
can
also
use
the
CH
+ or
CH
- to
qui
ckly
scan
thro
ugh
the
chan
nels
that
hav
eno
t bee
n sk
ippe
d.
7U
sing
the
CU
RSO
R D
OW
N 4
butto
n, s
crol
l the
men
u to
hig
hlig
htth
e w
ord
SKIP
PED
.
8N
ow u
se th
e C
UR
SOR
RIG
HT2
to to
ggle
bet
wee
n O
n or
Off
. If
ON
is s
elec
ted
the
chan
nels
issk
ippe
d w
hen
scro
lling
cha
nnel
sw
ith th
e C
H+
or C
H-
butto
ns. I
fO
FF is
sel
ecte
d th
e ch
anne
ls is
not
skip
ped
whe
n sc
rolli
ng c
hann
els
with
the
CH
+ or
CH
- bu
ttons
.
9W
hen
finis
hed,
pre
ss th
e ST
A-
TU
S/E
XIT
butt
on to
rem
ove
the
men
u fr
om th
e sc
reen
.
VOL
Cha
nnel
Edi
tC
hann
elS
kipp
ed12
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Brig
htne
ssC
olor
Pic
ture
Sha
rpne
ssTi
ntM
ore.
..
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Lang
uage
Tune
r Mod
eA
uto
Pro
gram
Cha
nnel
Edi
t
Inst
all
Lang
uage
Tune
r Mod
eA
uto
Pro
gram
Cha
nnel
Edi
t
Cha
nnel
Ski
pped
Cha
nnel
Edi
tC
hann
elS
kipp
edO
n
Cha
nnel
Edi
tC
hann
elS
kipp
edO
ff
9
2 4 7
3 5 8 6
1
2 4
6 866
An
“X”
appe
arin
g in
fro
nt o
fan
y ch
anne
l w
ill
indi
cate
tha
tch
anne
l ha
s sk
ip o
n. W
hen
the
CH
+ o
r C
H -
but
tons
are
use
d,th
ose
chan
nels
wil
l be
ski
pped
.
HE
LP
FU
LH
INT
S
Directions for UseEN 14 L04L AA3.
VOL
1
14:3
Exp
and
4:3
Man
y ti
mes
whi
le w
atch
ing
mov
ies
from
a D
VD
pla
yer
the
imag
e is
sho
wn
in “
lett
er b
ox”
for
-m
at.
Thi
s is
the
for
mat
tha
t is
show
n in
mov
ie t
heat
ers.
whe
nsh
own
on a
TV
scre
en, t
he i
mag
ew
ill
have
are
as o
f bl
ack
on t
op a
ndbo
ttom
of
the
scre
en.
1P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
sel
ect
one
of t
he t
wo
opti
ons
4:3
orE
xpan
d 4:
3.4:
3 -
Sta
ndar
d fo
rmat
for
the
TV
.E
xpan
d 4
:3 -
Enl
arge
s th
epi
ctur
e to
fil
l ou
t th
e en
tire
scre
en a
rea,
eli
min
atin
g th
e“l
ette
r bo
x” e
ffec
t.
HO
WT
OU
SE
TH
E4:
3 E
XP
AN
DF
OR
MA
TC
ON
TR
OL
17S
OU
ND
ME
NU
CO
NT
RO
LS
16 To
adju
st y
our
TVso
und,
sel
ect a
ndus
e th
e So
und
Men
u C
ontr
ols
liste
dbe
low
:
1Tr
eble
:Pre
ss th
e C
UR
SOR
RIG
HT2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
to a
djus
t the
con
trol.
The
con
trol
will
enh
ance
the
high
freq
uenc
yso
unds
.
2B
ass:
Pre
ss th
e C
UR
SOR
RIG
HT2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
to a
djus
t the
con
trol.
The
con
trol
will
enh
ance
the
low
freq
uenc
yso
unds
.
3Bal
ance
:Pre
ss th
e C
UR
SOR
RIG
HT2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
to a
djus
t the
leve
l of s
ound
com
-in
g fr
om th
e le
ft an
d rig
ht s
peak
-er
s.
4AV
L:
(Aut
o V
olum
e L
evel
er)
Pre
ss th
e C
UR
SOR
RIG
HT2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
to tu
rn th
eco
ntro
l On
or O
ff. W
hen
On,
AV
Lw
ill le
vel o
ut th
e so
und
bein
ghe
ard
whe
n su
dden
cha
nges
invo
lum
e oc
cur d
urin
g co
mm
erci
albr
eaks
or c
hann
el c
hang
es.
5In
cr. S
urro
und:
Pre
ss th
e C
UR
-SO
RR
IGH
T2
orL
EF
T1
but-
tons
to s
elec
t bet
wee
n D
olby
Virt
ual o
r Ste
reo
setti
ngs
(If
Ster
eo),
or s
elec
t Spa
tial o
r Mon
o(I
f Mon
o).
6SA
P:P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
to to
ggle
this
con
trol t
o O
n or
Off
.SA
Pis
sho
rt fo
r Sec
onda
ry A
udio
Prog
ram
min
g an
d is
sen
t as
ath
ird a
udio
cha
nnel
, a S
AP
sign
alca
n be
hea
rd a
part
from
the
cur-
rent
TV
prog
ram
sou
nd.N
ote:
IfSA
Pis
not
pre
sent
on
a se
lect
edsh
ow N
o SA
Pw
ill a
ppea
r on
the
scre
en.
7So
und:
Pre
ss th
e C
UR
SOR
RIG
HT2
orL
EF
T1
butt
ons
to s
elec
t bet
wee
n St
ereo
or M
ono
setti
ngs.
Not
e: If
Ste
reo
is n
otpr
esen
t on
a se
lect
ed s
how
and
the
TV
is p
lace
d in
the
Ster
eo m
ode,
the
soun
d co
min
g fr
om th
e T
Vw
ill re
mai
n in
the
Mon
o m
ode.
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Treb
leB
ass
Bal
ance
AVL
Incr
. Sur
roun
dM
ore.
..
Treb
le50
Bal
ance
Bas
s
RL
AVL
On
or O
ff
Incr
. Sur
roun
dS
patia
l
or M
ono
Incr
. Sur
roun
d D
olby
Virt
ual
or S
tere
o
Sou
ndM
ono
or S
tere
o
50
SA
PO
nor
Off
Directions for Use EN 15L04L AA 3.
SET
TIN
GT
VT
OT
UR
NO
NO
RO
FFU
SIN
GST
AR
TO
RST
OP
CO
NT
RO
LS19 Y
ou c
an s
et y
our
TV
to t
urn
itse
lfon
or
off.
You
can
set
the
TV
totu
rn i
tsel
f O
n o
r O
ff
once
or
atth
e sa
me
tim
e ev
eryd
ay.
Fol
low
the
step
s be
low
to
set
the
Star
t an
dSt
op T
ime.
1P
ress
the
ME
NU
but
ton
onth
e re
mot
e to
sho
w th
e on
-sc
reen
men
u.
2P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
butt
ons
to s
crol
lth
roug
h th
e on
-scr
een
men
uun
til th
e w
ord
Fea
ture
s is
high
light
ed.
3P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
butt
onto
dis
play
the
Fea
ture
sm
enu.
4P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
butt
onto
dis
play
the
Tim
erm
enu.
5P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
butt
ons
to s
crol
lth
roug
h th
e T
imer
men
u un
tilSt
art T
ime
orSt
op T
ime
ishi
ghlig
hted
.
6E
nter
the
corr
ect
tim
e by
usin
g th
e N
umbe
red
butt
ons.
7P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
orC
UR
SOR
LE
FT1
but-
tons
to c
hang
e th
e A
M o
r PM
setti
ng.
8W
hen
fini
shed
, pre
ss t
heST
AT
US
/EX
ITbu
tton
tore
mov
e th
e on
-scr
een
men
ufr
om th
e T
V’s
scr
een.
NO
TE
: The
Act
ivat
e C
ontr
ol m
ust
be s
et to
Onc
e or
Dai
ly f
or th
e te
le-
visi
on to
turn
On
or O
ff a
t the
spe
ci-
fied
tim
e. S
ee p
anel
21
for
mor
ede
tails
.
VOL
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Brig
htne
ssC
olor
Pic
ture
Sha
rpne
ssTi
ntM
ore.
..
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Tim
erA
utoL
ock
Act
ive
Con
trol
Dig
i. P
ic. D
emo
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
--:--
AM
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
10:--
AM
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
10:3
5 A
M
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
10:3
5 A
M
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
10:3
5 P
M
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
10:3
5 P
M
8
2 53 4 7
1
2 5
67
Rem
embe
r, b
e su
re t
o pr
ess
“0”
and
then
the
hou
r nu
mbe
r fo
r si
ngle
dig
iten
trie
s.Y
ou c
an g
et t
o th
e C
lock
set
ting
by
pres
sing
the
Clo
ck b
utto
n on
the
rem
ote
cont
rol.
The
TV
’s c
lock
set
ting
s m
ay b
e lo
stw
hen
the
TV
is u
nplu
gged
or
whe
nA
C p
ower
to
the
set
is i
nter
rupt
ed.
HE
LP
FU
LH
INT
S
NO
TE
: A
ctiv
e C
ontr
ol w
ill o
nly
app
ear
in t
he
men
u o
f m
odel
s27
PT
6441
/37
and
27P
T64
42/3
7.
SE
TT
ING
TH
ET
V C
LO
CK
US
ING
TH
ET
IME
RC
ON
TR
OL
18 You
r te
levi
sion
com
es w
ith
anon
-scr
een
cloc
k.
Dur
ing
nor-
mal
ope
rati
on, t
he c
lock
app
ears
on t
he s
cree
n w
hen
the
STA
TU
S/E
XIT
butt
on i
s pr
esse
d or
if t
he T
imer
Dis
play
con
trol
is
turn
ed O
n.
1P
ress
th
e M
EN
U b
utt
on o
nth
e re
mot
e to
sho
w t
he o
n-sc
reen
men
u.
2P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
scr
oll
thro
ugh
the
on-s
cree
n m
enu
unti
l th
e w
ord
Fea
ture
s is
high
ligh
ted.
3P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
RR
IGH
T2
bu
tton
to d
ispl
ay t
heF
eatu
res
men
u.
4P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
RR
IGH
T2
bu
tton
to d
ispl
ay t
heT
imer
men
u.
5E
nte
rth
e co
rrec
t ti
me
by
usi
ng
the
Nu
mb
ered
bu
t-to
ns.
6P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
RR
IGH
T2
orC
UR
SO
R L
EF
T1
bu
tton
sto
cha
nge
the
AM
or
PM
set
ting
.
7W
hen
fin
ish
ed, p
ress
th
eS
TA
TU
S /E
XIT
bu
tton
tore
mov
e th
e on
-scr
een
men
ufr
om t
he T
V’s
scr
een.
VOL
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Brig
htne
ssC
olor
Pic
ture
Sha
rpne
ssTi
ntM
ore.
..
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Tim
erA
utoL
ock
Act
ive
Con
trol
Dig
i. P
ic. D
emo
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
--:--
AM
7 3 4 6
1
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
10:--
AM
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
10:3
5 A
M
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
10:3
5 P
M
56
2
2
NO
TE
: A
ctiv
e C
ontr
ol w
ill o
nly
app
ear
in t
he
men
u o
f m
odel
s27
PT
6441
/37
and
27P
T64
42/3
7.
Rem
embe
r, b
e su
re t
o pr
ess
“0”
and
then
the
hou
r nu
mbe
r fo
r si
ngle
dig
iten
trie
s.Y
ou c
an g
et t
o th
e C
lock
set
ting
by
pres
sing
the
Clo
ck b
utto
n on
the
rem
ote
cont
rol.
The
TV
’s c
lock
set
ting
s m
ay b
e lo
stw
hen
the
TV
is u
nplu
gged
or
whe
n A
Cpo
wer
to
the
set
is i
nter
rupt
ed.
HE
LP
FU
LH
INT
S
Directions for UseEN 16 L04L AA3.
AC
TIV
AT
EC
ON
TR
OL
21 Afte
r yo
u ha
ve s
et th
e Ti
me,
Sta
rtTi
me,
Sto
p Ti
me,
and
Sta
rtC
hann
el, t
he ti
mer
mus
t be
set t
oco
me
on O
nce
or D
aily
, or
turn
ed O
ffth
roug
h th
e A
ctiv
ate
cont
rol.
1P
ress
the
ME
NU
but
ton
on th
ere
mot
e to
sho
w th
e on
-scr
een
men
u.
2P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
butt
ons
to s
crol
lth
roug
h th
e on
-scr
een
men
uun
til th
e w
ord
Fea
ture
s is
hig
h-lig
hted
.
3P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
butt
onto
dis
play
the
Fea
ture
sm
enu.
4P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
butt
ons
to s
crol
lth
roug
h th
e on
-scr
een
men
uun
til th
e w
ord
Tim
eris
hig
h-lig
hted
.
5P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
butt
onto
dis
play
the
Tim
erm
enu.
6P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orC
UR
SOR
DO
WN
4bu
tton
sto
hig
hlig
ht th
e A
ctiv
ate
Con
trol
.
7P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
orC
UR
SOR
LE
FT1
butt
ons
repe
ated
ly to
sel
ect O
nce,
Dai
ly,
or O
ff.
8W
hen
fini
shed
, pre
ss t
he S
TA
-T
US
/EX
ITbu
tton
to r
emov
eth
e on
-scr
een
men
u fr
om th
eT
V’s
scr
een.
VOL
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Brig
htne
ssC
olor
Pic
ture
Sha
rpne
ssTi
ntM
ore.
..
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Tim
erA
utoL
ock
Act
ive
Con
trol
Dig
i. P
ic. D
emo
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
e
Off
Dis
play
8 3 5 7
1Ti
mer
Tim
eS
tart
Tim
eS
top
Tim
eC
hann
elA
ctiv
ate
Dis
play
10:--
AM
7
2 4 6
OR
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
e
Dai
lyD
ispl
ay
OR
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
e
Onc
eD
ispl
ay
2 4 6
Rem
embe
r, be
fore
set
ting
the
Tim
er c
on-
trol
s, th
e T
V’s
clo
ck m
ust b
e se
t to
the
corr
ect t
ime,
see
pan
el 1
8 fo
r de
tails
. T
he T
V’s
clo
ck s
ettin
gs m
ay b
e lo
st w
hen
the
TV
is u
nplu
gged
or
whe
n A
C p
ower
to th
e se
t is
inte
rrup
ted.
Y
ou c
an g
et to
the
Clo
ck s
ettin
g by
pre
ss-
ing
the
Clo
ck b
utto
n on
the
rem
ote
con-
trol
.
HE
LP
FU
LH
INT
S
NO
TE
: A
ctiv
e C
ontr
ol w
ill o
nly
app
ear
in t
he
men
u o
f m
odel
s27
PT
6441
/37
and
27P
T64
42/3
7.
SE
TT
ING
TV
TO
ST
AR
TU
PO
NA
SP
EC
IFIC
CH
AN
NE
L20 Y
ou c
an s
elec
t a
spec
ific
cha
nnel
that
the
tel
evis
ion
wil
l tu
ne t
ow
hen
the
tim
er t
urns
the
set
On.
Fol
low
the
se s
teps
to
sele
ct t
hech
anne
l.
1P
ress
the
ME
NU
but
ton
onth
e re
mot
e to
sho
w th
e on
-sc
reen
men
u.
2P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
butt
ons
to s
crol
lth
roug
h th
e on
-scr
een
men
uun
til th
e w
ord
Fea
ture
s is
high
light
ed.
3P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
butt
onto
dis
play
the
Fea
ture
sm
enu.
4W
ith
Tim
erse
lect
ed, p
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
butt
onto
dis
play
the
Tim
er m
enu.
5P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
butt
ons
to s
crol
lth
roug
h th
e T
imer
men
u un
tilC
hann
elis
hig
hlig
hted
.
6P
ress
the
Num
bere
d bu
tton
sto
ent
er th
e de
sire
d st
art-
upch
anne
l. O
r, pr
ess
the
CU
R-
SOR
RIG
HT2
orC
UR
SOR
LE
FT1
or th
e C
H+
or
CH
-bu
ttons
rep
eate
dly
to e
nter
the
star
t-up
cha
nnel
you
wan
t.
NO
TE
:The
Act
ivat
e C
ontr
ol m
ust
be s
et to
Onc
e or
Dai
ly f
or th
isC
hann
el c
ontr
ol to
take
eff
ect.
7W
hen
fini
shed
, pre
ss t
heST
AT
US
/EX
ITbu
tton
tore
mov
e th
e on
-scr
een
men
ufr
om th
e T
V’s
scr
een.
VOL
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Brig
htne
ssC
olor
Pic
ture
Sha
rpne
ssTi
ntM
ore.
..
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Tim
erA
utoL
ock
Act
ive
Con
trol
Dig
i. P
ic. D
emo
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
2A
ctiv
ate
Dis
play
7 3 4 6
1Ti
mer
Tim
eS
tart
Tim
eS
top
Tim
eC
hann
elA
ctiv
ate
Dis
play
10:--
AM
66 2 5
2 5
6
Rem
embe
r, b
e su
re t
o pr
ess
“0”
and
then
the
hou
r nu
mbe
r fo
r si
ngle
dig
iten
trie
s.Y
ou c
an g
et t
o th
e C
lock
set
ting
by
pres
sing
the
Clo
ck b
utto
n on
the
rem
ote
cont
rol.
The
TV
’s c
lock
set
ting
s m
ay b
e lo
stw
hen
the
TV
is u
nplu
gged
or
whe
nA
C p
ower
to
the
set
is i
nter
rupt
ed.
HE
LP
FU
LH
INT
S
NO
TE
: A
ctiv
e C
ontr
ol w
ill o
nly
app
ear
in t
he
men
u o
f m
odel
s27
PT
6441
/37
and
27P
T64
42/3
7.
Directions for Use EN 17L04L AA 3.
AC
TIV
EC
ON
TR
OL
OP
TIO
NS
23 The
Act
ive
Con
trol
mon
itor
san
d ad
just
s in
com
ing
vide
osi
gnal
s to
hel
p pr
ovid
e th
e be
stpi
ctur
e qu
alit
y.W
hen
you
choo
se t
o tu
rn t
heA
ctiv
e C
ontr
ol O
n, t
he p
ictu
resh
arpn
ess
and
nois
e re
duct
ion
are
cont
roll
ed a
utom
atic
ally
. Act
ive
Con
trol
adj
usts
the
se p
ictu
re s
et-
ting
s co
ntin
uous
ly a
nd a
utom
ati-
call
y.N
OT
E:
Act
ive
Con
trol
is
only
avai
labl
e in
mod
els
27P
T64
41/3
7an
d 27
PT
6442
/37.
1P
ress
th
e M
EN
U b
utt
on o
nth
e re
mot
e to
sho
w t
he o
n-sc
reen
men
u.
2P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N 4
bu
tton
sto
scro
ll t
hrou
gh t
he o
n-sc
reen
men
u un
til
the
wor
dF
eatu
res
is h
ighl
ight
ed.
3P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
RR
IGH
T2
bu
tton
to d
ispl
ay t
heF
eatu
res
men
u.
4P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N 4
bu
tton
sto
repe
ated
ly u
ntil
Act
ive
Con
trol
is h
ighl
ight
ed.
5P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
RR
IGH
T2
orC
UR
SO
R L
EF
T1
bu
tton
sto
tog
gle
the
Act
ive
Con
trol
On
or O
ff.
6W
hen
fin
ish
ed, p
ress
th
eS
TA
TU
S /E
XIT
bu
tton
tore
mov
e th
e on
-scr
een
men
ufr
om t
he T
V’s
scr
een.
VOL
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Brig
htne
ssC
olor
Pic
ture
Sha
rpne
ssTi
ntM
ore.
..
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Tim
erA
utoL
ock
Act
ive
Con
trol
Dig
i. P
ic. D
emo
6 3 5
1 5
2 4F
eatu
res
Tim
erA
utoL
ock
Act
ive
Con
trol
On
Dig
i. P
ic. D
emo
Fea
ture
sTi
mer
Aut
oLoc
kA
ctiv
e C
ontro
l
O
ffD
igi.
Pic
. Dem
o OR
2 4
NO
TE
: A
ctiv
e C
ontr
ol w
ill o
nly
app
ear
in t
he
men
u o
f m
odel
s27
PT
6441
/37
and
27P
T64
42/3
7.
HO
WT
OV
IEW
TIM
EU
SIN
GT
HE
DIS
PL
AY
CO
NT
RO
L22 A
fter
the
TV
’s c
lock
has
bee
nse
t, yo
u ca
n us
e yo
ur T
Vas
acl
ock.
T
he D
ispl
ay c
ontr
ol a
llow
syo
u to
per
man
entl
y di
spla
y th
eti
me
in t
he u
pper
rig
ht c
orne
r of
the
scre
en.
1P
ress
th
e M
EN
U b
utt
on o
nth
e re
mot
e to
sho
w t
he o
n-sc
reen
men
u.
2P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
scr
oll
thro
ugh
the
on-s
cree
n m
enu
unti
l th
e w
ord
Fea
ture
s is
high
ligh
ted.
3P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
RR
IGH
T2
bu
tton
to d
ispl
ay t
heF
eatu
res
men
u.
4P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
scr
oll
thro
ugh
the
on-s
cree
n m
enu
unti
l th
e w
ord
Tim
eris
hig
h-li
ghte
d.
5W
ith
Tim
erh
igh
ligh
ted
,p
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
RR
IGH
T2
bu
tton
to d
ispl
ay t
heT
imer
men
u.
6P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
RU
P3
orC
UR
SO
R D
OW
N 4
bu
tton
sto
hig
hlig
ht t
he D
ispl
ayC
ontr
ol.
7P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
RR
IGH
T2
orC
UR
SO
R L
EF
T1
bu
t-to
ns
repe
ated
ly t
o se
lect
On
or O
ff.
8W
hen
fin
ish
ed, p
ress
th
eS
TA
TU
S /E
XIT
bu
tton
tore
mov
e th
e on
-scr
een
men
ufr
om t
he T
V’s
scr
een.
VOL
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Brig
htne
ssC
olor
Pic
ture
Sha
rpne
ssTi
ntM
ore.
..
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Tim
erA
utoL
ock
Act
ive
Con
trol
Dig
i. P
ic. D
emo
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
O
n
8 3 5 7
1Ti
mer
Tim
eS
tart
Tim
eS
top
Tim
eC
hann
elA
ctiv
ate
Dis
play
10:--
AM
7
2 4 6
OR
Tim
erTi
me
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
O
ff
2 4 6
NO
TE
: A
ctiv
e C
ontr
ol w
ill o
nly
app
ear
in t
he
men
u o
f m
odel
s27
PT
6441
/37
and
27P
T64
42/3
7.
Directions for UseEN 18 L04L AA3.
SE
TT
ING
UP
AN
AC
CE
SS
CO
DE
25 Ove
r th
e ne
xt fe
w p
anel
s yo
u’ll
lear
n ho
w to
blo
ck c
hann
els
and
get a
bet
ter
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
ratin
g te
rms
for
cert
ain
pro-
gram
min
g.F
irst
, let
’s s
tart
by
lear
ning
how
tose
t a p
erso
nal a
cces
s co
de:
1P
ress
the
ME
NU
but
ton
onth
e re
mot
e to
dis
play
the
on-
scre
en m
enu.
2P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
butt
ons
until
the
wor
dF
eatu
res
is h
ighl
ight
ed.
3P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R R
IGH
T2
butt
onto
dis
play
the
Fea
ture
s m
enu
optio
ns.
4P
ress
the
CU
RSO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
butt
ons
until
the
wor
ds A
uto
Loc
k™ar
e hi
gh-
light
ed.
5P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
butt
on.T
he s
cree
n w
illre
ad,“
Acc
ess
Cod
e-
- -
- .”
6U
sing
the
NU
MB
ER
ED
but
-to
ns, e
nter
0, 7
, 1, 1
.“X
XX
X”
appe
ars
on th
eA
cces
s C
ode
scre
en a
s yo
upr
ess
the
num
bere
d bu
ttons
.“I
ncor
rect
Cod
e”w
ill a
ppea
ron
the
scre
en, a
nd y
ou w
illne
ed t
o en
ter
0, 7
, 1, 1
aga
in.
7T
he s
cree
n w
ill a
sk y
ou to
ente
r a
“New
Cod
e.”
Ent
era
“new
” 4
digi
t co
de u
sing
the
NU
MB
ER
ED
but
tons
. The
scre
en w
ill th
en a
sk y
ou to
CO
NF
IRM
the
code
you
just
ente
red.
Ent
eryo
urne
w c
ode
agai
n. “
XX
XX
” w
ill a
ppea
rw
hen
you
ente
r yo
ur n
ew c
ode
and
then
dis
play
the
Aut
oLoc
k™m
enu
optio
ns.
Pro
ceed
to th
e ne
xt p
anel
to le
arn
mor
e...
Mai
nP
ictu
reS
ound
Fea
ture
sIn
stal
l
Tim
erR
otat
ion
Aut
oLoc
kA
ctiv
e C
ontro
lD
igi.
Pic
. Dem
o
Fea
ture
sTi
mer
Sta
rt Ti
me
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
Acc
ess
Cod
e -
- - -
Aut
oLoc
kB
lock
Cha
nnel
Set
up C
ode
Cle
ar A
llB
lock
All
Mov
ie R
atin
gT
V R
atin
g
OffS
top
Tim
eC
hann
elA
ctiv
ate
Dis
play
Acc
ess
Cod
e X
XX
XIn
corr
ect
New
Cod
e -
- - -
Con
firm
Cod
e X
XX
X
VOL
1
3 5
2 4
6 7
2 4
Tim
erR
otat
ion
Aut
oLoc
kA
ctiv
e C
ontro
lD
igi.
Pic
. Dem
o
Acc
ess
Cod
e X
XX
X
Fea
ture
sTi
mer
Aut
oLoc
kA
ctiv
e C
ontro
lD
igi.
Pic
. Dem
o
Fea
ture
sTi
mer
Aut
oLoc
kA
ctiv
e C
ontro
lD
igi.
Pic
. Dem
o
Fea
ture
sTi
mer
Aut
oLoc
kA
ctiv
e C
ontro
lD
igi.
Pic
. Dem
o
Fea
ture
sTi
mer
Aut
oLoc
kA
ctiv
e C
ontro
lD
igi.
Pic
. Dem
o
Fea
ture
sTi
mer
Aut
oLoc
kA
ctiv
e C
ontro
l D
igi.
Pic
. Dem
o
NO
TE
: A
ctiv
e C
ontr
ol w
ill o
nly
ap
pea
rin
th
e m
enu
of
mod
els
27P
T64
41/3
7 an
d27
PT
6442
/37.
UN
DE
RS
TA
ND
ING
AU
TO
LO
CK
CO
NT
RO
LS
24 The
Aut
oLoc
k™fe
atur
e is
an
inte
grat
-ed
cir
cuit
that
rec
eive
s an
d pr
oces
ses
data
sen
t by
broa
dcas
ters
, or
othe
r pr
o-gr
am p
rovi
ders
, tha
t con
tain
pro
gram
cont
ent a
dvis
orie
s. W
hen
prog
ram
med
by th
e vi
ewer
, a T
Vw
ith A
utoL
ock™
can
resp
ond
to th
e co
nten
t adv
isor
ies
and
bloc
k pr
ogra
m c
onte
nt th
at m
ay b
e fo
und
obje
ctio
nabl
e (s
uch
as o
ffens
ive
lan-
guag
e, v
iole
nce,
sex
ual s
ituat
ions
, etc
.).
Thi
s is
a g
reat
feat
ure
to c
enso
r th
e ty
peof
vie
win
g ch
ildre
n m
ay w
atch
.A
utoL
ock™
offe
rs v
ario
us B
LO
CK
-IN
G c
ontr
ols
from
whi
ch t
o ch
oose
:A
cces
s C
ode
- A
n A
cces
s C
ode
mus
t be
set t
o pr
even
t chi
ldre
n fr
om u
nblo
ckin
gqu
estio
nabl
e or
cen
sore
d pr
ogra
mm
ing
set b
y th
eir
pare
nts.
Cha
nnel
Blo
ck -
Aft
er a
n ac
cess
cod
eha
s be
en p
rogr
amm
ed, y
ou c
an b
lock
indi
vidu
al c
hann
els
incl
udin
g th
e A
/Vin
puts
.C
lear
All
- A
llow
s yo
u cl
ear
all c
hann
els
bein
g bl
ocke
d fr
om y
our
view
ing
set
with
the
Cha
nnel
Blo
ck C
ontr
ol.
Blo
ck A
ll -
Allo
ws
you
to b
lock
AL
Lch
anne
ls a
nd A
/Vin
puts
at o
ne ti
me.
Mov
ie R
atin
gs -
Cer
tain
blo
ckin
gop
tions
exi
st w
hich
will
blo
ck p
rogr
am-
min
g ba
sed
on r
atin
gs p
atte
rned
by
the
Mot
ion
Pict
ures
Ass
ocia
tion
of A
mer
ica.
TV
Rat
ings
- J
ust l
ike
the
Mov
ieR
atin
gs, p
rogr
ams
can
be b
lock
ed f
rom
view
ing
usin
g st
anda
rd T
Vra
tings
set
by
TV
broa
dcas
ters
.
MO
VIE
RA
TIN
GS
G:
Gen
eral
Aud
ienc
e -
All
ages
adm
it-te
d. M
ost p
aren
ts w
ould
fin
d th
is p
ro-
gram
sui
tabl
e fo
r al
l age
s.P
G:
Par
enta
l Gui
danc
e Su
gges
ted
-T
his
prog
ram
min
g co
ntai
ns m
ater
ial t
hat
pare
nts
may
find
uns
uita
ble
for y
oung
erch
ildre
n.P
G-1
3: P
aren
ts S
tron
gly
Cau
tione
d -
Thi
s pr
ogra
mm
ing
cont
ains
mat
eria
l tha
tpa
rent
s m
ay fi
nd u
nsui
tabl
e fo
r chi
ldre
nun
der t
he a
ge o
f 13.
MO
VIE
RA
TIN
GS
Con
tinu
edR
: Res
tric
ted
- Thi
s is
pro
gram
min
g is
spec
ifica
lly d
esig
ned
for a
dults
. A
nyon
eun
der t
he a
ge o
f 17
shou
ld o
nly
view
this
prog
ram
min
g w
ith a
n ac
com
pany
ing
par-
ent o
r adu
lt gu
ardi
an.
NC
-17:
No
one
unde
rth
e ag
e of
17
will
be a
dmitt
ed. -
Thi
s ty
pe o
f pro
gram
min
gsh
ould
be
view
ed b
y ad
ults
onl
y.X
: Adu
lts O
nly
-Thi
s ty
pe o
f pro
gram
-m
ing
cont
ains
one
or m
ore
of th
e fo
llow
-in
g: v
ery
grap
hic
viol
ence
, ver
y gr
aphi
can
d ex
plic
it or
inde
cent
sex
ual a
cts,
ver
yco
arse
and
inte
nsel
y su
gges
tive
lang
uage
.
TV
RA
TIN
GS
TV
-Y--
Des
igne
d fo
r a v
ery
youn
g au
di-
ence
, inc
ludi
ng c
hild
ren
ages
2-6
.T
V-Y
7--
It m
ay b
e ap
prop
riate
for c
hil-
dren
age
7 a
nd a
bove
who
hav
e ac
quire
dth
e de
velo
pmen
t ski
lls n
eede
d to
dis
tin-
guis
h be
twee
n m
ake-
belie
ve a
nd re
ality
.T
V-G
-- S
uita
ble
for m
ost a
udie
nces
, thi
sty
pe o
f pro
gram
min
g co
ntai
ns li
ttle
or n
ovi
olen
ce, n
o st
rong
lang
uage
, and
littl
e or
no s
exua
l dia
logu
e or
situ
atio
ns.
TV
-PG
-- T
his
prog
ram
con
tain
s m
ater
ial
that
par
ents
may
find
uns
uita
ble
for
youn
ger c
hild
ren.
Cou
ld c
onta
in M
oder
ate
viol
ence
(V),
som
e se
xual
situ
atio
ns (S
),in
freq
uent
coa
rse
lang
uage
(L),
or s
ome
sugg
estiv
e di
alog
ue (D
).
TV
-14
-- T
his
prog
ram
con
tain
s so
me
mat
eria
l tha
t man
y pa
rent
s w
ould
find
unsu
itabl
e fo
r chi
ldre
n un
der 1
4 ye
ars
ofag
e. T
his
type
of p
rogr
amm
ing
cont
ains
one
or m
ore
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
inte
nse
vio-
lenc
e (V
), in
tens
e se
xual
situ
atio
ns (S
),st
rong
coa
rse
lang
uage
(L),
or in
tens
ely
sugg
estiv
e di
alog
ue (D
).
TV
-MA
-- T
his
prog
ram
is s
peci
fical
lyde
sign
ed to
be
view
ed b
y ad
ults
and
ther
e-fo
re m
ay b
e un
suita
ble
for c
hild
ren
unde
r17
. Thi
s ty
pe o
f pro
gram
min
g co
ntai
ns o
neor
mor
e of
the
follo
win
g: g
raph
ic v
iole
nce
(V),
expl
icit
sexu
al s
ituat
ions
(S),
or c
rude
inde
cent
lang
uage
(L).
Directions for Use EN 19L04L AA 3.
BL
OC
K/C
LE
AR
AL
LC
HA
NN
EL
SA
TT
HE
SA
ME
TIM
E27 A
fter
blo
ckin
g sp
ecif
ic c
hann
els
ther
e m
ay c
ome
a ti
me
whe
nyo
u w
ant
to b
lock
or
clea
r al
l th
ech
anne
ls a
t th
e sa
me
tim
e.
Onc
e yo
u’ve
ent
ered
you
r ac
cess
code
and
the
Aut
oLoc
k™fe
atur
esar
e di
spla
yed
on t
he s
cree
n:
1P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
sel
ect
eith
er C
lear
All
or
Blo
ckA
ll.
2If
Cle
arA
llis
sel
ecte
d, p
ress
the
CU
RS
OR
RIG
HT2
bu
tton
to c
lear
all
blo
cked
chan
nels
. All
cha
nnel
s w
ill
bevi
ewab
le.
If B
lock
All
is s
elec
ted
, pre
ssth
e C
UR
SO
RR
IGH
T2
bu
tton
to t
urn
the
cont
rol
On
or O
ff. W
hen
On
is s
elec
ted,
AL
Lav
aila
ble
chan
nels
wil
lbe
blo
cked
fro
m v
iew
ing.
3W
hen
fin
ish
ed, p
ress
th
eS
TA
TU
S/E
XIT
bu
tton
tore
mov
e th
e m
enu
from
the
scre
en.
NO
TE
:If
you
eve
r fo
rget
you
rco
de, t
he 0
, 7, 1
, 1 c
ode
is t
he f
ac-
tory
def
ault
and
can
be
used
to
ente
r an
d cr
eate
a n
ew a
cces
sco
de.
Aut
oLoc
kB
lock
Cha
nnel
Set
up C
ode
Cle
ar A
llB
lock
All
Mov
ie R
atin
gT
V R
atin
g
Cle
ar ?
Sto
p Ti
me
Cha
nnel
Act
ivat
eD
ispl
ay
Cle
ar A
llC
lear
ed
Aut
oLoc
kB
lock
Cha
nnel
Set
up C
ode
Cle
ar A
llB
lock
All
Mov
ie R
atin
gT
V R
atin
g
Off
Blo
ck A
llO
n
VOL
1
1
23
BL
OC
KC
HA
NN
EL
S26 A
fter
you
r pe
rson
al a
cces
s co
deha
s be
en s
et (
see
prev
ious
page
), y
ou a
re n
ow r
eady
to
sele
ctth
e ch
anne
ls o
r th
e A
/VIn
puts
you
wan
t to
blo
ck o
ut o
r ce
nsor
.O
nce
you’
ve e
nter
ed y
our
acce
ssco
de a
nd t
he A
utoL
ock™
feat
ures
are
disp
laye
d on
the
scr
een:
1P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sun
til
the
wor
dsB
lock
Ch
ann
el a
rehi
ghli
ghte
d.
2P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
RR
IGH
T2
bu
tton
to t
urn
bloc
king
ON
or
OF
F f
or t
hat
chan
nel.
Whe
n O
N i
s se
lect
ed t
hech
anne
l w
ill
be b
lock
ed.
3P
ress
th
e C
H +
or
CH
– b
ut-
ton
to s
elec
t ot
her
chan
nels
you
wis
h to
blo
ck. R
epea
tst
eps
2-3
to b
lock
the
new
chan
nel.
4W
hen
fin
ish
ed, p
ress
th
eS
TA
TU
S/E
XIT
bu
tton
tore
mov
e th
e m
enu
from
the
scre
en.
NO
TE
: If
you
eve
r fo
rget
you
rco
de, t
he 0
, 7, 1
, 1 c
ode
is t
he f
ac-
tory
def
ault
and
can
be
used
to
ente
r an
d cr
eate
a n
ew a
cces
s co
de.
Aut
oLoc
kB
lock
Cha
nnel
Set
up C
ode
Cle
ar A
llB
lock
All
Mov
ie R
atin
gT
V R
atin
g
OffS
top
Tim
eC
hann
elA
ctiv
ate
Dis
play
Cha
nnel
12
Blo
cked
By
Aut
oLoc
kC
hann
el B
lock
ing
Acc
ess
Cod
e- -
- -
Blo
ck C
hann
elO
n
VOL
1
1
324Ent
er y
our
Acc
ess
Cod
e to
view
a tu
ned
chan
nel t
hat i
sbl
ocke
d w
ithB
lock
Cha
nnel
.
Directions for UseEN 20 L04L AA3.
TV
RA
TIN
GS
29 The
Aut
oLoc
k™fe
atur
e ca
nbl
ock
prog
ram
min
g ba
sed
on th
eTV
Indu
stry
rat
ings
.
Onc
e yo
u’ve
ent
ered
you
r ac
cess
code
and
the
Aut
oLoc
k™fe
atur
esar
e di
spla
yed
on th
e sc
reen
:
1P
ress
the
CU
RS
OR
UP3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
hig
h-lig
ht th
e w
ords
TV
Rat
ing.
2P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
butt
onto
dis
play
the
TV
Rat
ing
optio
ns (
TV
-Y, T
V-Y
7,T
V-G
, TV
-PG
, TV
-14,
or T
V-
MA
).
3P
ress
the
CU
RS
OR
UP3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
hig
h-lig
ht a
ny o
f th
e T
VR
atin
gop
tions
.Whe
n hi
ghlig
hted
, all
thes
e op
tions
can
be
turn
edO
n(w
hich
will
allo
w b
lock
ing)
orO
ff(w
hich
will
allo
w v
iew
ing)
.
NO
TE
:Som
e T
VR
AT
ING
opt
ions
also
hav
e su
b-ra
tings
. The
rat
ings
of
TV
-Y7,
TV
-PG
, TV
-14,
TV
-MA
can
be c
usto
miz
ed to
blo
ck V
(vio
lenc
e),
FV(f
anta
sy v
iole
nce)
, S (
sexu
al s
itua-
tions
), L
(coa
rse
lang
uage
), or
D (
sug-
gest
ive
dial
ogue
).
4P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
butt
onon
the
rem
ote
to tu
rnth
e T
V-Y
or T
V-G
rat
ing
On
orO
ff. O
r, pr
ess
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
butt
onto
ent
er th
esu
b-m
enus
for
the
TV
-Y7,
TV
-PG
, TV
-14
or T
V-M
Ara
tings
.
5If
the
TV
-Y7,
TV
-PG
, TV
-14
orT
V-M
Asu
b-m
enu
is a
cces
sed,
pres
s th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
sel
ect
one
of th
e op
tions
(B
lock
All,
V,
S, L
, D, o
r FV
).
6P
ress
th
e C
UR
SOR
RIG
HT
2bu
tton
on t
he r
emot
e to
turn
the
opt
ion
ON
or
OF
F.
TV
Rat
ing
TV
-YT
V-Y
7T
V-G
TV
-PG
TV
-14
TV
-MA
Off
TV
-YO
n
TV
-Y7
Blo
ck A
ll, F
V
TV
-GO
ff
TV
-14
Blo
ck A
ll, V
, S, L
, D
TV
-MA
Blo
ck A
ll, V
, S, L
TV
-PG
Blo
ck A
ll, V
, S, L
, D
VOL
1 3 5
1 3 52 4 6
MO
VIE
RA
TIN
GS
28 The
Aut
oLoc
k™fe
atur
e ca
nbl
ock
prog
ram
min
g ba
sed
onth
e M
ovie
Ind
ustr
y ra
ting
s.
Onc
e yo
u’ve
ent
ered
you
r ac
cess
code
and
the
Aut
oLoc
k™fe
atur
esar
e di
spla
yed
on t
he s
cree
n:
1P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
hig
h-li
ght
the
wor
ds M
ovie
Rat
ing.
2P
ress
th
e C
UR
SOR
RIG
HT
2bu
tton
to d
ispl
ay t
heM
ovie
Rat
ing
opti
ons
(G,
PG
, PG
-13,
R, N
C17
, or
X).
3P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
hig
h-li
ght
any
of t
he M
ovie
Rat
ing
opti
ons.
Whe
n hi
ghli
ghte
d,al
l th
ese
opti
ons
can
betu
rned
On
(whi
ch w
ill
allo
wbl
ocki
ng)
orO
ff(w
hich
wil
lal
low
vie
win
g).
4U
se t
he
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
butt
onon
the
rem
ote
to t
urn
the
rati
ng o
ptio
n O
n or
Off
.
Whe
n a
rati
ng l
evel
is
chos
en t
o be
bloc
ked,
any
hig
her
leve
l ra
ting
wil
l al
so b
e bl
ocke
d fr
om v
iew
ing.
(i.e
.: If
“R
” is
sel
ecte
d to
be
bloc
ked,
NC
-17
and
X w
ill
auto
-m
atic
ally
be
bloc
ked.
)
NO
TE
:If
you
eve
r fo
rget
you
rco
de, t
he 0
, 7, 1
, 1 c
ode
is t
he f
ac-
tory
def
ault
and
can
be
used
to
ente
r an
d cr
eate
a n
ew a
cces
sco
de.
Aut
oLoc
kB
lock
Cha
nnel
Set
up C
ode
Cle
ar A
llB
lock
All
Mov
ie R
atin
gT
V R
atin
g
G PG
PG
-13
R NC
-17
X
Mov
ie R
atin
gG P
GP
G-1
3R N
C-1
7X
Off
GO
n
VOL
1 3
1 3
2 4
Directions for Use EN 21L04L AA 3.
CL
OS
ED
CA
PT
ION
ING
31 Clo
sed
Cap
tion
ing
(CC
) al
low
syo
u to
rea
d th
e vo
ice
cont
ent
ofte
levi
sion
pro
gram
s on
the
TV
scre
en. D
esig
ned
to h
elp
the
hear
-in
g im
pair
ed, t
his
feat
ure
uses
on-
scre
en “
text
box
es”
to
show
dia
-lo
gue
and
conv
ersa
tion
s w
hile
the
TV
prog
ram
is
in p
rogr
ess.
1P
ress
the
CC
but
ton
on th
ere
mot
e to
dis
play
the
curr
ent
Clo
sed
Cap
tion
setti
ng.
2P
ress
the
CC
but
ton
repe
at-
edly
to c
hoos
e fr
om t
he f
our
Clo
sed
Cap
tion
opt
ions
(C
CO
ff, C
C1,
CC
2, C
C M
ute)
.
3W
hen
fini
shed
, pre
ss t
he S
TA
-T
US
/EX
ITbu
tton
to r
emov
eth
e m
enu
from
the
TV
’s s
cree
n.
CC
Mut
e
CC
Off
CC
1
CC
2
CC
Off
VOL
1 23
You
r T
Vca
n be
set
to
auto
mat
i-ca
lly
turn
its
elf
off
at a
giv
enam
ount
of
tim
e.
1P
ress
th
e S
LE
EP
bu
tton
on
the
rem
ote
cont
rol
and
the
SL
EE
Pti
mer
dis
play
wil
lap
pear
on
the
scre
en.
2P
ress
th
e S
LE
EP
bu
tton
repe
ated
ly t
o pi
ck t
he a
mou
ntof
tim
e (1
5, 3
0, 4
5, 6
0, 9
0, 1
20,
180,
or
240
min
utes
) be
fore
the
TV
wil
l tu
rn i
tsel
f of
f.
NO
TE
:An
on-s
cree
n co
unt
dow
nw
ill
appe
ar d
urin
g th
e la
st m
inut
ebe
fore
the
TV
shut
s it
self
off
. If
any
butt
on i
s pr
esse
d du
ring
the
las
tm
inut
e of
the
cou
ntdo
wn,
the
Sle
epti
mer
set
ting
wil
l be
can
cell
ed.
Sle
ep 1
5
Sle
ep 3
0
Sle
ep 4
5
Sle
ep 6
0
Sle
ep 9
0
Sle
ep 1
20
Sle
ep 1
80
Sle
ep 2
40
Sle
ep 1
5
Sle
ep o
ff
VOL
1 2
SL
EE
PT
IME
R
BL
OC
KIN
GO
PT
ION
S30 A
utoL
ock™
offe
rs t
he v
iew
er o
ther
blo
ck-
ing
feat
ures
as
wel
l. W
ith
thes
e B
lock
ing
Opt
ions
, the
cen
sori
ng c
an b
e tu
rned
ON
or
OF
F.
Onc
e yo
u’ve
ent
ered
you
r ac
cess
cod
e an
dth
e A
utoL
ock™
feat
ures
are
dis
play
ed o
n th
esc
reen
:
1P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sun
til
the
wor
ds B
lock
Op
tion
sar
e hi
ghli
ghte
d.
2P
ress
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
butt
onto
disp
lay
the
Blo
ckin
g O
ptio
ns (
Blo
ckin
g,U
nrat
ed, o
rN
o R
atin
g) m
enu.
Blo
ckin
g:M
ight
be
calle
d th
e “m
aste
rsw
itch”
for
Aut
oLoc
k™. W
hen
On,
AL
Lbl
ocki
ng/c
enso
ring
will
take
pla
ce. W
hen
Off
,A
LL
bloc
king
is d
isab
led.
Unr
ated
:AL
Lun
rate
d pr
ogra
ms
base
d on
the
Mov
ie R
atin
gs o
r P
aren
tal (
TV
) G
uide
lines
can
be b
lock
ed if
this
fea
ture
is s
et to
On
and
the
Blo
ckin
gfe
atur
e is
set
to O
FF.
No
Rat
ing:
AL
Lpr
ogra
mm
ing
with
NO
con
-te
nt a
dvis
ory
data
can
be
bloc
ked
if s
et to
On
and
the
Blo
ckin
gfe
atur
e is
set
to O
FF.
3P
ress
th
e C
UR
SO
R U
P3
orD
OW
N4
bu
tton
sto
hig
hlig
ht t
he d
esir
ed f
ea-
ture
.
4W
hen
high
ligh
ted,
eac
h fe
atur
e ca
n be
turn
edO
nor
Off
usi
ng
the
CU
RSO
RR
IGH
T2
orth
e C
UR
SOR
LE
FT1
butt
ons
on t
he r
emot
e.
Aut
oLoc
kS
etup
Cod
eC
lear
All
Blo
ck A
llM
ovie
Rat
ing
TV
Rat
ing
Blo
ck O
ptio
ns
Blo
ckin
gO
n
Unr
ated
On
No
Rat
ing
On
VOL
1 3
1 3
2 4
4
DE
MO
MO
DE
With
Dem
o M
ode
On,
a s
plit
scre
en d
emo
will
be
show
n on
the
scre
en.
The
Dem
oM
ode
will
sho
w th
e ri
ght s
ide
wih
sho
w a
shar
per
imag
e w
ith m
ore
natu
ral m
otio
n.
1P
ress
the
MU
TE
but
ton
on th
e re
mot
eap
prox
imat
ely
3-4
seco
nds.
The
spl
itsc
reen
dem
o ap
pear
s. A
fter
20
seco
nds,
the
TV
will
aut
omat
ical
ly r
eurn
to n
or-
mal
ope
ratio
n.
Not
e:Y
ou c
an a
lso
turn
the
Dig
ital P
ictu
reD
emo
On
or O
ff b
y us
ing
on-s
cree
n m
enu.
VOL1
Dig
i. P
ic. D
emo
Directions for UseEN 22 L04L AA3.
QU
AD
RA
SU
RF
33 The
Qua
draS
urf™
cont
rol
allo
ws
you
set
up f
our
diff
eren
t pe
rson
-al
cha
nnel
Sur
f li
sts
usin
g th
e co
l-or
ed b
utto
ns (
on t
he r
emot
e co
n-tr
ol),
eac
h ho
ldin
g up
to
ten
chan
-ne
ls i
n it
s qu
ick
view
ing“
list
.”
1P
ress
the
CH
AN
NE
L(+
) or
(–)
butt
ons
(or
the
NU
MB
ER
butto
ns)
to s
elec
t a c
hann
el to
add
to o
ne o
f th
e SU
RF
lists
.
2P
ress
the
SM
ILE
Ybu
tton
on th
e re
mot
e co
ntro
l to
AD
Dth
e ch
anne
l to
one
of th
e SU
RF
lists
.
3P
ress
the
cor
resp
ondi
ng C
OL
-O
RE
D (
Red
, Gre
en, Y
ello
w o
rB
lue)
but
ton
to a
dd th
e ch
anne
lto
that
but
ton’
s Su
rf li
st. (
Up
tote
n ch
anne
ls p
er b
utto
n ca
n be
stor
ed.)
Rep
eat
step
s 1
thro
ugh
3 to
add
addi
tion
al c
hann
els
(up
to 1
0) t
oea
ch o
f th
e th
e S
UR
F l
ists
.
To
rem
ove
a ch
ann
el f
rom
on
e of
the
SU
RF
list
s;
4P
ress
th
e C
OL
OR
ED
Qu
adra
Su
rf b
utt
onun
til
the
desi
red
chan
nel
appe
ars.
The
scre
en w
ill
disp
lay
the
chan
nel
num
ber
wit
h a
colo
red
“Sm
iley
” fa
ce t
o in
dica
te t
heC
olor
ed b
utto
n it
rel
ates
to.
5W
hil
e th
e “S
mil
ey”
face
chan
nel
ind
icat
oris
dis
-p
laye
d, p
ress
th
e F
RO
WN
IE
face
bu
tton
.The
scr
een
wil
l re
ad, “
Rem
ove
item
? -
Pre
ss
.”
6P
ress
th
e F
RO
WN
IE
fa
ceb
utt
on a
gain
to c
onfi
rm y
our
deci
sion
to
rem
ove
the
chan
nel
from
the
Sur
f li
st.
Rep
eat
step
s 4-
6 to
rem
ove
othe
rch
anne
ls f
rom
Sur
f li
sts.
12
Sel
ect L
ist!
12
Add
ed!
12
12R
emov
e Ite
m?
- Pre
ss
12
VOL
23 4
5 6 1
AU
TO
PIC
TU
RE
32
AU
TO
SO
UN
D
Whe
ther
you
’re
wat
chin
g a
mov
ie o
r a
spor
ting
eve
nt,
your
TV
has
auto
mat
ic v
ideo
con
-tr
ol s
etti
ngs
mat
ched
for
you
r cu
r-re
nt p
rogr
am s
ourc
e or
con
tent
.
1P
ress
the
AU
TO
PIC
TU
RE
butt
onon
the
rem
ote
cont
rol.
The
cur
rent
Aut
o Pi
ctur
e se
t-tin
g w
ill b
e di
spla
yed
on th
esc
reen
.
2P
ress
the
AU
TO
PIC
TU
RE
butt
on r
epea
tedl
y to
sel
ect
eith
er P
erso
nal,
Mov
ies,
Spo
rts,
Wea
kS
igna
l, or
MU
L-
TIM
ED
IApi
ctur
e se
ttin
gs.
NO
TE
:T
he w
ay y
ou c
hoos
e to
set
the
Pic
ture
Men
u C
ontr
ols
wil
lbe
com
e yo
ur P
erso
nal
sett
ing.
Per
sona
lM
ovie
s
Spo
rts
Wea
k S
igna
l
Mul
timed
ia
VOL
1 2
Mov
ies
- P
rese
t pic
ture
opt
ions
for
wat
chin
g V
ideo
Tap
es, o
rD
VD
s.S
po
rts
- P
rese
t pic
ture
opt
ions
for
wat
chin
g sp
ortin
g ev
ents
.W
eak
Sig
nal
- P
rese
t pic
ture
optio
ns f
or w
atch
ing
prog
ram
sw
here
the
rece
ptio
n is
not
at i
tsbe
st.
Mu
ltim
edia
- P
rese
t pic
ture
optio
ns f
or u
se w
ith v
ideo
gam
-in
g.
The
Aut
o So
und
feat
ure
allo
ws
the
list
ener
to
sele
ct b
etw
een
four
dif
fere
nt f
acto
ry s
et s
ound
opti
ons.
1P
ress
the
AU
TO
SOU
ND
butt
onon
the
rem
ote
cont
rol.
The
cur
rent
Aut
o So
und
set-
ting
will
app
ear
in th
e m
iddl
eof
the
scre
en.
2P
ress
the
AU
TO
SO
UN
Dbu
tton
rep
eate
dly
to t
oggl
ebe
twee
n th
e fo
ur s
etti
ngs.
(Per
sona
l, T
heat
re, M
usic
, or
Voi
ce)
NO
TE
:T
he w
ay y
ou c
hoos
e to
set
the
Sou
nd M
enu
Con
trol
s w
ill
beco
me
your
Per
sona
l se
ttin
g.
Per
sona
lT
heat
re
Mus
ic
Voi
ce
VOL
1 2
Th
eatr
e-
Pre
set
soun
dop
tion
s fo
r w
atch
ing
mov
ies.
Dyn
amic
Ult
ra B
ass
is i
nclu
d-ed
in
this
opt
ion.
Mu
sic-
Pre
set
soun
d op
tion
sfo
r m
usic
al p
rogr
amm
ing
whe
re t
here
is
litt
le d
ialo
gue.
Dyn
amic
Ult
ra B
ass
is i
nclu
d-ed
in
this
opt
ion.
Vo
ice
- P
rese
t so
und
opti
ons
for
prog
ram
min
g w
here
hea
vydi
alog
ue i
s pr
esen
t.
Directions for Use EN 23L04L AA 3.
TR
OU
BL
ES
HO
OT
ING
No
Pow
er•
Che
ck t
he T
Vpo
wer
cor
d.
Unp
lug
the
TV
, wai
t 10
sec
onds
, the
n re
inse
rtth
e pl
ug i
nto
the
outl
et a
nd p
ush
the
PO
WE
R b
utto
n ag
ain.
•C
heck
tha
t th
e ou
tlet
is
not
on a
wal
l sw
itch
. •
Be
sure
the
fus
e is
not
blo
wn
on t
he A
C p
ower
str
ip, i
f on
e is
bei
ng u
sed.
No
Pic
ture
•C
heck
ant
enna
con
nect
ions
. A
re t
hey
prop
erly
sec
ured
to
the
TV
's A
NT
75pl
ug?
•C
heck
the
TU
NE
R M
OD
E c
ontr
ol f
or t
he c
orre
ct t
uner
set
ting
.•
Try
run
ning
the
Aut
o P
rogr
am f
eatu
re t
o fi
nd a
ll a
vail
able
cha
nnel
s.•
Pre
ss t
he A
Vbu
tton
on
the
rem
ote
to m
ake
sure
the
cor
rect
sig
nal
sour
ce i
sse
lect
ed (
FR
ON
Tor
Cur
rent
Cha
nnel
).
No
Sou
nd
•C
heck
the
VO
LU
ME
but
tons
.•
Che
ck t
he M
UT
E b
utto
n on
the
rem
ote
cont
rol.
•If
you
’re
atte
mpt
ing
to h
ook
up a
uxil
iary
equ
ipm
ent,
chec
k th
e au
dio
jack
conn
ecti
ons
loca
ted
on t
he f
ront
of
the
TV
.
Rem
ote
Doe
s N
ot W
ork
•C
heck
the
bat
teri
es.
If n
eces
sary
, rep
lace
the
m w
ith
AA
Hea
vy D
uty
(Zin
cC
hlor
ide)
or
Alk
alin
e ba
tter
ies.
•
Cle
an t
he r
emot
e co
ntro
l an
d th
e re
mot
e co
ntro
l se
nsor
win
dow
on
the
TV
.•
Che
ck t
he T
Vpo
wer
cor
d.
Unp
lug
the
TV
, wai
t 10
sec
onds
, the
n re
inse
rtth
e pl
ug i
nto
the
outl
et a
nd p
ush
the
PO
WE
R b
utto
n ag
ain.
•
Be
sure
the
fus
e is
not
blo
wn
on t
he A
C p
ower
str
ip, i
f on
e is
bei
ng u
sed.
•C
heck
to
be s
ure
the
TV
outl
et i
s no
t on
a w
all
swit
ch.
TV
Dis
pla
ys W
ron
g C
han
nel
or
No
Ch
ann
els
Ab
ove
13•
Rep
eat
chan
nel
sele
ctio
n.•
Add
the
des
ired
cha
nnel
num
bers
(us
ing
the
CH
AN
NE
LE
DIT
cont
rol)
int
oth
e T
V’s
mem
ory.
•C
heck
to
be s
ure
the
TU
NE
R M
OD
ES
are
set
to
the
CA
BL
Eop
tion
and
run
the
Aut
o P
rogr
am f
eatu
re t
o fi
nd a
ll a
vail
able
cha
nnel
s.
35Q
UA
DR
AS
UR
F34 T
he Q
uadr
a Su
rf b
utto
ns o
n yo
urre
mot
e co
ntro
l allo
w y
ou to
sto
reup
to 1
0 ch
anne
ls p
er b
utto
n (4
0to
tal)
. You
can
eve
n pr
ogra
m th
eA
/VIn
put c
hann
els
for
each
but
ton
mak
ing
them
a “
sour
ce”
but
ton.
Ass
umin
g ch
anne
ls h
ave
now
bee
nad
ded
to th
e fo
ur Q
uadr
a Su
rf li
sts
(the
four
col
ored
but
tons
, see
the
prev
ious
pag
e), l
et’s
rev
iew
how
the
feat
ure
wor
ks.
1P
ress
one
of
the
pre-
pro-
gram
med
CO
LO
RE
D b
utto
nson
the
rem
ote
(Red
, Gre
en,
Yel
low
or
Blu
e). T
he s
cree
nw
ill d
ispl
ay a
sm
iley
face
with
the
firs
t pro
gram
med
cha
nnel
for
that
sur
f lis
t.
2W
hile
the
col
ored
“sm
iley”
face
sti
ll ap
pear
s on
the
scre
en, p
ress
the
sam
e C
OL
-O
RE
D b
utto
n on
the
rem
ote
totu
ne th
e se
cond
cha
nnel
pro
-gr
amm
ed f
or th
at s
peci
fic
surf
list.
3R
epea
tedl
y pr
essi
ng t
he s
ame
CO
LO
RE
D b
utto
n w
hile
the
“sm
iley”
fac
e ap
pear
s w
ill tu
neal
l the
pro
gram
med
cha
nnel
s.Pr
essi
ng th
e C
OL
OR
ED
but
ton
agai
n w
ill r
etur
n yo
u to
the
firs
tch
anne
l in
the
list.
If th
e “s
mile
y” f
ace
disa
ppea
rs f
rom
the
scre
en a
nd th
e sa
me
CO
LO
RE
Dbu
tton
is p
ress
ed, t
he s
urf
chan
nels
will
be
disp
laye
d st
artin
g w
ith th
eFI
RST
prog
ram
med
cha
nnel
aga
in.
4R
epea
t ste
ps 1
-3 f
or th
e ot
her
thre
e C
OL
OR
ED
but
tons
(Su
rflis
ts)
if d
esir
ed.
5A
ny ti
me
the
“sm
iley”
fac
eap
pear
s w
ith th
e ch
anne
l num
-be
r,pr
essi
ng t
he “
frow
nie”
face
but
ton
will
allo
w y
ou to
rem
ove
it fr
om th
e lis
t (se
e th
epr
evio
us p
age
for
mor
e de
tails
).
1012
18
22
28
3539
41
56
99
12R
emov
e Ite
m?
- Pre
ss
VOL
1 2 35
5
Mechanical InstructionsEN 24 L04L AA4.
4. Mechanical Instructions
Index of this chapter:1. Set Disassembly2. Service Position3. Assy/Panel Removal4. Set Re-assembly Note: Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to different set executions.
4.1 Set Disassembly
Warning: Be sure to disconnect the AC power from the set before opening it.
4.1.1 Rear Cover
1. Remove all fixation screws of the rear cover (Note: Do not forget the screws that hold the rear connection panel).
2. Pull the rear cover backwards to remove it.
4.2 Service Position
Before placing the Mono Carrier in its service position, remove the Front Interface assy/panel (see paragraph “Front Interface Assy/Panel”) and the Side AV assy/panel (see paragraph “Side AV Assy/Panel”).
Figure 4-1 Service position Mono Carrier
1. Disconnect the degaussing coil [1].2. Release the two fixation clamps (at the mid left and mid
right side of the bracket), and remove the bracket from the bottom tray, by pulling it backwards [2].
3. Turn the chassis tray 90 degrees counter clockwise.4. Move the panel bracket somewhat to the left and flip it 90
degrees [3], with the components towards the CRT.5. Turn the panel bracket with the rear I/O toward the CRT.6. Place the hook of the tray in the fixation hole of the cabinet
bottom [4] and secure it.
4.3 Assy/Panel Removal
4.3.1 Front Interface Assy/Panel
Figure 4-2 Front interface assy/panel removal
1. Remove the complete module from the bottom plate, by pulling the two fixation clamps upward [1], while sliding the module away from the CRT [2]. Note: these clamps are difficult to access.
2. Release the two fixation clamps [3] at the side of the bracket, and lift the panel out of the bracket (it hinges at one side).
4.3.2 Side AV Assy/Panel
Figure 4-3 Side AV assy/panel removal
1. Remove the two fixation screws, and remove the complete Side AV assembly.
2. Release the two fixation clamps, and lift the panel out of the bracket.
A
E_14480_048.eps110204B
4
3
2
1
2
3
1
1
3
E_14480_049.eps110204
E_14480_050.eps170204
Mechanical Instructions EN 25L04L AA 4.
4.3.3 LTI/CTI Interface Panel
Remove the LTI/CTI Interface panel from the Mono Carrier, by disconnecting it from connector 1212.
4.3.4 Top Control Assy/Panel
1. Remove the two fixation screws.2. Push the assy a little bit upwards, and then pull it
backwards to release it from the front hinge.3. Lift the panel from its bracket, while releasing the two
fixation clamps. The panel hinges on the other side.
4.3.5 Linearity Assy/Panel
Figure 4-4 Linearity assy/panel removal
1. Release the two fixation clamps [1] to lift the panel out of the bracket [2].
4.4 Set Re-assembly
To re-assemble the whole set, do all processes in reverse order. Note: before you mount the rear cover, perform the following checks:• Check whether the AC power cord is mounted correctly in
its guiding brackets.• Check whether all cables are replaced in their original
position
E_14480_051.eps270204
11
2
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault FindingEN 26 L04L AA5.
5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
Index of this chapter:1. Test Points2. Service Modes3. Problems and Solving Tips (related to CSM)4. ComPair5. Error Codes6. The Blinking LED Procedure7. Protections8. Fault Finding and Repair Tips
5.1 Test Points
This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing. In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box around Fxxx or Ixxx. These test points are specifically mentioned in the “Test Point Overview” as “half moons” with a dot in the center.
Table 5-1 Test point overview
Perform measurements under the following conditions:• Television set in Service Default Alignment Mode.• Video input: Color bar signal.• Audio input: 3 kHz left channel, 1 kHz right channel.
5.2 Service Modes
Service Default mode (SDM) and Service Alignment Mode (SAM) offers several features for the service technician, while the Customer Service Mode (CSM) is used for communication between the call center and the customer. This chassis also offers the option of using ComPair, a hardware interface between a computer and the TV chassis. It offers the abilities of structured troubleshooting, error code reading, and software version readout for all chassis. Minimum requirements for ComPair: a Pentium processor, a Windows OS, and a CD-ROM drive (see also paragraph "ComPair").
Table 5-2 Software cluster overview
5.2.1 Service Default Mode (SDM)
Purpose• To create a predefined setting for measurements to be
made.• To override software protections.• To start the blinking LED procedure.
Specifications• Tuning frequency: 61.25 MHz (channel 3).• Color system: NTSC M.• All picture settings at 50% (brightness, color contrast, hue).• Bass, treble and balance at 50 %; volume at 25 %.• All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled. The
service unfriendly modes are:– Timer / Sleep timer.– Child / parental lock.– Blue mute.– Hotel / hospital mode.– Auto shut off (when no “IDENT” video signal is
received for 15 minutes).– Skipping of non-favorite presets / channels.– Auto-storage of personal presets.– Auto user menu time-out.– Auto Volume Leveling (AVL).
How to enterTo enter SDM, use one of the following methods:• Press the following key sequence on the remote control
transmitter: “062596” directly followed by the MENU button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence).
• Short jumper wires 9252 and 9275 on the family board (see Fig. 8-1) and apply AC power. Then press the power button (remove the short after start-up). Caution: Entering SDM by shorting wires 9252 and 9275 will override the +8V-protection. Do this only for a short period. When doing this, the service-technician must know exactly what he is doing, as it could damage the television set.
• Or via ComPair. After entering SDM, the following screen is visible, with SDM in the upper right corner of the screen to indicate that the television is in Service Default Alignment Mode.
Figure 5-1 SDM menu
Test point Circuit Diagr.
F508, F535, F536, F537, F552, F561, F563, F573, F664, I513, I518, I519, I524, I531, I533, I546
Power supply A1
F401, F412, F413, F414, F418, F452, F453, F455, F456, F458, F459, F460, F461, I408, I416, I417, I420, I462, I468
Line & Frame Deflection
A2
F003, F004, I001, I002 Tuner IF A3
F201, F203, F205, F206 Hercules A4
F240, F241, F242 Features & Connectivities
A5
F952, F955, I951, I952 Audio Amplifier A7
F692 Front Control A9
F331, F332, F333, F338, F339, F341, F351, F353, F354 CRT Panel B1
F361, F362, F381, F382 ECO Scavem B2
SW Cluster SW name UOC Type Features
L4LLS1 L4LLS1_x.yTDA12040H1/N1B501AO CC+BTSC
TDA12040H1/N1B511AP CC+BTSC+CMB+DW
L4= Chassis name, L= Large Screen, L= LATAM, S= Stereo dBx, 1= Language Cluster, x.y= Software Version.
CC= Closed Caption, BTSC= Broadcast Television Systems Committee, CMB= Comb Filter, DW = Double Window
00028 L04L 0.12 SDMERR 0 0 0 0 0 OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000
E_14480_066.eps240304
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding EN 27L04L AA 5.
How to navigateUse one of the following methods:• When you press the MENU button on the remote control,
the set will switch on the normal user menu in the SDM mode.
• On the TV, press and hold the VOLUME DOWN and press the CHANNEL DOWN for a few seconds, to switch from SDM to SAM and reverse.
How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the television set.If you turn the television set off by removing the AC power (i.e., unplugging the television) without using the POWER button, the television set will remain in SDM when AC power is re-applied, and the error buffer is not cleared.
5.2.2 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
Purpose• To change option settings.• To display / clear the error code buffer. • To perform alignments.
Specifications• Operation hours counter (maximum five digits displayed).• Software version, Error codes, and Option settings display.• Error buffer clearing.• Option settings.• AKB switching.• Software alignments (Tuner, White Tone, Geometry &
Audio).• NVM Editor.• ComPair Mode switching.
How to enterTo enter SAM, use one of the following methods:• Press the following key sequence on the remote control
transmitter: “062596" directly followed by the OSD/STATUS button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence).
• Or via ComPair. After entering SAM, the following screen is visible, with SAM in the upper right corner of the screen to indicate that the television is in Service Alignment Mode.
Figure 5-2 SAM menu
Menu explanation1. LLLLL. This represents the run timer. The run timer counts
normal operation hours, but does not count standby hours.2. AAABCD-x.y. This is the software identification of the
main microprocessor: – A= the project name (L4L= L04 Large Screen).– B= the region: E= Europe, A= Asia Pacific, U= NAFTA,
L= LATAM.– C= the software diversity:
• Europe: T= 1 page TXT, F= Full TXT, V= Voice control.
• LATAM and NAFTA: N= Stereo non-dBx, S= Stereo dBx.
• Asian Pacific: T= TXT, N= non-TXT, C= NTSC.• ALL regions: M= mono, D= DVD, Q= Mk2.
– D= the language cluster number.– x= the main software version number (updated with a
major change that is incompatible with previous versions).
– y= the sub software version number (updated with a minor change that is compatible with previous versions).
3. SAM. Indication of the Service Alignment Mode.4. Error Buffer. Shows all errors detected since the last time
the buffer was erased. Five errors possible.5. Option Bytes. Used to set the option bytes. See “Options”
in the Alignments section for a detailed description. Seven codes are possible.
6. Clear. Erases the contents of the error buffer. Select the CLEAR menu item and press the MENU RIGHT key. The content of the error buffer is cleared.
7. Options. Used to set the option bits. See “Options” in the Alignments section for a detailed description.
8. AKB. Used to disable (Off) or enable (On) the “black current loop” (AKB= Auto Kine Bias).
9. Tuner. Used to align the tuner. See “Tuner” in the Alignments section for a detailed description.
10. White Tone. Used to align the white tone. See “White Tone” in the Alignments section for a detailed description.
11. Geometry. Used to align the geometry settings of the television. See “Geometry” in the Alignments section for a detailed description.
12. Audio. No audio alignment is necessary for this television set.
13. NVM Editor. Can be used to change the NVM data in the television set. See table “NVM data” further on.
14. ComPaIr. Can be used to switch on the television to In System Programming (ISP) mode, for software uploading via ComPair. Caution: When this mode is selected without ComPair connected, the TV will be blocked. Remove the AC power to reset the TV.
How to navigate• In SAM, select menu items with the MENU UP/DOWN keys
on the remote control transmitter. The selected item will be highlighted. When not all menu items fit on the screen, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to display the next / previous menu items.
• With the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys, it is possible to:– Activate the selected menu item.– Change the value of the selected menu item.– Activate the selected submenu.
• In SAM, when you press the MENU button twice, the set will switch to the normal user menus (with the SAM mode still active in the background). To return to the SAM menu press the MENU or STATUS/EXIT button.
• When you press the MENU key in while in a submenu, you will return to the previous menu.
How to store SAM settingsTo store the settings changed in SAM mode, leave the top level SAM menu by using the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the television set.
E_14480_067.eps240304
00028 L04L 0.12 SAMERR 0 0 0 0 0
OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000
. Clear Clear ?
. Options
. AKB On
. Tuner
. White Tone
. Geometry
. Audio
. NVM Editor
. ComPair on
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault FindingEN 28 L04L AA5.
How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the POWER button on the remote control transmitter or the television set.If you turn the television set “off” by removing the AC power (i.e., unplugging the television) without using the POWER button, the television set will remain in SAM when AC power is re-applied, and the error buffer is not cleared.
5.2.3 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
PurposeThe Customer Service Mode shows error codes and information on the TV’s operation settings. The call center can instruct the customer (by telephone) to enter CSM in order to identify the status of the set. This helps the call center to diagnose problems and failures in the TV set before making a service call.The CSM is a read-only mode; therefore, modifications are not possible in this mode.
How to enterTo enter CSM, press the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter: “123654” (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence). Upon entering the Customer Service Mode, the following screen will appear:
Figure 5-3 CSM menu
Menu explanation1. Indication of the decimal value of the operation hours
counter, Software identification of the main microprocessor (see "Service Default or Alignment Mode" for an explanation), and the service mode (CSM= Customer Service Mode).
2. Displays the last five errors detected in the error code buffer.
3. Displays the option bytes.4. Displays the type number version of the set.5. Reserved item for P3C call centers (AKBS stands for
Advanced Knowledge Base System). 6. Indicates the television is receiving an "IDENT" signal on
the selected source. If no "IDENT" signal is detected, the display will read "NOT TUNED"
7. Displays the detected Color system (e.g. PAL/NTSC).8. Displays the detected Audio (e.g. stereo/mono).9. Displays the picture setting information.10. Displays the sound setting information.
How to exitTo exit CSM, use one of the following methods:• Press the MENU, STATUS/EXIT, or POWER button on the
remote control transmitter.• Press the POWER button on the television set.
5.3 Problems and Solving Tips Related to CSM
5.3.1 Picture Problems
Note: The problems described below are all related to the TV settings. The procedures used to change the value (or status) of the different settings are described.
Picture too dark or too bright
If:• The picture improves when you have press the AUTO
PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter, or• The picture improves when you enter the Customer
Service Mode,
Then:1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control
transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose PERSONAL picture mode.
2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter. This brings up the normal user menu.
3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu.
4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu.
5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys (if necessary) to select BRIGHTNESS.
6. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to increase or decrease the BRIGHTNESS value.
7. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select PICTURE.8. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to increase or
decrease the PICTURE value.9. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter
twice to exit the user menu.10. The new PERSONAL preference values are automatically
stored.
White line around picture elements and text
If:The picture improves after you have pressed the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter,
Then:1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control
transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose PERSONAL picture mode.
2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter. This brings up the normal user menu.
3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu.
4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu.
5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select SHARPNESS.6. Press the MENU LEFT key to decrease the SHARPNESS
value.7. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter
twice to exit the user menu.8. The new PERSONAL preference value is automatically
stored.
1 00028 L04L 0.12 CSM2 CODES 0 0 0 0 03 OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 0004 nnXXnnnn/nnX5 P3C-16 NOT TUNED7 NTSC8 STEREO9 CO 50 CL 50 BR 50 HU 00 AVL Off BS 50
E_14480_068.eps240304
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding EN 29L04L AA 5.
Snowy pictureCheck CSM line 6. If this line reads “Not Tuned”, check the following:• Antenna not connected. Connect the antenna.• No antenna signal or bad antenna signal. Connect a proper
antenna signal.• The tuner is faulty (in this case line 2, the Error Buffer line,
will contain error number 10). Check the tuner and replace/repair the tuner if necessary.
Black and white picture
If:• The picture improves after you have pressed the AUTO
PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter,
Then:1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control
transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose PERSONAL picture mode.
2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter. This brings up the normal user menu.
3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu.
4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu.
5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select COLOR.6. Press the MENU RIGHT key to increase the COLOR value.7. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter
twice to exit the user menu.8. The new PERSONAL preference value is automatically
stored.
Menu text not sharp enough
If:• The picture improves after you have pressed the AUTO
PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter,
Then:1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control
transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose PERSONAL picture mode.
2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter. This brings up the normal user menu.
3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to highlight the PICTURE sub menu.
4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE sub menu.
5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select PICTURE.6. Press the MENU LEFT key to decrease the PICTURE
value.7. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter
twice to exit the user menu.8. The new PERSONAL preference value is automatically
stored.
5.4 ComPair
5.4.1 Introduction
ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products. ComPair is a further development on the European DST (service remote control), which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics. ComPair has three big advantages:ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures.ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas. You do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this.
ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available. When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis, schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away.
5.4.2 Specifications
ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product. The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable. In this chassis, the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service connector. The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television. ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two ways:• Automatic (by communication with the television):
ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer. Diagnosis is done on I2C level. ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television. ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television. In this way, it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set.
• Manually (by asking questions to you): Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extend. When this is not the case, ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (e.g. Does the screen give a picture? Click on the correct answer: YES / NO) and showing you examples (e.g. Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct waveform you see on the oscilloscope). You can answer by clicking on a link (e.g. text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process.
By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question / answer procedure, ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way. Beside fault finding, ComPair provides some additional features like:• Up- or downloading of pre-sets.• Managing of pre-set lists.• Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST).• If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service
Manual) are installed, all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink. Example: Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (Schematic/Panel) at the Mono-carrier. – Click on the “Panel” hyperlink to automatically show
the PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568. – Click on the “Schematic” hyperlink to automatically
show the position of the highlighted capacitor.• Software downloading (as soon as this is supported by
ComPair).
5.4.3 How To Connect
1. First, install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions).
2. Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with “PC”) of the ComPair interface.
3. Connect the mains adapter to the supply connector (marked with “POWER 9V DC”) of the ComPair interface.
4. Switch the ComPair interface “off”.5. Switch the television set “off” with the Power switch.6. Connect the ComPair interface cable between the
connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with “I2C”) and the ComPair (or Service)
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault FindingEN 30 L04L AA5.
connector at the rear side of the TV (for its location see chapter “Service Modes, ....”).
7. Plug the mains adapter in a mains outlet, and switch the interface “on”. The green and red LEDs light up together. The red LED extinguishes after approx. 1 second while the green LED remains lit.
8. Start the ComPair program and read the “Introduction” chapter.
Figure 5-4 ComPair Interface connection
5.4.4 How To Order
ComPair order codes:• Starter kit ComPair32/SearchMan32 software and
ComPair interface (excl. transformer): 3122 785 90450.• ComPair interface (excluding transformer): 4822 727
21631.• Starter kit ComPair32 software (registration version): 3122
785 60040.• Starter kit SearchMan32 software: 3122 785 60050.• ComPair32 CD (update): 3122 785 60070 (year 2002,
3122 785 60110 (year 2003).• SearchMan32 CD (update): 3122 785 60080 (year 2002),
3122 785 60120 (year 2003).• ComPair interface cable: 3122 785 90004.• ComPair firmware upgrade IC: 3122 785 90510.• Transformer (non-UK): 4822 727 21632.• Transformer UK: 4822 727 21633.
Note: If you encounter any problems, contact your local support desk.
5.5 Error Codes
The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased. The buffer is written from left to right. When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer, it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right.
5.5.1 How To Read The Error Buffer
You can read the error buffer in 3 ways:• On screen via the SAM (if you have a picture). Examples:
– ERROR: 0 0 0 0 0 : No errors detected– ERROR: 6 0 0 0 0 : Error code 6 is the last and only
detected error– ERROR: 9 6 0 0 0 : Error code 6 was detected first and
error code 9 is the last detected (newest) error• Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no
picture). See “The Blinking LED Procedure”.• Via ComPair.
5.5.2 How To Clear The Error Buffer
The error code buffer is cleared in the following cases:• By using the CLEAR command in the SAM menu:
– To enter SAM, press the following key sequence on the remote control transmitter: “062596” directly followed by the OSD/STATUS button (do not allow the display to time out between entries while keying the sequence).
– Make sure the menu item CLEAR is highlighted. Use the MENU UP/DOWN buttons, if necessary.
– Press the MENU RIGHT button to clear the error buffer. The text on the right side of the “CLEAR” line will change from “CLEAR?” to “CLEARED”
• If the contents of the error buffer have not changed for 50 hours, the error buffer resets automatically.
Note: If you exit SAM by disconnecting the AC power from the television set, the error buffer is not reset.
5.5.3 Error Codes
In case of non-intermittent faults, write down the errors present
Table 5-3 Error code overview
E_06532_008.eps190204
PC VCR I2CPower9V DC
TO SERVICECONNECTOR
Error Device Error description Check item Diagram
0 Not applicable No Error
1 Not applicable X-Ray/Over-voltage protection (US only) 2411, 2412, 2413, 6404, 6411, 6412 A2
2 Not applicable High beam (BCI) protection 3404, 7405 A2
3 Not applicable Vertical guard protection 3466, 7451, 7452, 7453, 7454 A2
4 Tuner I2C error while communicating with 2nd tuner 1000, 5010, (PIP Module) F2
5 Not applicable +5v protection 7604, 7605 A5
6 I2C bus General I2C error 7200, 3207, 3214 A4
7 Not applicable - - -
8 Not applicable - - -
9 24C16 I2C error while communicating with the EEPROM 7601, 3604, 3605 A5
10 Tuner I2C error while communicating with the PLL tuner 1000, 5001 A3
11 TDA6107/A Black current loop instability protection 7330, 3351, CRT B1
12 SDA9488X I2C error while communicating with the PIP processor 7242 (PIP Module) F1
13 Not applicable - - -
14 DVD Loader I2C error while communicating with the DVD Interface module DVD Interface module DVD Loader
15 TDA9178T/N1 I2C error while communicating with LTI module 7610 H
16 TDA9887 I2C error while communicating with PIP_Demodulator 7201 F2
17 Not applicable - - -
18 Not applicable - - -
19 TDA1200x I2C error while communicating with SSD stereo sound decoder 7200 A4
20 TDA1200x I2C error while communicating with video cosmic in Hercules IC 7200 A4
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding EN 31L04L AA 5.
5.6 The Blinking LED Procedure
Using this procedure, you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED. This is especially useful when there is no picture. When the SDM is entered, the front LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer:• When all the error-codes are displayed, the sequence
finishes with a LED blink of 1.5 seconds,• The sequence starts again. Example of error buffer: 12 9 6 0 0After entering SDM, the following occurs: • 1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequence,• 12 short blinks followed by a pause of 1.5 seconds,• 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 1.5 seconds,• 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 1.5 seconds,• 1 long blink of 1.5 seconds to finish the sequence,• The sequence starts again at 12 short blinks.
5.7 Protections
If a fault situation is detected, an error code will be generated; and, if necessary, the television set will go into protection mode. Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode. In some error cases, the microprocessor does not put the set in protection mode. The error codes of the error buffer and the blinking LED procedure can be read via the Service Default Menu (SDM), or via ComPair. To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has three service modes implemented:• The Customer Service Mode (CSM).• The Service Default Mode (SDM).• The Service Alignment Mode (SAM). For a detailed mode description, see the relevant sections.
5.8 Fault Finding and Repair Tips
Notes: • It is assumed that the components are mounted correctly
with correct values and no bad solder joints. • Before any fault finding actions, check if the correct options
are set.
5.8.1 NVM Editor
In some cases, it can be handy if one directly can change the NVM contents. This can be done with the “NVM Editor” in SAM mode. In the next table, the default NVM values are given.
Table 5-4 NVM default values for LATAM-region
Item
Ad
dre
ss (
dec
) Default values (dec)
25P
T55
41
28P
W64
41
28P
W65
42
29P
T46
41
29P
T56
42
32P
W65
42
EW (EW Width) 19 37 37 37 37 37 37
PW (EW Parabola Width) 20 10 10 10 10 10 10
HS (Horizontal Shift) 21 26 26 26 26 26 26
HP (Horizontal Parallelogram) 22 31 31 31 31 31 31
HB (Horizontal Bow) 23 31 31 31 31 31 31
UCP (EW Upper Corner Parabola) 24 30 30 30 30 30 30
LCP (EW Lower Corner Parabola) 25 40 40 40 40 40 40
TC (EW Trapezium) 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
VS (Vertical Slope) 27 37 37 37 37 37 37
VA (Vertical Amplitude) 28 30 30 30 30 30 30
SC (S-Correction) 29 30 30 30 30 32 32
VSH (Vertical Shift) 30 26 26 26 26 26 26
VX (Vertical Zoom) 31 25 25 25 25 25 25
VSL (Vertical Scroll) 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
VL (Vertical Linearity) 33 32 32 32 32 32 32
BLOR (Black Level Offset - Red) 34 29 29 29 29 29 29
BLOG (Black Level Offset - Green) 35 19 19 19 19 19 19
AGC (AGC Takeover) 36 20 20 20 20 20 20
OIF (IF-PLL Offset) 37 36 36 36 36 36 36
AGC10 (AGC 10) 38 1 1 1 1 1 1
H60 (60 Hz Horizontal Shift) 39 9 9 9 9 9 9
60 Hz Vertical Amplitude 42 32 32 32 32 48 48
YD & CL 43 87 87 87 87 87 87
RGB amplitude for full teletext mode 46 8 8 8 8 8 8
NVM_TABLE_VERSION 60 22 22 22 22 22 22
OPTION_TABLE_VERSION 61 7 7 7 7 7 7
CVI_BLOR 62 21 21 21 21 21 21
CVI_BLOG 63 15 15 15 15 15 15
TXT Brightness 64 23 23 23 23 23 23
V60 offset (60Hz Vertical Amplitude) 66 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2
FOAB, CHSE 139 3 3 3 3 3 3
SPR, WS 140 0 0 0 0 0 0
VMA, SVM 141 50 50 50 50 50 50
NVM_SOC_SMD 142 3 3 3 3 3 3
CCC-PGR 143 31 31 31 31 31 31
CCC-PGG 144 31 31 31 31 31 31
CCC-PGB 145 31 31 31 31 31 31
NVM_FMWS 149 3 3 3 3 3 3
NVM_ASD_SC1_THR 150 16 16 16 16 16 16
NVM_CRYSTALALIGN 208 63 63 63 63 63 63
Last Brightness (VID PP others) 264 50 50 50 50 50 50
Last Color (VID PP others) 265 50 50 50 50 50 50
Last Contrast (VID PP others) 266 50 50 50 50 50 50
Last Sharpness (VID PP others) 267 50 50 50 50 50 50
Last Hue (VID PP others) 268 0 0 0 0 0 0
Last Color Temperature (VID PP others)
269 50 50 50 50 50 50
White-D Cool Red 294 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
White-D Cool Blue 296 5 5 5 5 5 5
White-D Normal Red 297 26 26 26 26 26 26
White-D Normal Green 298 32 32 32 32 32 32
White-D Normal Blue 299 27 27 27 27 27 27
White-D Warm Red 300 2 2 2 2 2 2
White-D Warm Blue 302 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6
Last Volume 343 20 20 20 20 20 20
Last Balance 344 50 50 50 50 50 50
Last Treble (AUD PP others) 345 85 85 85 85 80 80
Last Bass (AUD PP others) 346 173 173 173 173 173 173
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault FindingEN 32 L04L AA5.
5.8.2 Power Supply
Set Not Working
Figure 5-5 Fault finding tree “Set not working”
Set Does Not Start Up
Figure 5-6 Fault finding tree “Set does not start up”
5.8.3 Deflection
One Thin Vertical LineQuick check:• Set in protection mode.• LED blinking with error “3”.
Figure 5-7 Fault finding tree “One thin vertical line”
One Thin Horizontal LineQuick check:• Set in protection mode.• LED blinking with error “2”.
Figure 5-8 Fault finding tree “One thin horizontal line”
Not OkCheck fusibleresistor 3510 &circuit before it
Check DCvoltage at2505/2507
Ok
Ok
Checkfusible
resistor 3532
Check7512
Check IC7511 &IC7531
Set able tostart-up
Check otherfusible resistor
and capacitor inthe circuit
No
End
Yes
Not Ok
Ok
Check PowerSupply Mains
Switch
Bridge Rectifiercircuit 6500
E_14480_057.eps190204
Set Unableto Start
Fuse Blown?Change
FuseYes
Checkvoltage
across 2552
Is Vbattapproximately
140V
Checkvoltage 2562
&2563
Yes
16V
NoCheck PowerSupply circuit
Check 3Vacross 2535
Check 6Vacross 2535
Softwareloaded?
No
Yes LoadSoftware
Yes
Yes
Set able toStart
Yes
Yes
End
Check LineTransistor 7405
No
No
E_14480_058.eps170204
One Thin Vertical LineLED Blinking
Check HorizontalDeflectionCircuitry
Is VBE between200mV to 30mV & VCBapproximately 500mV
CheckLine Transistor
7405
Yes
Check allconnection and
peripheral atDeflection Circuit in
place
E_14480_059.eps170204
Replace transistor
Check transistor(7451, 7523, 7543) at
Vertical Deflection Circuitry
Check VerticalDeflection Circuit
Replace transistor
E_14480_060.eps170204
One HorizontalThin Line
LED Blinking
Check all connectionand peripheral atDeflection Circuit
in place
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding EN 33L04L AA 5.
Blank Screen
Figure 5-9 Fault finding tree “Blank screen”
5.8.4 Source Selection
Set is not able to go into AV or any missing AV is encountered E.g. AV1 is available but not able to enter to AV1: Check if the option setting is correct.
Set is able to go to AV, but no audio is heard.1. Check that continuity of signal is there from the SCART/
Cinch input to the input of the Hercules.2. If continuity is there and still no audio, check that option
settings are correct.3. If logic setting is correct and still no audio, proceed to Audio
Decoder/Processor troubleshooting section.
Set is able to go into AV but no video is available:1. Check continuity from AV input to HERCULES depending
on the input.2. If continuity is available and yet no video, proceed to Video
Processor troubleshooting section.
5.8.5 Tuner and IF
No Picture1. Check that the Option settings are correct.2. If correct, check that supply voltages are there.3. If supply voltages are present, check whether picture is
present in AV.4. If picture is present in AV, check with the scope the Tuner
IF output signal by manual storage to a known channel.5. If IF output is present, Tuner is working fine. If no IF output,
I2C data lines may be open, check continuity of I2C lines. If I2C lines are ok, Tuner may be defect, replaced Tuner.
6. If Tuner IF is present and yet still no picture in RF mode, go to Video Processing troubleshooting section.
No Picture, No Sound
Figure 5-10 Fault finding tree “No picture, no sound”
Blank Screen
Check Vg2(fine tune)
Check Beam Current Limit(voltage is 1.8V-2V whenbrightness and contrast is
set to the maximum
Not Ok
Check heater voltage(measure pin 9&10at the CRT socket)
Check video supply(2457) is approximately
180V
Ok
Ok
Check deflectioncircuit
Not Ok
Ok
Pictureappears?
Pictureappears?
End
Ok
Picture not appearing
Ok
Not Ok
Picture not appearing
E_14480_061.eps170204
Check AGCVoltage, pin 1
of tuner
No Picture,No Sound,Raster Ok
AGC voltagechanges with
different signalstrength
Check AGCcircuit section
No
Check tuningsupply voltage,pin 9 of tuner
Yes
E_14480_062.eps170204
CheckVT Supply
Section>30V & <35V
Check supplyvoltage, pin 7 of
tuner
5V Check PowerSupply
No
Check Tunerpin 4 & 5I2C Bus
Yes
Ok
Replace Tuner
Check otherfunctional area
No
Yes
No
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault FindingEN 34 L04L AA5.
Picture Ok, No Sound
Figure 5-11 Fault finding tree “Picture ok, no sound”
Unable To Perform Tuning
Figure 5-12 Fault finding tree “Unable to perform tuning”
5.8.6 Controller
Below are some guidelines for troubleshooting of the Micro Controller function. Normally Micro Controller should be checked when there is a problem of startup.1. Check that both +3.3 V_dc and +1.8 V_dc are present.2. Check that crystal oscillator is working.3. Check that Power Good signal is at “high” logic, normal
operation.4. Check that HERCULES is not in standby mode. Pin 15 of
HERCULES should be 0 V_dc.5. Make sure H-drive pulse is there. This can be checked at
resistor R3239. If H-drive does not exist, remove resistor R3239 to check if there is loading.
Note: When the set shuts down after a few second after power “on”, the main cause is that Vg2 not aligned properly, try adjusting Vg2 during the few seconds of power “on”.
5.8.7 Video Processing
No PictureWhen “no picture in RF”, first check if the microprocessor is functioning ok in section “Controller”. If that is ok, follow the next steps. When “no picture in AV”, first check if the video source selection is functioning ok in section “Source Selection”. If that is ok, follow the next steps. 1. Check that normal operating conditions are met.2. Check that there is video signal at pin 81. If no video,
demodulator part of the HERCULES is faulty, replace with new HERCULES.
3. If video signal is available at pin 81, check pin 56, 57, and 58 for the RGB signal.
4. If signal is not available, try checking the BRIGHTNESS and/or CONTRAST control, and make sure it is not at zero.
5. If still with the correct settings and no video is available, proceed to the CRT/RGB amplifier diagram.
For sets with TDA9178, follow steps below:1. Put Option Byte 2 bit 4 to “0”; if video signal is not available,
then check fault finding section “Controller”, Section “Source Selection”, and steps above.
2. If video is available but not correct, put Option Byte 2 bit 4 to “1”, then check if LTI panel is present. If not, put LTI panel in the main chassis (connector 1221).
3. If LTI panel is in main chassis, check cable between LTI panel and main chassis (position is 1206). If it is connected, then the LTI panel is faulty, replace it.
For sets with Scavem, and Scavem does not work, follow steps below:1. Check Scavem coil connector (position is 1361) if
connected; if not, connect it.2. If connected, check NVM “bit storage” byte 1 bit 7; if it is not
“1”, set it to “1”.3. If it is “1”, then check the data of the NVM addresses as in
the next table. If the data is not correct, then set these addresses to diagram values.
4. If it still not works, track Scavem output from pin64 of HERCULES to CRT panel.
Table 5-5 NVM default values for Scavem
Picture Ok,No Sound
Check IF output oftuner, pin 11
CVBSpresent?
Refer to fig."Power Supply:Set not working"
No
Check SAW filter output(pin 4&5)
EU/AP/CH (QSS)- 1001NA/LA/AP INT - 1002
Yes
Output Ok?Replace SAW
filterNo
Check otherfunctional area
Yes
E_14480_063.eps170204
Enter SDMcheck optionbyte 1
Check if tunerSupply Voltage
pin 7
Enter SDM and changeto the appropriate byte
5V
Check TunerSupply Voltage
Yes
33V
Check PowerSupply
No
Check I2C at pin4 & 5 and tuner
Check otherfunctional area
Ok
I2C
Check I2Ccircuit
Not Ok
Tuner
ReplaceTuner
Not Ok
Incorrect
Correct
Yes
No
Unable toperform tuning
Not Ok
Not Ok
E_14480_064.eps170204
Description Address (dec) Address (hex) Value (hex)
SPR, WS 140 8C 00
VMA, SVM 141 8D 32
NVM_SOC_SMD 142 8E 03
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding EN 35L04L AA 5.
5.8.8 Audio Processing
No Sound
Figure 5-13 Fault finding tree “No sound”
No RF audio for QSS/Inter-Carrier stereo sets.1. Check pin 99 and 100 for SIF signal (for QSS) or pin 104
and 105 for video with SIF (for Inter-Carrier)2. If signal is not present, check for the QSS/FMI bit settings.
Check also the NVM data. 3. If signals are present and still no audio, check the audio
supply voltage +8V are present.4. If still no audio signal at Hercules output, Hercules is faulty.
No AV audio.1. Check troubleshooting methods in section “Source
Selection”.2. Check the output of the Hercules to see if there is signal
available. If no, check the normal operating condition and also the NVM data.
3. If still no audio signal at Hercules output, Hercules is faulty. Note: If there is audio signal at Hercules output and no audio at loudspeaker, proceed to Audio Amplifier troubleshooting methods.
5.8.9 Audio Amplifier
No RF as well as AV audio at the loudspeaker:1. Check that the normal operation condition of the amplifier
is met.2. If normal operation conditions are met, check the continuity
from Hercules output to input of the amplifier.3. If continuity is there and still no audio, check speaker wire
connections. If still no audio, amplifier IC might be faulty
Picture Ok,No Sound
Tuner IF Ok Check Tuner/IFNot Ok
Check AUDOUTLSL &AUDOUTLSR pin at
Hercules
Ok
Check AudioAmplifier
Check Hercules IC
Check AudioPower Supply
Check AudioAmplifier Circuit
and loud speaker
Check PowerSupply
Replace AudioAmplifier
Check NVM
Not Ok
Not Ok
Not Ok
Ok
Ok
Ok
E_14480_065.eps170204
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault FindingEN 36 L04L AA5.
E_06532_012.eps130204
Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms 37L04L AA 6.
E_14480_021.eps270204
INEARITY&ANORAMA
LTI/CTIH
2P
461
2P
464
BLACKRED
LEFTSPEAKER
(OPTONAL)
1211
FRONT INTERFACE
MAINSCORD
MAINSSWITCH
2P
Warning: Some models have tact switch.
P
1221
1214
INTERFACE
H 1
1
3P7P
5P
12P
1204
7P
1207
1005
7
7P
1206
1215
2P1451
12121212 1401
1404
5401
2P
LOT
TU
NE
R
12P
LTI/CTI
3P
COMPAIRCONNECTOR
6. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms
Wiring Diagram
SIDE A/V PANEL +HEADPHONE
D
CRT PANEL
(component view)
B
TOP CONTROL PANELE
A
LP
HEADPHONE
RIGHT (RED)
LEFT (WHITE)
CVBS (YELLOW)
1010
1462
G
CRT PANELB
MONOCARRIER
3P
3P
REDBLACK
RIGHTSPEAKER
toSUB
WOOFER
BLUE
YELLOW
ORANGE
RED
EHTCRT
FRAMEROTATION
COIL
AQUADAG
DEGAUSSING COIL
SCAVEMCOIL
CRT16:9
1212
1693
J
2P
6P
5P6P
1693
1206
7P
7P
1252
3P
1682
3P
1279
2P 2P
5P
1254
4P
12781280
5P1351 3P
1361
3P1381
15041505
(track view)
1352
1332
CRTSOCKET
38L04L AA 6.Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms
E_14480_024.eps270204
7454
AME DEFLECTION
LINE
E/W
FRAME
LINEARITY & PANORAMA
ONLY FOR:28"WSRF LA/NA32" WSRF LA/NA28" WS-SF LA
G
F453
F412
F414
F418
I417
F461
F401
F452
F455
POWER-DOWN
HD
EHTb
I2SD/1
EHTinfo
EHTb
BCL
VIDEO/SUPPLY
+9V
FILAMENT
VIDEO/SUPPLY
FILAMENT
Vbatt
+Vbatt
Vbatt
VT_SUPPLY
+9V
-12V
+8V
+6VA
-12V
+9V
7405BU4508DX5402
LINEOUTPUTCIRCUIT
+E/W
CORR.
7463
7452
7451
7408
7455 7456
7453
7411
7406
7484
1463
14041
2
HOR.DEFL.COIL
14911
2
VER.DEFL.COIL
5445
3
1
FOCUS VG2
EHT TOCRT
14015
4
3
2
1
10
6
B1
TO 1351
CRT
B1
A1
A4
A4
Vguard
FRAME_FB
A4
A4
6453
6483 6484
6459
6452
6481
7
8
9
5
6456
6454
6455
6486
1462 1
2
3
TO 1221
CONNECTIONS
A5
17532 SOURCE 8 +6V65366
REG12 5537
Vbatt
3410
3471
3481
6401
3411
3497
420 3440
3465
3463
34423451
7401 : 74037480 : 7483
2403
FRAME_FB
1454
1452
EHTb+
EHTinfo+
BCLPROC.
3458
3484
3485
3457
3455
2456
3466
3462
3474
3461
3401
24742475
14614
1
14044
1
HOR.DEFL.COIL
ACTIVATINGCIRCUIT
2466
7462
7460
24642467
LINEARITY ANDPANORAMA
CORRECTION
OR
F402
I433
F458
F459
F537I531
11
2
6532AUX Vaux6
6537
HOT GROUND COLD GROUND
3538
3534
2536
7536
7535DS
GI548
For IDTV only
3531
Block Diagram Supply and Deflection
POWER SUPPLY1504
43
2
9
8
4
17
18
13
145
6
3
2
13507
F508
I519
3575
3576
6511
7514
2511
A1 HERCULESA4 LINE + FR
STANDBYSUPPLY
A2
FRONT INTERFACEJ
DegaussingCoil
t
1503
5520
7541
7511TEA1506T
DRAIN
DRIVER
SENSE
DEMAG
CONTROLIC
CTRL
ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)
AC
DC
65005500 :55021506
MAINSSWITCH(not USA)
10
11
1
2
4
3
1500
T4E
2505
1211 1231
MAINSSWITCH(not USA)
V_DG
+3V3
F552
I516
I513 F563
F561
F536
I533 F564
I573
F460
5562 6563
6571
1543-Vaudio
+Vaudio
+6VA
5551 55526551
5561 6562
Vbatt
A4
A4
Stdby_Con
7571
REFERENCECIRCUIT
7573
STANDBYCIRCUIT
7515TCET1103
2Vcc
3513
3532
3514
3516
751214
11
9
35177
D
SG
A2
A5
I51156
97
107
106
63
108
62
112 113 116
EHTinfoEHTo
INTF_Y GREEN_IN
A5
HD
SANDCASTLE
TO RGBPROC.
VDRA
VDRB
A2 A2
EH
Tin
fo
Vgu
ard
HDRIVE
EW_DRIVE
7200-H(SYNC)
VIDEOIDENT
PHI 1DETECTOR
1505
1505
12121
2
1
2
R.G.B.BLANKING
SAND-CASTLE
GENERATOR
+8V
-9V
7404
7410
OR
3518
4
5
6533
55317531TEA1620
DRAIN
CONTROLIC 9
+3V+6VA+6VA
6564
POWER-DOWN
3Vcc
14 3565
3530
6512
3519
2534
2564
353215321A
106535
2535 6676
6565 65667561 2x
2240
HORIZONTALOSC.
PHI 2DETECTOR
HORIZONTALOUTPUT
VERTICAL SYNC
SEPARATOR
VERTICALDIVIDER
VERTICAL SAW-
THOOTH
VERTICAL OUTPUT
+GEOMETRY
E/W+
GEOMETRY
MAINSYNC
SEPARATOR
VERTICALGUARD
DETECTOR
3232
X-RAYPROTECTION
7207
3
3498
SUPPLY
SUPPLY AND DEFLECTION
DEFLECTION
MAINSUPPLY
6573
3571
Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms 39L04L AA 6.
E_14480_029.eps200204
2 A73 B74 A45 B56 B50 A41 A41 E72 E63 E74 E7
I405 E7I406 E7I407 E7I409 E8I410 E6I412 E6I413 C6I414 D6I415 C6I416 C5I417 D5
I418 D6I419 C6I421 D7I422 D7I423 D5I424 E8I425 C6I426 D7I427 D5I428 D6I429 E8
I430 E6I431 C7I432 D6I433 E6I434 C5I443 E7I444 E7I445 E7I446 C5I448 E7I449 D8
I451 D7I452 E8I453 D7I455 D7I456 D8I457 D7I458 D7I459 D7I460 C8I461 C8I462 C8
I463 D8I464 C8I465 E7I466 D7I467 E8I468 D7I469 E8I470 D8I471 C8I472 C7I473 E5
I474 E6I475 D8I501 E3I502 E3I503 E2I504 E2I505 D1I506 E3I507 D3I511 E5I513 E5I514 D4I515 E4I516 E4I517 E4I518 E5I519 E5I520 E5I521 E4I523 E5I524 E5I527 E5I529 D3I531 D3I532 D3I533 D3I535 D3I536 D3I537 C4I538 C3I539 D3I540 D4I541 D4I542 C3I543 C2I544 D3I545 C3I546 C3I547 C3I548 C3I551 D5I552 D5I553 D3I554 D4I555 D4I556 D4I557 D3I561 D4I562 D4I565 C4I571 D5I572 C5I573 D5I574 D5I575 D5I576 D5I577 D5I578 D5I579 D4I582 B4I583 B4I584 B4I585 B4I586 B4I587 C4I588 B4I681 E1I682 B1I683 B1I686 C1I687 D1I688 C1I689 D1I691 E1I693 D1I909 B3I910 C3I911 C3I913 C3I914 C2I915 C3I916 C2I918 C3I919 C2I920 B3I921 C2I922 C2I924 B3I925 B3I926 B2I927 C2I928 B1I930 B2I934 B2I935 B1I936 B2I937 C2I938 B2I939 B2I940 B2
I941 B2I942 C3I943 B2I944 C3I945 C2I946 B3I948 B3I951 B3I952 A3I953 A3I954 A3I955 B3I956 A3I957 A3I958 B4
3139 123 5673.1
Testpoint Overview Mono CarrierF001 A8F002 A7F003 A7F004 A7F005 A8F006 A6F007 A8F008 A8F009 B4F010 A7F011 A8
F101 B8F102 B8F103 B8F104 B8F105 B8F106 B8F107 B8F108 B8F109 B8F110 C8F111 B8
F112 C8F113 C8F115 C7F116 C7F117 C7F119 A8F120 A8F121 A8F122 B8F123 B8F138 B7
F200 B4F201 C5F202 B5F203 B5F204 C5F205 C5F206 C6F207 B5F208 B6F209 A5F210 A4
F211 A4F212 A5F213 A5F214 B5F215 B6F216 C6F217 C6F218 C6F219 B7F220 B7F221 B7
F222 C7F223 B7F224 C6F225 C6F226 B6F227 A4F228 C5F229 C5F230 B5F232 B5F233 B5
F237 B5F238 B4F239 B5F240 C5F241 C6F242 C6F243 C6F244 B5F245 C6F247 A6F248 A6
F249 A7F250 C6F251 B5F270 B5F401 C4F402 D6F404 D6F407 D6F412 C6F414 E7F415 E6
F416 E6F417 E5F418 D6F419 D6F420 D7F451 C8F452 C7F453 D7F454 C7F455 D7F456 E7
F457 E7F458 C7F459 C7F460 C7F461 C7F462 E7F463 D8F464 E5F465 E5F466 E8F500 C2
F501 D2F502 D2F503 E2F504 E2F505 E2F506 E2F507 E2F508 E3F509 E4F510 D5F535 C4
F536 C5F537 C3F541 C3F542 C3F551 C5F552 D5F561 C4F562 D4F563 C4F564 C5F573 C5
F581 B3F582 B4F583 C4F682 B1F683 B1F685 B1F691 C1F692 D1F693 E1F694 C1F695 C1
F696 D1F697 E1F698 C1F699 D1F901 B3F903 B2F904 B1F905 B2F910 B3F911 B3F950 B3
F951 B3F952 A3F953 A3F955 A3I001 A8I002 A8I003 A7I004 A7I005 A5I006 A5I007 A7
I008 A5I009 A5I010 A5I011 A7I012 A7I013 A6I014 A8I015 A8I016 A7I017 B5I104 B8
I105 B7I106 B7I107 B8I108 B7I109 B7I110 B7I111 B8I112 B7I113 C8I114 B8I115 C8
I116 B7I117 B8I118 A7I119 A7I120 B7I201 A5I203 A5I204 A5I205 A5I206 A5I207 B6
I208 C5I209 B6I210 B6I211 C6I212 B6I213 A5I214 A5I215 A6I216 B6I217 B7I218 B6
I219 B6I222 B5I223 B5I224 B4I225 B5I226 C6I227 A5I228 B5I229 C5I230 B5I231 B5
I23I23I23I23I23I24I24I40I40I40I40
SERVICE TEST POINT
40L04L AA 6.Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms
E_14480_027.eps270204
CRTB1
A5
SCAVEMB2
A2
CONN.A5
A5
1212
1206
1212
12061215
4
6
8
INTF_Y/GREEN_IN
INTF_Pb/BLUE_IN
INTF_Pr/RED_IN
9
10
1
3
INTF_FBL
SANDCASTLE
SDA
SCL
6
4
6
8
9
10
1
3
1
3
6 INTF_BBL
Y_2YOUT
UOUT
VOUT
SC
YIN
UIN
VIN
Pb_2
Pr_2
19
17
16
1165
INTF_FBL
SANDCASTLE
SDA
SCL
SDA
SCLN.C.
INTF_BBL
76307635
13311204
142
43
44
2
3
5
3334
3336
3332
13811
2ROTATIONCOIL(OPTIONAL)
1351
to 1401
BC_INFO
SVM
ROT
B
G
R
V16
V12
V13
V15
V14
V14
F241
F240
F242
4
7
6
1
2
3
5
4
7
6
7330
7610TDA9178T
LTI/CTIPROC.
7611TDA8601T
PULSE FORMER
3
1
2
7
5
9
8
B
G
R
EHT-b
DEFLECTION
+200VA
ROT
+200VA
+200V
VSVM
FILAMENT
DIN
T
ROTATIONOUTPUT
3351
3226
3227
3228
2351
1 2 3 4 5
B
G
R
CRT
25kV
FO
CU
S
DE
FLE
CT
ION
FROM DEFLECTION
EH
T
VG
2
11
6
8
10 9 5 7 1
1332AQUADAG
ERR15
A2
A4
V11
13611
2SCAVEMCOIL(OPTIONAL)
SVM
59
FILAMENT
SCAVEMOUTPUT
VSVM
5352
FILAMENT
YU
V
Y
Pr
Pb
DAC
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROC.- 4:3 LINEAR/NON-LINEAR SCALING- DOUBLE WINDOW PROC.
ADC
YUVTO
DVD
DVDTO
YUV
RG
B
RGBTO
DVD
RGB2/RGB3
SELECTION
UVING)
DVDTO
DVD
YPrPb2/YPrPb3
SELECTION
DV
D
6
8
9
122
6
11
10
13
1212
1
2
3
1212
1
2
3
INT
F_P
r/R
ED
_IN
55
INT
F_Y
_OU
T
54
INT
F_U
-OU
T
58
INT
F_P
b/B
LUE
_IN
57
INT
F_Y
/GR
EE
_IN
49
SC
1_R
ED
_IN
50
SC
1_G
RE
EN
_IN
51
SC
1_B
LUE
_IN
53
INT
F_V
-OU
T
3-STATE
3
7 3-STATE
4
8 3-STATE
15
14 3-STATE
L
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
45
IBLACK
ROUT
GOUT
BOUT
SVM
RO
T
YUVRGBDVD
TIONIC
int
int
int
YUV INPUTSC1_GREEN_IN
Y
CLAMP
CLAMP
CLAMP
CLAMP
CLAMP
CLAMP
T
1351
7308
HERCULESA4
7200-E (RGB PROCESSING + CATHODE CALIBRATION)
A2
R
G
B
4664
FROM µP PART
R_O
SD
G_O
SD
B_O
SD
FB
L
BEAMCURRENT
LIM.
R_Y
G_Y
B_Y
SCAVEMPROC.
7200-D (YUV PROCESSING)
Y
Pr
Pb
A5
D SIDE AV A5 CONNECTION
15
4
32SVHS
Y
C
SC1_BLUE_IN
SC1_RED_IN
MONITOROUTPUT
SC2_CVBS_OUT SW_SC2_CVBS
SIDE_CHROMA_IN
SIDE_Y/CVBS_IN
V
VIDEOIN
U
V
1207
7
6
5
1252
7
6
5
CATHODECALIBRATION
BRIGHTNESS+
PEAK WHITELIM.
OSDINSERTION
OUTPUSTAGE
CLAMP+
MUTE
BLUESTRETCH
&CONTRAST
RGBADDER
MATRIXSATURATIONTINT CONTROLSKINTONE
WHITE/BLACKSTRETCH
GAMMA COR.PEAKING
BCL
76067607
Block Diagram Video
HERCULESA4
A3
LTI/CTI INTERFACEH
(RGB/YPrPb/YINPUT SWITCH
1216
1
1214
1
3
5
INTF_CVBS_OUT
SC1_FBL
65
INTF_FB
INTF_Y_
INTF_U_
INTF_V_
INTF_Y_
INTF_U_
INTF_V_
INTF_Y
INTF_Pb
INTF_Pr
SELECLOG
Y
U
V
YintYint
CHROMA/CVBSC
CVBS/Y
Uint
Vint
INSSW352
7200-C
7200-B (CVBS I/O + FILTERS + COLOUR DECODING)7200-A (IF)
PAL, NTSCSECAM
DECODER
COMBFILTER&TRAP
SWITCH
VIDEOIDENT
70
77
74
71
78
SC2_CHROMA_IN
CVBS1
SIDE_Y/CVBS_IN
SC2_Y/CVBS_IN
SC1_CVBS_IN
81SW_SC2_CVBS
SIDE_CHROMA_IN
INPUTSWITCH
OUTPUTSWITCH
I002
I001
F002
F004
SDA
SCL
50019003
FM-RADIOTUNER
+TV TUNER
3001
3000
6001BZX79-C33
TUNER IF
A8 REAR I/O CINCH
A4
A4
A2
1000 6, 7 9
1
11
SSIF
VIF_1
VIF_2
SIF1
SIF2
RF
+5VS
VT_SUPPLY
VT
AGC5
SEL-LLPIMA4
4
IF
FM10
7001
7003
FILTERSELECTION
10021003
1004
ERR10
TV
FM
9002+5V
24
25
31
29
30
PLL
PLL
FM/QSS
AM
VCO
VIDEODEMOD
SOUNDTRAP
TUNER IFAGC
VIDEOIF
PHASEDISC
AUDIO IFQSS/AM
SOUNDMIXER
AMSOUND
DET.
TOAUDIOPARTSee blockdiagramAUDIO
SWITCH 86
15
4
32SVHS
AV1
SC2_Y/CVBS_IN
SC2_CHROMA_IN
SC1_CVBS_IN
AV2
V
V
SC1_FBL
N.C.
N.C.N.C.
TOAUDIOPART
See blockdiagramAUDIO
VIDEO
SSIF
N.C.
N.C.
Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms 41L04L AA 6.
1624 A21626 A2
E_14480_069.eps270204
3139 123 5740.1
1627 A11628 A11633 A2
Testpoint Overview CRT & LTI Panel
3139 123 5674.1
F331 A2F332 A2F333 A2F334 A2F335 A2F336 A2F338 A2F339 A1F340 A1F341 A1F351 A2F352 A2F353 A2F354 A2F356 A1F360 A2F361 A1F362 A1F381 A1F382 A1I330 A2I331 A2I332 A2I333 A2I334 A2I335 A2I336 A1I337 A2I351 A2I353 A1I355 A1I357 A2I360 A1I361 A1I362 A1I363 A1I364 A1I365 A1I366 A1I367 A1I368 A1I369 A1I370 A1I371 A1I372 A1I373 A1I374 A1I375 A1I381 A1I383 A1I384 A1I385 A1I386 A1I387 A1
1610 A21611 A21612 A11613 A21614 A11616 A11617 A21618 A11619 A21620 A11621 A21622 A11623 A1
CRT
LTI/CTI INTERFACE
42L04L AA 6.Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms
E_14480_025.eps270204
REAR I/O CINCHA8
A5
SIDE AVD
F952
F955
LSOUTPUT
93
92
12781254
1
2
5
2
AUDIOSELECT 67
66
69
68
SCARTCINCH
OUTPUT
AUDIOSELECT
MONITOROUT
L
R
MUTING
7140
L 8 Ohm/15W
R 8 Ohm/15W
1281
5
2
L 8 Ohm/15W
R 8 Ohm/15W
1280
1
2
OR
4
7
6
5
AUDIO+1
V AUDIO
Stby_ConA4MUTE
POWER_DOWNA4
HPOUTPUT
20LED 30seeIICTRANSCEIVER 3214
6692SDA
MAIN_OUTR
MAIN_OUTL
SC1_R_OUT
SC1_L_OUT
SC2_R_OUT
SC2_L_OUT
7103 1228
1
2
3
SUBWOOFER(optional)
SPDIF(optional)3164
3161
MUTING
7993, 7994
N.C.
16933
4
5
F692
21
OR
LIGHT-SENSOR 14
A1POWER_DOWN 31
DIAGRAM
A7VOL_MUTE18
15 A1A7
A3
Stdby_Con
B2ROT17
SEL_LLPIM16
118
119
+
PWMOUTPUTS
+
CPU
+
TELETEXT(close caption)
+
ROMRAM
ERR20
TSOP1836
6693
+3.3V
6691
ON/OFF
USA only
6
LOCALKEYBOARD
+
16933
4
5
6
SCL
OR
ON/OFF
(USA only)
IR
LED
KEYBOARD
LIGHT_SENSOR
6692TSOP1836
+3.3V
6691
IR1
6693
LED
KEYBOARD
LIGHT_SENSOR
IR
LED
KEYBOARD
LIGHT_SENSOR
7205
120524MHz
GA5I2SD/123
A5Reset__5V24
A5SEL_SC2_INTF25
9275
9252 SDM
SERVICE DUMPER
Block Diagram Audio/Control
HERCULESA4A3
AUDIO AMPLIFIERA7
7200-A (IF)
I002
I001
F002
I951
I952
F004
SDA
SCL
50019003
FM-RADIOTUNER
+TV TUNER
3001
3000
6001BZX79-C33
TUNER IF
A4
A4
A2
1000 6, 7 9
1
2
11
SSIF
VIF_1
VIF_2
SIF1
SIF2
RF
+5VS
VT_SUPPLY
VT
AGC5
SEL-LLPIMA4
VOL_MUTEA4
4
IF
FM10
7001
7003
FILTERSELECTION
10021003
1004
ERR10
TV
FM
9002+5V
24
25
31
29
30
PLL
PLL
FM/QSS
AM
VCO
VIDEODEMOD
TUNER IFAGC
FMDEM.
AMPLI+
MUTE
AUDIOSOURCE
SELECTION
DIGITALSOUND
PROCESSING
VIDEOIF
PHASEDISC
AUDIO IFQSS/AM
SOUNDMIXER
AMSOUND
DET.
A8 REAR I/O CINCH
AV1SC1_L_IN
SC1_R_IN
L
R
AV2SC2_L_IN
INTF_R_IN 75
96
INTF_L_IN 76
SC2_R_IN 72
SC2_L_IN 73
SIDE_R_IN 79
SIDE_L_IN 80
SC1_R_IN 94
SC1_L_IN 95
SC2_R_IN
L
R
L
AUDIO
CONTROL
To VIDEO PARTsee block diagramVIDEO
D SIDE AV A5 CONNECTIVITIES
SIDE_L_IN
SIDE_R_IN
1207
3
1
1252
3
1R
FM/QSSSSIF
AM
7200-F (AUDIO)
ADC DAC
DIGITAL PART
DIGITALSTEREOSOUND
DECODER
7990TDA2616Q
1
9
V
-
2
7991VOLUME
+MUTE
MAIN_OUTL
MAIN_OUTR
10102
16822
22?
PWRDOWN 31
KEY_PROTN 9
IR 3236043605
HERCULES (CONTROL)A4 FEATURESA5+3.3V
78
6
5+3.3V
7200-G (Control)TDA12001H1 EEPROM
(NVM)
I/O PORTS
+
IIC BUS32043202
3207
ERR9
ERR19
FRONT INTERFACE(PARTLY)
J1 FRONT CONTROLA9
TOP CONTROLE
LOCALKEYBOARD
WRITE_PROTECT
N.C.
79917992
Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms 43L04L AA 6.
E_14480_026.eps270204
ES & CONNECTIVITIES REAR I/O CINCHA8
SCAVEMB2
FRONT CONTROLA9
FRONT INTERFACEJ
MENT FILAMENT
12
+3V (N.C.)
+9V
+9V
+9V
LY
V
+6V
+6VS
+3.3V
+5V
4604
9613
6694-/C5V1
3606
3608
3609
7605
7604
3607
7603L78L33ACZ
1 3
+9VA
+9VA_1
+8V
+8V
Vbuffer
Vbuffer
4611
9605
VbutterVbutter
To LED
+6V
To 3-6692(IR_REC)
+5V
3639
3690 3693
3610
3610 6610
6610
1212
1
1693
1693
1
1221
+9V
LINEARITY & PANORAMAG1462
1
+8V
LTI/CTIH121212
VSVM
+200V
FILAMENT
VSVM
+200V
+200A3351
ERR16
7201TDA9887
PIPIF
DEMO.
32063207
10 11
TUNER IFA3
50019002
6001
+5V
+5VTo TUNERPin 6.7
To TUNERPin 9
VT_SUPPLY
-/C33
Error Device Error description Check item Diagram 0 Not applicable No Error 1 Not applicable X-Ray/Over -voltage protection (US
only) 2411, 2412, 2413, 6404, 6411, 6412
A2
2 Not applicable High beam (BCI) protection 3404, 7405 A2
3 Not applicable Vert ical guard protection 3466, 7451, 7452, 7453, 7454
A2
5 Not applicable +5v protection 7604, 7605 A5
6 I2C bus General I2C error 7200, 3207, 3214 A4 9 24C16 I2C error while communicating
with the EEPROM 7601, 3604, 3605 A5
10 Tuner I2C error while communicating with the PLL tuner
1000, 5001 A3
11 TDA6107/A Black current loop instability protection
7330, 3351, CRT B1
15 TDA9178T/N1 I2C error while communicatin g with LTI module
7610 H
19 TDA1200x I2C error while communicating with SSD stereo sound decoder
7200 A4
20 TDA1200x I2C error while communicating with video cosmic in Hercules IC
7200 A4
1X
+3.3V1X
+5V1X2X
1X
1X
ERROR CODE LIST
A4 HERCULES A5 FEATURES & CONNECTIONSI2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM PIP MODULE (optional)
1206 1206
1
3
1
3
1005
1
2
3
7200SET
PROCESSOR
PART OFVIDEO-
PROCESSER(HERCULES)
ERR19,20
7601PCF8511EEPROM
(NVM)
ERR9
ERR10
ERR6
3207
3214
3202
62116210
3204
+3.3V
36043605
+3.3V
3601
+3.3V
SDA
SCL
WRITE_PROTECT
21
22
20
5 6
7
A3 TUNER IF H LTI/CTI INTERFACE F1 PIP POWER SUPPLY TUNER IFF2A5
1000TUNER
30003001
5 4
ERR15
7610TDA9178T
LTI/CTIPROC.
36173616
14 11
ERR12
7242SDA9488X
PIPPROC.
32433244
5 6
ERR4
1000UV1316TUNER
PIP
30013002
5 4
ForCOMPAIR
only
SDA
SCL
1215 1214
1
3
1
3
I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
POWER SUPPLY
43
2
9
8
4
17
18
14
135
3
2
1
3575
3571
3576
A1
AUDIO_AMPLIFIERA7
FEATURA5
CRTB1
HERCULESA4
CLASS DAUDIO AMP(RESERVED)
A6
LINE + FRAME DEFLECTIONA21503
5520
7541
ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT(optional)
10
12
1
2
3
4
V_DG V_DG
+3V3
5562 6563
6571
1543-Vaudio -Vaudio
Vaudio+1
Vaudio+1+Vaudio
+Vaudio
+6VA
+6VA
5551 55526551
5561 6562
Vbatt
+Vbatt
A4
A4
A4
A4
STDBY_CON
7571
REFERENCECIRCUIT
7990TDA2616Q
AUDIOOUTPUT
HERCULES
7573
STANDBYCIRCUIT
7515TCET1103
VbattVbatt
VIDEO SUPPLY
VIDEO SUPPLY
FILAMENT
FILA
To 6407on
EW_DRIVEA4
A2
A2
Stdby_ConA1
POWER_DOWNA1
-12V
+9V +9V
74055402
LINEOUTPUTCIRCUIT
+E/W
CORR.
7404
14041
2
HOR.DEFL.COIL
5445
3
1
FOCUS VG2
EHT TOCRT
14011
2
FILAMENT 3
4
5
10
6
B1
6453
6459
6452
7
8
9
5
6456
6454
6455
4
5
1
2
5531
8
+3V
+6V
Vaux
+6VA
6564
6536
66537
6207
POWER-DOWN
HOT GROUND COLD GROUND
3565
2204
7210
2564
3532
106535
2536
2535 6676
5537
6565 65667561
7536
7535DS
G
1454
6483 6484
1452
3458
3484
3485
3457 2456
1903
9910
9911
V_DG
+1.8V_A
+1.8V_B
+3V+3V
+8V
+6V
+8V
+6V
+Vbutter+Vbutter
+3.3V+3.3V
+5V+5V
+6VA
+3V
+9V
+6V
VT_SUPP
RESET +5
+6VA (To 3445)
* see diversity table
*
5
7
3210
3209
3206
3295
3217
3211
3208
7201-2
7204
7203
7202
115
16
7200
PWM1
DECDIG
D
SG
7209D
SG
7201-1
5
4
3
2
11351
ToVERTICALDEFLECTION
To 6403, 3480,3420, b-7401,c-7403on
A2
To 3405, 3463,3475on
2X
HDRIVE
VT_SUPPLY
VT_SUPPLY
BCL
3455
6573
2X
2X
2X
only used in sets with DVD 15
31
SUPPLYPRIMARY
SIDE
SUPPLY LINES DIAGRAM
3401
44L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
A2,A4(3x)
POWER_DOWN
VALLEY+
LOGIC
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1500 B21501 A21502 A31503 A71504 A11505 B11506 B11507 C41508 C11509 C11510 D11532 E61535 A101542 B71543 B101545 G62500 B32501 A32502 B42503 A6
10 11
10 11
2504 B62505 B62506 A52507 B62508 B42509 C12511 D12512 E22513 E52514 D62515 D62516 D52517 E22518 E62519 D52528 F12530 F22531 F32532 F22533 G32534 F52535 F92536 F92537 F82538 E8
RES
RES
RES
RES
RES
2539 F82540 F82541 A72542 B72543 F62544 G22545 F62546 F62547 E102548 F102549 G32550 F6
8V2
-16V
+16V
A4
A4
3V3
-17V7
2551 A82552 A92553 A102561 C82562 C92563 B92564 E92565 B82566 E102570 D72571 C92572 D102573 E73500 C13501 C13502 C33503 C43504 B33505 B33506 C13507 A33508 A53509 A33510 B53511 D63512 E23513 C63514 D53515 D53516 D53517 E43518 E43519 F13520 D63521 C63522 D53523 A33524 C53527 F23528 F13529 D13530 F33531 G23532 E63533 F33534 F23535 F93536 F103537 G33538 G53539 G53541 A73542 F63563 E83565 E93571 C83572 C103573 D93574 D93575 D93576 D93577 D8
3578 C83579 C94534 E84535 F84536 F94537 E95500 B45501 B35502 A55503 B55511 C65512 B75513 E55531 E75532 F55533 F25534 E85535 F85536 E95537 F95551 A85552 A105561 B85562 B86500 A66511 E16512 E16514 C66531 F26532 F26533 E36534 F36535 E86536 F86537 F86538 F16540 F66541 A86551 A86562 B86563 B86564 E96565 E96566 E106571 C106572 D8
For DVD
6573 D76575 D66576 E87511 C27512 C57513 E77514 C57531 E37532 F27535 F97536 G107541 A77561 D107571 D97573 C99500 B29501 B39502 B49503 B39504 B49505 B59506 A59507 B29508 C29509 A109510 A9
140V
9511 B59512 F69513 C89514 B109532 F59536 E99537 F9F500 A1F501 A1F502 A5F503 B2F504 C2F505 B2F506 B3F507 B3F508 B6F509 B6F510 D6F535 E10F536 E10F537 F10F541 A7F542 A7F551 B10F552 A9F561 B10F562 B9F563 B10F564 D11F573 C10I501 A6I502 B6I503 B1I504 C1I505 C1I506 A5I507 B5I511 C2I513 C5I514 C6I515 C6I516 C6I517 C5I518 D5I519 D5I520 E4I521 D6
I523 D6I524 C6I527 E2I529 F6I531 G3I532 F5I533 E5I535 E6I536 G2I537 E8I538 F8I539 F8I540 F7I541 F1I542 A7I543 A7I544 F6I545 G9I546 F10I547 F9I548 F10I551 A8I552 A8I553 F1I554 F1I555 F1I556 F3I557 F3
*I561 D8I562 B8I565 E9I571 D8I572 C8I573 C8I574 C9I575 D7I576 C9I577 D8I578 D9I579 B8
*
*
K
A1
A2
180P
*
I2307DS
SB180
*
33P
I574
27u
5552
I546
2553
Vaux_GND
1R
1543
6571BAV70
I548
F551
Vaux_GND
I544I541
C114ET3
3536
9509
F564
Vaux_GND
9536
I556
Vaux_GND
Vaux_GND
DIO_GND2
9537
F536
5536
I553
10n
2572
2566
100n
AUDIO_GND1
3565
83
3572
F563
7536PDTC143ZT
6566
BAS316
1535
123
PDTC143ZT7561
5537
F535
2547
1u0
I547
36 10V
F573
Vaux_GND
1K0
3535
35 6.3V
6565
1u0F537
254845359532
7535
F561
2539
9514
Stdby_Con
B
-Vaudio
+6VA
Vaux
+3V
+6V
+Vaudio
+6VA
Vbatt
E_14480_006.eps270204
PWM
POWER-UPRESET
THERMALSHTDWN
BLANK
RC
REG
AUX
SOURCE
GND SGND NC
F
++
+
-
1.8 U
2.5V
10X
OSCLOW FREQ
STOP
PROTLOGIC
"$"
F
G
(..V..) Standy Mode
BA
V21
WS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
* *
*
**
For IDTV Only
SS22220-03
220V AC 309V (317V)
COLD GROUND
..V.. Normal Operation
Lightning Protection
For IDTV Only3V8 8K
2
100R
100K 4n
722
0RB
ZX
384-
B3V
9
0V3
13V
1V
2V7
0V3
0V
HOT GROUND
Provision For FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)
2R2
(ID
TV
)1R
8 (B
asic
)
HOT COLD
S
2m2470P
68p
3R3
68K
470p
2546I529
3528
I532
1n
2540
2531
470p
I540
2533
STPS10L60D
6537BZ
X38
4-C
15
6531
3539
2K2
3537
Vaux_GND
I536
3538
I554
3542
I539
I555
2549
100p
3534
9
1 10
2
I531
2544
10n
I545
3533
6538
5532
2545
10n
3530
2m225
37 16V
2528
4
5
6
78 91 10
11
12
13 15162
I557
6534
7532
3527
25
6532
6540453625
1m0
330p
2530
1545
2n2
2543
10u
2532
33u
5533
9512
3531
2534
Vaux_GND
3139 123 5673.1
7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
Mono Carrier: Power Supply
-T
V
+t
Rs
Rp
Vcc
Gnd
Ctrl
START-UP
CURRENT SOURCE
VALLEY
START-UP
CURRENT SOURCE
CURRENTSENSING
OUTPUTDRIVER
OVERPOWER
LOGIC
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
MAXIMUMON-TIME
PROTECTION
VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR
OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM
POWER-ONRESET
SUPPLYMANAGEMENT
FREQUENCY
PROTECTION
CONTROL
INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT
BURSTDETECTOR
Drain
HVS
Sense
Demag
Driver
SUPPLY
VCCDRAIN
+t
+t"$"
TO 1013 OF
297V
5V
S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A
B
C
D
E
*
*
RES
T4E.250V
0V
2V3
DMF-2810
Onl
y
D
For
IDT
V
15V6
*
8V2
470P
*
14
9V3
For ITV only
0V
2
0V
11
7
3
2
*1
TEA1506T/N1
9
3
For 70W Subwoofer
For Heatsink*
1n5
16V4
ProtectionLightningFor
2V3
*
G
*
1n5
*
DEGAUSSING COIL
*
* *
*
SB160
160V
BZ
X38
4-B
6V8
6V8
RG
P10
D
100n
6V2
*
7V6
-8V3
*
*
0V
295V
16V4
*
4
0R1
*
MAINS SWITCH
(For Lightning
Protection)
15V5
2V26
0V
RE
S
*
6562
I511
*
*
RES
RES
RES
RE
S
4R7
RE
S
RES
RE
S
LKS1AF
RES
4R7
TEA1620 (Basic)TEA1623 (IDTV)
*
BZ
X38
4-B
6V21K5
*
*
*
470P
220n
POWER SUPPLY
T31
5MA
**
F503
I561
2514
F552
7512
I533
I519
2503
2n2
3516
2550
3505
3502
3573
15K
I571
I576
6536
I513
F506
3512
1K2
22u25
11
4
2 3
2506
33n
50V
55001
2563
47K
3541
6500
5511
6533
Audio_Gnd
2505
I502
2n2
2504
2564
100n
F501
3571
470n
1M5
3504
1504
1
2
2500
100n
2516
2513
470p
9505
AUDIO_GND2
6563
1532
1n0
2517
3 2
I577
TCET1103(G)7513
14
3523
123
15K
3519
I504
3511
47K
3522
3524
47K
BZ
X79
-C9V
1
6573
Vaux_GND
3563
220R
3503
DSP
3575
82K
3M3
3506 PDT
757
BZ
X38
4-C
12
6541
3577
4534
100u25
52
1542
I507
I527
4
5
8
9
5534
1u0
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
182
3
5512
9511
9513
6511
I562
BA
S31
6
6576
F562
3514 AUDIO_GND2
5561
6535
5503
1 4
2 3
Vaux_GND
9507
I578
I516
5562
AU
4R7
3532
7514BC847B
F507
2
1507
1
I501
1508
3517
330K
I542
2508
100n
1500
I535
3574
AUDIO_GND1
F500
3M3
3500
I579
9506
F51
0
9510
5551
7511
Vaux_GND
BA
S31
6
6514
I520
4537
4
5 6
7
I514
5531
9500
15n
2571
2538
3529
I515
1506
1
2
56
3
4 1n
2565
3501
3M3
4K7
3576
2507
I573
I538
AUDIO_GND1
I543
PFC50001501
I575
BC857B7541
Vaux_GND
1503
23
14
1510
I521
6512
BAT
54 C
OL
I503
2509
2561
1n
I506
I517
I523
BAS316
6564
I572
9503
2542
2K2
3513
6572
5535
1u0
2515
470p
F542
F505
9501
3579
2K2
100p
2519
3
1509
7531
14
2
1505
1
9508
3520
F541
1502PFC5000
2512
2518
10n
2570
I524
2573
I505
I537
3509
I552
F504
F509
3507
3521
3K3
2562
F502
F508
45
81
5502
6575
1N50
62
I551
2502
2501
9502
2541
47u
25V
5513
1u0
I518
1n
3K3
3518
2551
6551
7571BC547B
1K0
3515
3578
470R
3508
470R
I565
3510
4
2 3
9504DMF-2405
55011
V_DG
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 45L04L AA 7.
8
20MH 1A5 20MH 1A5 20MH 1A5
STTH8L06D
FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80
------
------
9 10
1
276V 4R5
20MH 1A5 20MH 1A5 20MH 1A5
STTH8L06DSTTH8L06DUDZS10B UDZS10B UDZS10B UDZS10B UDZS10B UDZS10BFQPF7N80 FQPF7N80
------
---JMP
8 9 10
A
B
C
D
E
REGION NAFTA ROW
47K1M2M2
47K1M2M2
470N 470N 470N470N 470N 470N
2M2
47K1M2M2
EUROPE
HR
21RF29RF
29RF24WR
28WSRF
BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B
47K1M2M2
47K1M2M2
47K1M
WIRE SIN400 SIN
18ST BK
WIRE SIN180 SIN18ST BKWIRE SIN400 SIN
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316
--- 400V 33N 400V 33N
250V 1N5
250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P
32WSRF
130V 130V
BC857B BC857B
2X5W
WIRE SIN180 SIN18ST BK
47R 47R 47R0R33 0R33 0R33 0R33 0R33 0R33
276V 4R5
180 SIN18ST BK
WIRE SIN400 SIN
275V 100N 275V 100N250V 1N5 250V 1N5
SS42315-01 SS42315-01 SS42316-01 SS42316-01 SS42316-01GBU4JL GBU4JL GBU4JL GBU4JL GBU4JL
1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V
130V 143V 143V 143V
2X5W2X10W 2X5W 2X10W 2X10W
2X5W
--- 470R ---
2X10W
470R47R 47R 47R
--- ---JMP --- ---
25/28BLD28WSSF
2X5W2X10W
WIRE SIN
276V 4R5 276V 4R5 276V 4R515K
18ST BK400V 220U 400V 220U 400V 220U 400V 220U 400V 220U 400V 220U
--- --- 400V 33N
33K
--- ---
275V 100N
--- 65MH 38MHSS42315-01
250V 1N5
250V 470P250V 470P250V 470P
3M3 3M3 3M3--- ---
276V 4R5
GBU4JL
STTH8L06D BYV29X-500STTH8L06D
1MA/612V 1MA/612V3M3 3M3 3M3
--- --- --- ------
FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80
JMP
470R
--- --- ------
180 SIN18ST BK
WIRE SIN180 SIN
15K 15K 15K 15K 15K150K 150K 150K 33K 33K
WIRE SIN400 SIN18ST BK
65MH
275V 100N275V 100N250V 1N5250V 1N5
18ST BK
WIRE SIN180 SIN18ST BK
WIRE SIN400 SIN
18ST BK
WIRE SIN400 SIN18ST BK
275V 100N
E_14480_019.eps190204
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1506
JMP
Main Switch------
JMP95079508
---
3139 123 5673.1
Mono Carrier: Diversity Table for A1 (Power Supply)
10MH 2A------150K
DIVERSITY TABLE FOR POWER SUPPLY
32RF
REGION
---
47R
15K 15K 15K 15K
--- --- ---
---
------ 470R470R100R 100R
150K 150K
1 2 3 4 5 6
2X10+20W2X15W
---
32FSQ
LATAM / AP
FR
21RF25RF
WIRE SIN400 SIN
130V
---
143V
21/29RF29RF29FSQ
GBU6JL
STTH8L06D
GBU4JL GBU6JL GBU6JL GBU6JL GBU6JL GBU4JLSS42315-01
18K 18K
GBU4JL
18K
---
7
20MH 1A5
BYV29X-500
20MH 1A5
STTH8L06D
STP10NK8OZFPSTP10NK8OZFP
1510
250525062508
GBU6JL GBU4JL
GBU4JL
GBU4JL
JMP
JMPJMPJMP
JMPJMPJMP
SS42317-0
STTH8L06D
GBU4JL BYV29X-500
276V 4R5 276V4R5 276V 4R5276V 4R5------145V 1R5
3M3
30WSRF
6551
0R330R330R33
A
B
C
D
E
10MH 2A 10MH 2A 10MH 2A
47R0R18 0R18 0R18 0R33
276V 4R5276V 4R5
0R22 0R33 0R22 0R33
--- 3M3 3M3
400V 330U
3M3 3M3 3M3 3M3 3M3 3M3
276V 4R5 276V 4R5 276V 4R5
144V 3R
276V 4R5 276V 4R5
29RF 28WSSF28WSRF32WSRF 21/25RF 29RF 34RF 21/29RF
143V 130V
SET
NAFTA
LR
27RF
UDZS10B UDZS10BFQPF9N50 FQPF9N50 FQPF7N80 STP10NK8OZFP
SS42315-01
STP10NK8OZFP
STTH8L06D
STP10NK8OZFP FQPF7N80
WIRE SIN400 SIN
18ST BK
130V 130V 130V 130V 143V
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
130V 130V 130V 130V
27FSQ
2X5W2X10W
FQPF9N50
2X10W2X5W2X10W 2X10W2X5W
---
--- ---
WIRE SIN180 SIN
18ST BKWIRE SIN400 SIN
400V 33N 400V 33N
180 SIN18ST BKWIRE SIN400 SIN
2X5W2X10W
2X5W
400 SIN
2X5W2X10W
2X10W 2X5W2X10W
2X5W
WIRE SIN400 SIN18ST BK
2X10W
180 SIN18ST BKWIRE SIN
150K150K33K33K150K150K150K
---
15432562
33K150K150K
--- --- ---SS40310-01
---
130V
SS40312-01SS40310-01
INDIACHINA
--- --- ---
2542
---
250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N
SB360 SB380SB360 SB360 SB380
JMP --- ---
JMP JMP
65657512
95029504
650055125502
0R33
5500
3520
35653523
1508
--- --- ------ ---
--- ------ ---
9506
26WSRF
2509275V 100N
257035053506350735083514
250V 1N 250V 1N
---
3574
275V 100N 275V 100N 275V 100N
---250V 1N
250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5
2563357135726562 SB360
470R220R
150K
220R
25V 2200uF220R220R
18K
---
250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N5
250V 1N5
18ST BKWIRE SIN400 SIN
18ST BK
--- ---
--- ---
65639514
--- 2A250V25V 1000uF 25V 2200uF 25V 2200uF25V 1000uF 25V 2200uF
65MH --- ---
680R
47K1M
2528 --- --- ---
6538 --- --- ---
---------
---352735283529
47K1M2M2
47K1M2M2
47K1M2M2
47K1M2M2
BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B BC857B
2M2
47K1M2M2
470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N 470N
JMP
VBATT
AUDIOOUTPUT
--- JMP JMP--- ---JMP
BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316
------
---------
47K1M2M2
47K1M2M2
47K1M2M2
--- --- --- BC857B
47K1M2M2
47K1M2M2
220R220R
SB360SB360
JMP JMP JMP JMP
BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316 BAS316
7532
---
------ ---------
JMP JMP JMP JMP
---25V 2200uF25V 2200uF
---
------
---
65MH---
AUDIOOUTPUT
2X5W 2X10W 2X10+20W 2X15W
2A 250V
---
STTH8L06D
SS42315-01
UDZS9.1B UDZS9.1B UDZS9.1B UDZS7.5B UDZS7.5B UDZS7.5B UDZS7.5B UDZS7.5BBYV29X-500
20MH 1A5
STTH8L06D
10MH 2A
STTH8L06D
10MH 2A
STTH8L06D STTH8L06DSTTH8L06D
MAIN RANGE
UDZS7.5B UDZS10B UDZS10B UDZS10BBYV29X-500
FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80
JMPJMP
18ST BK
WIRE SIN180 SIN
--- ---
WIRE SIN180 SIN18ST BK
------
18ST BK
WIRE SIN180 SIN18ST BK
29FSQ
HR HR
GBU4JLSS42315-01 SS42315-01 SS49309-01 SS42316-01 SS49308-01 SS42315-01
180 SIN18ST BKWIRE SIN
18K
18ST BK
WIRE SIN180 SIN18ST BK
1MA/423V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V
--- --- --- --- ---
1MA/612V 1MA/612V
200V 470U 200V 470U 200V 470U 400V 330U
WIRE SIN400 SIN18ST BK
SS42315-01
180 SIN18ST BKWIRE SIN400 SIN
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
--- --- ---
400 SIN
--- ------ ---
--- --- ---
250V 1N5 250V 1N5 250V 1N 250V 1N 250V 1N
--- ---
--- ---275V 100N 275V 100N
18ST BK
WIRE SIN180 SIN
2X10W
WIRE SIN400 SIN
18ST BK
WIRE SIN180 SIN
18ST BK
250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P
WIRE SIN
250V 470P 250V 470P1MA/423V 1MA/423V
47R 47R 47R
1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V 1MA/612V
0R33 0R33
1MA/612V 1MA/612V--- ---
400V 330U 400V 330U 400V 330U
WIRE SIN
400V 330U 450V 220U 450V 220U 450V 220U 450V 220U 450V 220U
3M3 3M3---
---
144V 3R --- --- ---
15K 15K 15K
--- --- --- --- ---
18K 15K
--- --- --- ---
275V 100N 275V 100N 275V 100N
18ST BK
--- 250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P 250V 470P
100R 47R 47R
250V 470P
47R 47R 47R 47R
46L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
POWER_DOWN
A1
X-RAY PROT
RES
200V
RE
S
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1401 B21402 A31404 B51451 F91452 D81453 G21454 C81470 B82401 B32402 C42403 C42404 A42405 B42406 A52408 D22409 C22410 D22411 D42412 D42413 D4
1V7
9 10
9 10
A2
-1V1
A4
A2
2414 D12415 C52416 D52417 C52418 C62419 D52420 D12425 G42427 A52428 G42451 B82453 B82454 C92455 C92456 D92457 C82458 C92459 D72460 D82461 E62462 E72463 E82464 F82465 E92467 F92468 E8
*
A4
2469 F82470 E92480 C92481 A82482 F32483 A92484 C92486 C32487 E42488 E32489 C32490 D92491 A92492 D53401 A23403 B23404 C53405 B23406 B33407 B33409 B43410 B43411 A43412 B53414 C13415 C23416 C43417 C5
-0V8
24V
17V1
V6
3418 F23420 G23425 E43427 G53428 F53430 C43431 F43432 A53433 A63434 A63436 E43437 E93440 G33441 C23442 B83443 B83445 C13446 F33451 A63452 A73453 B73454 A83455 D7
BA
V21
WS
1V7
3457 D83458 C83460 F63461 F73462 E73463 F73464 E83465 E73466 E93467 E93468 F93469 F73470 F83471 F93472 F93473 A83474 E103475 D103476 A93477 A83478 B93480 A73481 C93482 B93483 B103484 C83485 D83486 B93487 A83488 A73489 C13490 A83491 A83492 A93493 B83494 B93495 G23497 E33498 G23499 E14437 E94492 A95401 B65402 C35403 E45405 E45406 E55408 E65410 A5
VERTICAL
5450 B6
5451 D106401 A46403 C16404 D46406 C56407 E26408 E36410 D56411 D46412 D46441 C36442 C36443 C26450 B96451 B86452 C86453 C86454 D96455 D96456 D76457 E76458 E86459 D86480 B96481 C86482 A106483 C96484 C106486 C16488 G56489 G56491 D57401 A37402 B37403 B47404 D27405 C47406 F37408 C27410 G27411 F37451 E97452 F87453 F87454 E87455 E67456 E77480 A77481 B97482 A97483 A87484 G39401 D59402 D69407 E69410 A5
RE
S
9417 C69451 D10F401 A1F402 A1F404 B2F407 D3F412 C1F414 A5F415 A5F416 B6F417 B6F418 C4F419 C4F420 A5F451 A9F452 C10F453 C10F454 C8F455 D9F456 D10F457 E8F458 F9F459 F9F460 F6F461 F6F462 A9F463 C9F464 C6
*
DEFLECTION COIL
F465 C6F466 D9I401 B2I402 A3I403 B3I404 B3I405 B3I406 C3I407 B4I409 B4I410 C5I412 D5I413 D2I414 C3I415 F3I416 E3I417 G2I418 C3I419 C1I421 G4I422 F5I423 E4I424 A8
18V1
0V
I425 G2I426 G5I427 E2I428 D5I429 A9I430 C5I431 G3I432 A5I433 A4I434 G2I443 A7I444 A7I445 A8I446 A9I448 B7I449 B9I451 A7I452 B8I453 C8I455 C7I456 D9
2491
I457 C7I458 D7I459 D7I460 E7I461 E8I462 D9I463 F7I464 F8I465 B7
RE
S
-1V9
BAV21WS
I466 C8I467 D8I468 F7I469 A8I470 E7I471 E8I472 F9I473 D5I474 A5I475 D7
-12V4
*
A4
6V2
7V9
2V6
-1V60V6
*
F459
2455
470u16V
13
PDTA114ET7482
F451
I446
I449
3494
2484
100V
22u24
65
F452
4437
F453
1u0
16V
F463
BZX79-B5V1
6480
V
2454
470u
220R
3468
3437
2K0
5451
453D136
RG
P10
D
6454
15n
2467
60 K2
47n
2483
2490
I462
3n3
2458
22K
1R3466
3486
6K8
F456
3R3
3472
4492
4u7
2456 47n
F458
3475
8K2
83857B
F462
6484
I472
6K8
3478
3492
56K
1
2
1451
6483
I464
BC857B
I429
7481
6455
RGP10D
3483
10K
3471
3R3
6450
BAS316
F455
2470
1u0
3481
BD1357451
I456
100n
2480
9451
2K2
3476
220R
3467
F466
3474
15K
BZX384-C6V8
6482
3K3
3482
22R
Filament
EHTb
Vguard
EHTinfo
Frame_FB
VideoSupply
Vbatt
BCL
-12V
-12V
+9V
E_14480_007.eps270204
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
G
KTC2800
A4
-12V4
RES
56n
RE
S
0V2
3V6
-11V8
1V3
A4
FRAME DEFLECTION
EW DRIVE
3V3
2V8I421
2428
BC857B7410
BA
S31
664
88
3418
100R
820K
3440
470R
3446
34 2
470R
3420
2482
10n
I425
I422
7406
I415
I431
3495
3427
1K5
BC857B7411
I426
I434
BZ
X38
4-C
3364
89
220nBF4227452
2469
I417
3428
2R2
4K7
3498
BC847B7484
3463
1K0
1453
F461
2K2
3461
2425
+9V
-12VEW_DRIVE VDRB
3139 123 5673.1
Mono Carrier: Deflection
DAF
BEAM CURRENTMEASUREMENT
FOCUS
VG2
EHT
68V
35m
*
*
RES
*
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
B
C
D
E
COIL
A4
2KV
*RES
*
6V
-0
0V
-12V4
0V8
820K
*
-12V4
(For A80ERF042X14From LOT 5450
-2V2
*
*
0V
HORIZONTAL
*
126V
*
*
TO 1382 of
BAV21WS
*
RGP15G
LINE + FRAME DEFLECTION
*
BAV21WS
L.LI
N
0V8
To 1351 of
OR
TO PICTURE TUBE
**
RES 0V5
of CRT PANELTo
To 1404 of
*
*
1V4
**
DEFLECTION
Tube Only)
*
A4 1V
CRT PANEL
*
0V7
4V5
A4
1R
A2
A2
0V5
LOT
K
A
AK
*
0V
27V6
6458
2492
2u2 100V
2415
F401
2
1
4
3 SC21329
5408
2419
I432
I418
I467
I468
3425
100K
330R3465
I403
64426441
1401
1
2
3
4
5
00K
431
I407
F417
BY
228-
1500
6491
I401
1K0
3469
7405BU4508DX
3458
4R7
3
1
2
SI2306DS7404
2402
33n
I463
2453
BC857B7480
16
100n
2409
470u
16V
2460
2481
10u 50V
I458
I471
2412
3485
1402
I412
7B
BC847B
7403
2413
6443
BZX384-C12
I413
3454
6403
RGP10D
8K2
RG
P10
D
6406
3493
100n
2410
F416
7455BC857B
2488
100p
I457
9407
BC847B7454
3R3
3410
5410
6456
F412
F418
3414
F460
1n0
2487
2468
220p
3484
9410
3442
6K8
I416
I443
F404
3490
I410
6457
BA
S31
6
470p
2427
15n
2464
6412
BY
V29
X-5
00
7401BUH2M20AP
2486 100p
12
F414
2457
CI-
15
5406
3401
68K
4R7
3404
I461
BAV21
6486
3403
1K0
7456BC857B
74BC
RGP10D
I455
6459
680K
3473
I406
I402
9401
33R
3416 F419
I409
F415
MRT
1454
3457
4R7
I453
47R
3489
I404
2489
10n
I419
F457
1K0
341534
97
1R0
2401
4u7
50V
2K2
3480
2411
680K
3441
220R
7408BC847B
3434
I427
3409
1K8
3436
680K
3411
1K0
3412
I424
I423
3452
1404
1
4
I474 I469
2463 100u50V
1n2461
I465
MRT
1452
1R
I433
3430
680K
3443
6K8
DM
V15
00M
6404
F407
F464
I466
PSD10-204B
1
3
5
6
I452
5402
3487
33R
2405
1n
6451
BZ
X38
4-C
4V7
3455
1R0
3432
22R
I445
I475
2414
1u0
I451
1n2462
RG
P10
D64
10
3405
3K3
I444
2403
33n
I430
6408
6
7
8
9I473
5450
1
10
11
12
3
5
6407
5403
I459
9402
I405
2420
I414
2417
3433
220R
2451
I460
5405
1470
3406
390R
I470
F454
1N4148
6481
6401
BYD33V
F420
6452
RGP10D
BA
S31
6
330R
3464
F402
RGP10D
6453
BC847B7402
3499
2404
47u
3407
68R
3488
10K
2406
680p
470p
2459
2K2
3462
9417
2416
2418
6411
BY
V29
X-5
00
2408 1n
3453
3451
5401
I428
3445
3477
I448
3470
F465
3417
15K
3491
56K
HDRIVE
+9V
Filament
EHTb
+6VA
-12V
+9V
HD
Vbatt
+9V +9V
VideoSupply
Frame_FB
Vbatt
VDRA
VT_Supply
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 47L04L AA 7.
9 10 11
9 10 11
135B JF0501-2135B JF0501-2136B22uH 10%27uH 10%68uH 5%22uH27uH 10%0% 68uH 5%
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
BU4508DX BU4508DX
- - - -
% 680K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5% 56K 5%
82uH 33uH 42uH 82uH 33uH 33uH
-DVM1500M
--
-DVM1500M
--
-DVM1500M
--
-DVM1500M
--
-DVM1500M
--
-DVM1500M
--
---
JMP-
JMP-
---
JMP-
JMP-
270nF 330nF 300nF 220nF 330nF 390nF
3R3 1W 4R7 1W 3R3 1W2R2 1W10R 1W 5%10R 1W 5%4R7 1W 4R7 1W3414
0M
680pF1.2nF
2u22u2-
68nF
F 220nF 220nF 270nF 120nF 220nF
33nF 33nF 68nF 33nF 39nF
4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7
- 3n3 3n3- - -F
1nF 1nF
5% 1M 5%
- 2u2 2u2
%
- 33nF 10nF - 33nF 33nF
1R 1W 5% 6R8 1W 5% 10R 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 4R7 1W 5%
220nF
82K 1% 82K 1%
4u7 4u71nF 1nF 3n3 1nF
% 18K 5% 15K 5% 18K 5% 18K 5% 15K 5% 18K 5%
680K 5% 1M 5% 1M 5% 680K 5% 1M 5%
33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5%
8K2 5% 10K 5% 7K5 1% 2K7 5% 10K 5% 8K2 5% 5% 4R7 1W 5%
220R 5%% 220R 5% 150R 5%
% 82K 1% 82K 1% 10K 1% 82K 1%
% 3R9 1%
% 68K 1% 68K 1% 68K 1% 82K 1% 68K 1% 56K 1%
2R4 1% 2R2 1% 3R9 1% 2R4 1% 2R2 1%
%
680K 5% 680K 5%
33K 5%% 220R 5% 120R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 120R 5%
- - - - - -
150R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5%
% 56K 5% 82K 5%
2R4 1% 2R2 1% 2R2 1% 2R4 1% 2R2 1%% 4R7 1%
- - -
% 680K 5% 680K 5% 430K 5% 390K 5%
56K 5%
% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5%
DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX
JF0501-2601B JF0501-2135B JF0501-2136B JF0501-2133B
82K 5% 82K 5% 82K 5% 56K 5%- - -
- CU15 CU15 - CU15 CU15
- - - - - -
- - - - - -
CHINA INDIA
F 21RF 29RF 34RF 21RF 29RF 29FSQ
LPD
F 220pF 1.2nF 1nF 220pF
LPD LPD CPD LPD SMGK
8n2 15nF 12nF 8n2 15nF 13nF
- -
E_14480_020.eps190204
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
G
640464116412
DVM1500M--
-BY229X-800BY359X-1500
-BY229X-800BY359X-1500
DVM1500M--
-BY229X-800
BY359X-1500
-BY229X-800BY359X-1500
94079417
JMP-
-JMP
--
--
JMP-
-JMP
-JMP JMP
-
-BY229X-800BY359X-1500
-BY229X-800
BY359X-1500
-56K 5%56K 5%
-
680K 5%25uH
SC21329-00B1362-0015AB
33uH 10%
BU2725DX
680K 5%56K 5%
BU2725DX
0.588 COL
1R5 1%6R8 1%470K 5%15K 5%
---
56K 5%
-680K 5%50uH
SC21329-00B1362-0015AB
68K 1%18K 5%
220R 5%220R 5%
18K 5%22K 5%
220R 5%220R 5%3R3 1%3R3 1%470K 5%15K 5%
---
56K 5%
-680K 5%25uH
SC21329-00B1342.0042CY
22uH 10%
BU4508DX
56K 5%
82K 1%68K 1%
15K 5%---
56K 5%
-680K 5%25uHCU15
1362.0016AB39uH 10%
BU4508DX
56K 5%
82K 1%68K 1%18K 5%22K 5%
220R 5%220R 5%
-56K 5%
-680K 5%50uH
SC21329-00B1342.0048B27uH 10%
BU2725DX
56K 5%
82K 1%68K 1%18K 5%33K 5%
220R 5%220R 5%2R2 1%2R2 1%680K 5%
680K 5%50uH
SC21329-00B1342.0048B27uH 10%
BU2725DX
56K 5%
18K 5%
82K 1%120K 5%
33K 5%220R 5%220R 5%1R5 1%2R2 1%680K 5%15K 5%
--
1342.0048B22uH 10%
BU2725DX
56K 5%
220R 5%
82K 1%120K 5%18K 5%33K 5%
220R 5%
1R5 1%2R2 1%680K 5%15K 5%
---
56K 5%
-56K 5%
470K 5%
82K 1%56K 1%18K 5%22K 5%
220R 5%220R 5%3R3 5%3R3 1%3472
347334743481348234833491349434995401540854505451
7405
82K 1%68K 1%18K 5%22K 5%
220R 5%3468
34313451345234533467
3471
15K 5%---
56K 5%
-680K 5%37uH
SC21329-00B
220R 5%3R3 1%3R3 1%470K 5%15K 5%
---
56K 5%
-680K 5%82uHCU15
1342.0033CY22uH 10%
BU4508DX
1R5 1%6R8 1%470K 5%15K 5%
--
3139 123 5673.1
Mono Carrier: Diversity Table for A2 (Deflection)
Size
-
24112412
680K 5%
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
B
C
D
E
BU4508DX
-680K 5%33uHCU15
JF0501-21835B33uH 10%
BU4508DX
-
JF0501-2136B JF0101-85021B JF0501-2601B JF0501-227uH 10% 27uH 10% 0.58mm COL 22uH 27uH 1
24162418
33uH 10%
BU4508DX
100K 5%
54515450
Tube
25 RF
7405
LPD LPD LPD SMGK LPD
470pF
1n5
8K2 5%6R8 1W 5%
82K 1%82K 1%6K8 5%22K 5%
JF0101-85021B
540134993494
3482
34913483
34513452345334673468
33nF390nF
-150nF
2487 -
680K 5%8K2 5%
1R 1W 5%
68K 1%15K 5%33K 5%
-
150R 5%2R4 1%-
3R3 1%390K 5%15K 5%5R6 5%
5K6 1%100K 5%
150R 5%
2u233nF
CU15JF0501-21836B
15nF3n3
-
CU15 SC2132 9-00B SC2132 9-00B SC2132 9-00B CU15
27uH 10% 27uH 10% 39uH 10% JMP
SC2132 9-00B
150R 5%2R7 1%2R4 1%680K 5%12K 5%
BU2725DX BU4508DX
JF0501-2153B JF0501-21835B JF0501-21133B
680K 5%42uH
220R 5%
390nF
120nF
75K 1%15K 5%22K 5%
12nF
150R 5%2R4 1%2R7 1%820K 5%15K 5%
22K 1%56K 1%82K 5%
-330K 5%33uH
5R6 5%22K 1%56K 1%100K 5%
-
1R 1W 5%
680pF
220R 5%
33nF4n7-
39nF
82K 1%
1.5nF15nF
5408
2.2nF
-33nF15nF
241924252451
JF0501-21835B
470nF2u2430nF390nF
1.5nF15nF 12nF 15nF 13nF 13nF
68K 1% 120K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 68K 1%18K 5%
15nF33nF 120nF 18nF 15nF
33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 22K 5% 22K 5%
390nF 330nF2u2 470nF
- - - -2490 47n - - - - - 47n - - - - -47n - -
330nF2u2
33nF180nF
1n5
680K 5%8K2 5%
680K 5
CU15CU15SC2132 9-00BCU15JF0501-2135B
42uH
37uH- CU15
94079417
--
-JMP
JMP-
JMP-
JMP-
-JMP
JMP- - - JMP JMP JMP -
JMP - - - - JMP - JMPJMP JMP - JMP- - - JMP - -
2490 47n - - - - - - -1M 5%
--
4u7
360nF
25 RF
18nF 39nF2n2 3n3
-
-
- - -
-
- - -
- 2u2 2u2
33nF430nF
-4n7
15nF
2457 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7
LPD
32 WR
11nF680pF
2n215nF11nF680pF
-
1M 5%
220nF
1nF
8K2 5%1M 5%
470nF33nF220nF
1nF
8K2 5%
1nF
680pF11nF15nF4n7
-430nF33nF220nF
8K2 5%
1nF13nF33nF
-360nF
2u233nF
220nF
1nF
1M 5%8K2 5%
470pF9n1
18nF-
390nF470nF33nF220nF
1nF
1M 5%8K2 5%
470pF9n1
18nF-
390nF470nF33nF220nF
1nF
1M 5%8K2 5%
1n213nF15nF2n2
-470nF33nF220nF
1nF
1M 5%8K2 5%
LPD
24 WR 25 I 28 I 29 RF 28 WR 28 WS
Region EUROPE
220nF
470pF8n2
33nF-
470nF2u2
33nF
1nF
1M 5%8K2 5%
DIVERSITY TABLE FOR DEFLECTION
Tube
Size
24112412241324162418241924252451
2487
32243295
- BY359X-1500 BY359X-1500 BY359X-1500 -- - BY229X-80 BY229X-80 BY229X-800 -
DVM1500M
- -DVM1500M DVM1500M DVM1500M - DVM1500M DVM150
BY229X-800- ----
15nF8n2
33nF
-
1.2nF
- BY359X-1500 - -
330pF
-
1nF220pF 680nF
LPD
21RF
LPD LPD LPD LPD LPD
220nF 180nF 270nF 120n
-
4u7
220nF 360nF 330nF - 300nF 360n
1M 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 1M 5% 680K
430nF 2u2 2u2
8K2 5% 10K 5% 8K2 5% 7K5 1% 8K2 5
33nF 33nF 33nF10nF120nF 120nF
82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1%
4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7
82K 1% 68K 1% 68K 1%
1nF 1n5 1nF 1n5 3n3 1n5
6K8 5% 18K 5% 18K 5
2K7 5%1R 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 6R8 1W 5% 6R8 1W 5% 1R 1W
220R 5% 150R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 150R 5
10K 1% 82K 1
2R4 1% 1R8 1% 2R2 1% 2R4 1
82K 1% 68K 1% 68K 118K 5% 18K 5% 15K 5%
390K 5% 820K 5% 680K 5% 820K 5%
33K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5% 22K 5% 33K 5% 33K 5
15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5%
220R 5% 120R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 120R 5
22K 1% -
-
2R2 1% 2R4 1%
82K 5% 82K 5% 100K 5
3R9 1% 2R4 1% 2R4 1% 3R3 1% 2R2 1% 2R4 1
-
680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5%
430K 5% 820K 5
82uH 37uH 33uH 42uH
15K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5-
- -
BU4508DX BU4508DX BU2725DX BU4508DX BU4508
-
56K 1% -
82K 5% 100K 5% 82K 5%
68uH 5%
- - 680K 1% -
-
1R 1W 5%10K 1%68K 1%6K8 5%33K 5%
680K 5%
150R 5%2R2 1%2R2 1%
82K 1%68K 1%18K 5%33K 5%
100K 5%
150R 5%
-680K 5%25uHCU15
JF0101-85020B
--
120R 5%
JF0501-85021BJMP
13nF18nF
--
430nF33nF180nF150nF
1n5
680K 5%10K 5%
2R2 1W 5%82K 1%82K 1%15K 5%22K 5%
220R 5%1R8 1%3R3 1%820K 5%15K 5%4R7 5%
CU15JF0501-21140B
27uH 10%
BU2725DX
150K 5%
42uHSC2132 9-00B
120R 5%
JMP
BU2725DX
270nF2u2
10nF150nF
2n2
560K 5%8K2 5%
22K 1% 22K 1%22K 1%56K 1% 56K 1%56K 1%
100K 5% 100K 5% 82K 5%
82K 1%68K 1%18K 5%33K 5%
3295
220R 5%
680K 5% -680K 5% -680K 5%
22K 1%56K 1%
120R 5%
680K 5%33uH
680K 5%37uH 50uH 16uH 42uH 42uH 25uH
150R 5% 220R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5% 220R 5% 150R 5%2R4 1% 2R2 1% 2R7 1%
JMP 27uH 10%
BU4508DX BU4508DX BU4508DX BU2725DX
3R3 1% 2R2 1%820K 5% 390K 5% 1M 5%
JF0501-85021B JF0101-85021B JF0501-2136B
12nF
-
15K 5% 12K 5% 15K 5% 15K 5%5R6 5% 4R7 5%5R6 5%
6R8 1W 5% 0R33 1W 5%82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1% 82K 1%68K 1%
100K 5% 82K 5% 82K 5%180K 5% 680K 5%
-
18K 5% 27K 5% 15K 5% 6K8 5% 15K 5%
-680K 5% -680K 5%-
33K 5%120R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 120R 5% 220R 5% 120R 5%
33nF 33nF 33nF 33nF 33nF100nF 150nF 120nF 150nF
1R8 1% 1R8 1%2R4 1% 3R3 1% 3R3 1% 2R4 1%
3n3
680K 5% 680K 5% 680K 5% 560K 5%
680K 5% 820K 5% 1M 5%15K 5% 15K 5%
10K 5% 8K2 5% 8K2 5%1R 1W 5% 1R 1W 5% 4R7 1W 5% 2R2 1W 5%
27uH 10%
BU4508DX
LPD
27 V
LPD LPD
2R2 1%2R 1%
680K 5%15K 5%
-
28 WR 29 RF 32 V 32 V RF 32 WR
BU2725DX
-
Region NAFTA
180K 5%100K 5%
1.2nF13nF
3224
241315nF33nF
-390nF
2u233nF100nF
1n5
8K2 5%
820K 5%15K 5%5R6 5%22K 1%56K 1%68K 5%
2R4 1%820K 5%15K 5%10R 5%2K4 1%
JMP
BU4508DX
120R 5%
2R7 5%
330pF
180nF
1n5
680K 5%8K2 5%
0R33 1W 5%82K 1%
8K2 5%
LPD
28WR
LPD
32WR
SMGK
29RF
1.2nF1.2nF470pF680nF
-
-680K 5%50uH
34143431
22K 1%56K 1%82K 5%
-680K 5%
34713472347334743481
680K 5%
680K 5%
3R3 1W 5%
1.2nF
- - 4R7 5% -
-
180nF 100nF
1n5 1n5 1n5 1n5
330pF
LPD
27V
LPD
28WS
680K 5% 680K 5%8K2 5% 8K2 5%
25RF 29RF 32WR 34RF 25R
4u74u74u74u74u74u7
LPD
21RF
10R 1W 5%
JF0501-2135B
4u72457
----
-
-
---
-
- -
---
-
AP
CPT LPD LPD LPD LPD
680n15nF 13nF 12nF 15nF
68nF 33nF 33nF 18nF 33nF 33nF-- 3n3 - -
4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7 4u7
LATAM
----
640464116412
DVM1500M--
-BY229X-800BY359X-1500
DVM1500M--
DVM1500M--
DVM1500M--
-BY229X-800BY359X-1500
DVM1500M--
DVM1500M - - - DMV1500M
-
48L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
(optional)
GND
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1000 A41001 E81002 D81003 D81004 A10
(For Lightning Protection)
A4
for EMC
K9352M
A4
K9362MK7257M
9 10
9 10
---
1005 C31010 A31011 B31012 C101013 D102001 C42002 C42003 B52004 B6ONLY
FOR DVD
1V1
0V3
2005 B62006 A62007 A72008 B62009 C92013 C92014 C82016 C93000 B43001 B43002 B73003 A73004 B73005 B83006 D43007 D73008 D73009 C53010 C83014 C93016 C93018 C93019 C93020 A94000 B4
A4
M1971M
4001 B44002 E84003 B64004 E84005 A84006 B74010 C84011 E84012 F84013 E95001 A85002 B65003 E96001 B66002 B76003 B76004 C5
* * *
* *
*
6006 A97001 D47003 C99002 A8F001 A5F002 A5F003 A5F004 B5F005 A4
A4
F006 B9F007 B3F008 B3F009 D3F010 C10F011 C3I001 B4I002 B4I003 C8I004 C9I005 D4I006 D6I007 C9I008 D7I009 D8I010 E8
*
*
5V
*
I011 B7I012 C9I013 A9I014 B3I015 B3I016 A6I017 D3
TO 1510 OF
for ATSC
A4
---K9656M
RES
10011002
A4
K3953M
GND_28GND_28
2009
4013
F010
1u8
5003
F006
7003
GND_28
3018
1012
9002
2013
03
8
IN
ING
4O1
5O2
SWI
GND_28
1003
3
2014
3019
I007
BZ
X79
-B8V
2
6006
3
4
5
I012
1001
2016
4012
220R
3020
1013
123
1004
1002
3
4
5
4005
5001
I004
I013
3014
D_28
3016
+5VS+5V
RF_AGC
VIF1
VIF2
SIF1
SIF2
SSIF
Vbuffer
E_14480_008.eps200204
2K2 2K2
10K
------
4006
10K 10KF
G
---
---
--- ---50V 10N
---
K6274M
---
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
---
2K2
---
--- 50V 10N
PDTC124ET PDTC124ET PDTC124ET
3008
JMP
30022003
JMP
---
JMP
6K8 6K82K2
---
JMP
JMP
---
4011
JMP
2K2 2K2JMP
BAS3161SS356 1SS356
JMP
---JMP
40034004 ---
--- JMP
---
------
---
---JMP
3006
6K8
50V 10N---
---
---4002
1003
7001
*
60024012
3009
300710K---
6004 1SS356
---
---
---
IFGND
3139 123 5673.1
Mono Carrier: Tuner IF
NC
MT
*
UV1316E/A I-4
---
AP Splitter
---
A
B
C
D
E
A4
150K
---
---
25V 1N4.
9V
---
25V 1N
---
------
EU FM Radio
---
50V 22P
RE
S
ITEM EU Normal
---
100u
A4
1 2 3 4 5 6
100K560R
*
5V
0V
25V 1N
TO 0282 FOR EMC ONLY
7 8
68u
------
---3018
---
0U39
68u
---
AP LNANA/LA/AP NTSC
68u
EU Splitter
------ ---
------
100u
3019
0V
For
Com
pair
only
**
1000
0U47
2014
2009
---820R
A4
*
AP QSS CH QSS
330R
---
68u
UV1356A/A I G-3---
TEDE9-703A
---
---
*
50V 22P
---
---
50V 22P 50V 22P
CH LNA
2008
*
OF
4.3V
EU-QSS
7003
TUNER IF
34V5
BFS20
ITEM NA/LA/AP INT
---2016
UR1316/A I-3
---
---
POWER SUPPLY
TV TUNER
F009
I008
0U39 0U47
---
---
0U39
---
UV1356A/A I G-32002
2013
FOR ITV ONLY
------
3010
0U470U47
RES
---
RE
S
4.3V
---
100u
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
RES
*
*
RES
2008
F004
---
---
------
------
*
*
*
*
---
------
---------
16V 100N
------
------
3014
------
TEDE9-703A50V 22P
3016
---
------
50V 22P
---
------
5002
TEDH9-305A
IFGND
F007
3004
47n
2004
2005
10u
50V
I006
3010
I011
100R
3005
2002
13
14
15
1
2
6
9
10
11
4
SCL
5
SDA
1000
7
+5 ADC
83
AS
12
IFGND
F003
2001
F001
I005
4010
6004
I0
470u
3008
2006
1
2
10
F002
1011
I016
2007
100n
I014
F008
4000
I015
I017
I009
3007
6001
BZ
X79
-C33
4011
3000
4006
1
2
6002
4004
BAS316
7001PDTC124ET
4002
3006
I010
2003
3001
3009
1
2
1005123
F005
3002
6003
I002
1010
IFGND
GN
4003
F011
5002
I001
4001
3003
1K5
VT_Supply
SCL
SDA
SEL_LLP|M
+5V
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 49L04L AA 7.
9275
forITVonly
G
H
1205 E81208 B21230 B71234 B71682 B101683 G11684 F12203 F22204 E102205 D22206 F12207 H12208 H12209 C32210 D22211 E22212 E2
*
2V8
2V
2V
* *
2V
10 11
10 11
G
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
2213 E32214 E92215 D22216 E22217 E92218 F72221 A52222 B82223 F72224 C22225 E22226 F92227 F92229 F72230 F42231 F22232 F22233 C22234 C22235 F62236 G62237 F32238 C22239 F6
TOP CONTROL PANEL
for
ITV
onl
y
2240 G52241 F52242 F82243 F82244 F52245 B82246 F72247 F72248 B82249 D22250 D22251 F72252 B82253 B32254 F52255 G32256 F42257 B72258 F82259 B82260 F42261 F42262 F32263 F62264 F22265 C22266 F62267 E32268 F82269 F82270 B42271 B42272 E12273 E12274 F52275 F52276 C22277 D102278 F72279 B62280 B62282 C92283 F42284 F32285 G52286 F32287 F42288 A22289 B32290 F93201 B93202 B63203 E93204 B63205 D9
3206 F93207 B73208 E103209 E103210 E113211 E113212 B73214 B63215 B63216 B63217 D93218 B63219 B73220 E13221 F13222 A43223 B53224 G63225 F83226 B43227 C43228 B43229 E23230 F63231 F53232 F53233 B103234 A93235 A83236 B53237 A83238 B23239 B23240 B23241 F63242 B83243 G53244 F53245 B93246 A83247 F63248 B33249 B33250 B23251 G53252 A73253 C53254 E13255 A33256 B43257 B33258 B33259 B83260 B53261 B53262 C103263 C93264 C103265 D93266 D103267 B53268 B43269 B53270 G33271 A73272 B13273 B13274 G43275 G43276 G23277 G23278 G23279 C103280 C103281 B103282 C103283 C103284 B73285 D93287 B93288 G23289 C43290 A93291 B23292 A83293 A73294 A93295 G53296 F93297 G54209 G14210 H34211 B94212 H14213 A84214 A9
4219 B65201 F15202 C35203 D25205 D25206 E25207 D25208 C25209 C25210 D25211 E15212 C25213 F75214 E95215 E25216 E25217 B55295 F16201 E106202 B96203 E16204 D16205 B96207 E96208 G66209 A76210 B76211 B67200 D67201-1 E107201-2 E10
A1,A5
To 1010 or 1682 of
A5
7202 D107203 E107204 E117205 B97207 B17208 A87209 F97210 F109201 B49202 H29203 H49204 B59205 H29215 G4
9257 G39260 B59261 G39262 G49265 G2
9252 G11
9275 G119266 G2
F200 E10F201 D2F202 C9F203 F2F204 F6F205 B5F206 B2F207 D2F208 B2F209 F11F270 C9I201 E10I203 E7I204 F9I205 G5I206 G5I207 A8I208 A8
A5
I209 B9I210 C2I211 E4I212 E7I213 F6I214 F6I215 E5I216 B8I217 A9I218 C1I219 B1I222 C9I224 F11I225 F11I226 E1I228 B9I235 C9I236 B9c200 F6c201 H4c202 H4c203 H5c204 H5c205 H5c206 H5
c209 H6c210 H5c211 H6
2V9
SERVICE JUMPER
OR
To 1280 of
SIDE AV PANEL+HP PANEL(FL13)
A5
2V
2V
2V
9252
6
2V6
A5
A
I224
3
4
ND_1
BC327-257203
GND14209
6201
BA
S31
6
BSH1037210
1682123
51 K
BC327-257204
1K95
IMX17201-2
2
6
1
1R0
3210
27K
3211
1R0
3209
27K
3208
1u0
2277
I225
GN
F20
0
F209+1.8V_B
+1.8V_A
B
A
IN
+3V
IN IN N ININ
+3.3V
N ININ INN
C
D
+3.3V
E
IN
c207 H6c208 H6
E_14480_009.eps270204
!
"
#$%#
A8
for EMC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
H
A8
A2A8
A5
A5 A8
A5A5
A5
A2
A5
A5A8
A8
A8A8 A8
A8
A8
A5
c208
GND2 GND3
220n
2208
GND_28GND1
c210
9202
Vaux_GND
c202
GND92
c204
GND89
4210 c206
GND125
32 10
9205
IFGND
c211
1532
GND_1
c209
c207
GND95 GND2 GND12 GND95
c203
4212
c205
Vaux_GND c201
220n
2207
GND121GND68
9203
EH
Tin
fo
Ibla
ckB
CL
SC
1_G
RE
EN
_
+8V+6V+3V
INT
F_L
_IN
TF
_R_
SC
2_L_
IS
C2_
R_
SC
1_B
LUE
_
SC
1_L_
IS
C1_
R_
SID
E_L
_S
IDE
_R_
C
SC
1_R
ED
_I
SC
1_C
VB
S_I
N
SC
2_Y
|CV
BS
_IN
SC
2_C
HR
OM
A_I
N
SID
E_Y
|CV
BS
_IN
SID
E_C
HR
OM
A_
SC
1_F
BL
3139 123 5673.1
#%#&
!'( )
Mono Carrier: Hercules
A4
A2
A1
A4
A2
A1
A1
A7
A1,
A3:
A7
POWER DOWN
Rear I/O
AU
DO
UT
SR
AU
DO
UT
SL
AU
DO
UT
LSR
AU
DO
UT
LSL
AU
DO
UT
HP
RA
UD
OU
TH
PL
AG
CO
UT
GND1GND2GND3GNDA
VSSA1
VSSADC
VSSC1|PVSSC2VSSC3VSSC4
VSSCOMB
VSSP2
AD
C1
AD
C0
PW
M4
PW
M3
PW
M2
PW
M1
PW
M0
TP
WM
SD
AS
CL
TX
RXT1
INT
2T
0IN
T1
INT
0I2
SW
SI2
SC
LKI2
SD
O2
I2S
DO
1
I2S
DI1
IFV
OH
OU
T
GO
FB
ISO
EW
D
DV
BO
DV
BO
CV
BS
O
BO
AV
L
VR
EFA
D_N
EG
VR
EFA
D_P
OS
VS
CX
TALI
NX
TALO
UT
YIN
YS
YN
C
VP3VP2VP1
VDDP_3.3
VDDCOMB
VDDC4VDDC3VDDC2VDDC1
VDDADC_1.8
VDDA3_3.3VDDA2_3.3
VDDA1
VDDA_1.8
VCC8V
YO
UT
VO
UT
VD
RB
VD
RA
UO
UT
SV
M
RO
QS
SO
AD
C3
AD
C2
C2
C4
CV
BS
2
CV
BS
3
CV
BS
4
DE
CB
GD
EC
DIG
DE
CS
DE
MD
EC
V1V
8E
HTO
G SIF
AG
C
INS
SW
3IR
EF
PH
1LF
PH
2LF
PLL
IF
R SE
CP
LL
SIF
IN1
SIF
IN2
UIN
VG
UA
RD
VIF
IN1
VIF
IN2
VIN
VR
EF
_NE
G_H
PL+
HP
RV
RE
F_N
EG
_LS
L+H
PL
VR
EF
_PO
S_H
PR
VR
EF
_PO
S_L
SL
VR
EF
_PO
S_L
SR
+H
PR
VR
EFA
D
SW
IO
SW
OS
SIF
RE
FO
RE
FIN
PIP
FM
RO
IFV
OF
MR
O
CS
Y
AV
L
SV
OC
VB
SI O
P0<
0:5>
P1<
0:7>
P2<
0:5>
P3<
0:3>
AM
OU
TA
UD
EE
M
AG
C2S
IFA
UD
IOIN
2LA
UD
IOIN
2RA
UD
IOIN
3LA
UD
IOIN
3RA
UD
IOIN
4LA
UD
IOIN
4RA
UD
IOIN
5LA
UD
IOIN
5RB B
CLI
NB
LKIN
PB
IN3
YIN
3
PR
IN3
C3
Y2
Y3
Y4
GNDIF
DV
BA
GC
DV
BIN
1
DV
BIN
2
2V3
2V4
A5
0V0
A3
A5 A5
A3,
A5
A3
1V5
1V5
0V0 0V
04V
02V
3
2V2
3V2
1V6
1V6
0V0
0V0
5V5
2V33V
2
1V4
*
A5
*
*
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2V0
3V3
8 9
A
B
C
D
E
F
*
3V6
3V6
3V3
1V6
A55
for
ITV
onl
y
A3 A3
4V5
5V1
2V0
3V3
1V9
5V1
2V2
0V0
16V
SS
14
1V4
3V3
3V9
0V0
A5
A2 A2
A8
for
ITV
onl
y
A5
2V1
3V3
3V3
3V3
A3
A3
0V0
2V4
3V5
3V8
A3
13V
A8
4V4
A3,
A5
13V
1V
A8
for
ITV
onl
y
A2
A5
7V0
2V0
0V0
2V0
3V3
3V3
1V7
0V0
1V4
A9
*
HERCULES
*
0v7
A5
1V7
0V0
3V4
A5
A5
0v6
for
ITV
onl
y
(+8V
)
A8
A8 A8
A8
0V00V0
0V0
3V8
3V6
A5
A5
0V0
0V01V
3
2V0
TO 1282 OF
5V
-1V
3V4
0V0
2V2
1V3
2V3
0V3
A5
1V5
0V3
1V2
1V2
10R
3214
GN
D2
GND121
2V2
0V0
0V0
*
*
2V2
2V2
A5 *
*
A5
A5
2V3
2V8
2V0
2V2
*
To 1729 Of
A8
0V0
2V0
0V5
2V0 4V
03V
30V
01V
6
2V2
2V2
1V4
1V3
A5
2V
1V3
0V5
0V0
0V0
1V7
0V0
2V0
2V6
A5
1V5
5V0
A5
A5
A9
0V3
2V0
2V5
3V3
0V0
0V0
0V0
A9
0V0
0V00V0
A5
2V0
5V0
3V3
5V1
3V3
*
*
3V3
0V8
A5
A5 A2
A2
A8
3V3
2V
5
1V5
1V6
2V0
0V0
0V0
F20
6
7207BC847B
220n
2229
7205BC847B
1684
3246
22K
GND125
3237
100R
1u0
2280
3294
1234
100R
5212
220n
2206
390R
3221
1K0
GN
D2
3285
I216
2240 1u
5
5209
F20
5
9261
GND89
2273
100u
10V
4214
3257
100R
2247
GND_28
100n
118
57
55
56122
103
117
34
8284127
61
128
119
53
1148247
38 40 39121
123
120
124
5126
60
19
106
107
116
105
104
59
64
58
54
84
41
35125
33
36
1229
9
112
113
88
904451
110
87 100
99
20
1817 16 15 7 6
1413 1025 26 27 32
3130 3 22 2 1 21
4837
101
43
50
62 81
52 102
23
24
115
91 11
85 86
97
108
63
11189
46 45
42
49 70 77 74 71 78
65
10980 79 95 94
67 66 69 68 93 92 96
SIG
NA
LV
IDE
OΦ 7200
TDA12001H1
8398
76 75 73 72
PR
OC
ES
SO
R
GND121
100n
2243
100R
3218
I207
BZ
X38
4-C
5V6
6211
GND_1
2241
22n
3271
2266
220R
52u2 IMX1
7201-1
GN
D2
GN
D12
1
100p
2279
39p
2268
3207
10R
2254
1n0
2270
2227
4u7
10V
100n
220n
2211
2251
150n
3K3
3202
GN
D2
3266
100R
5208
1n0
2248
2204
22n
G
GN
D2
GND68
100R
3287
220n
9204
2238
100R
3225
25V100u
GND2
2250
GN
D12
1
5207
3
120812
3233
I222
100R32
59
GN
D2
22K
4K7
3281
220n
2210
6202
GND68
BA
S31
6
56K52
013292
BA
S31
662
09
3248
100R
GND_1
GN
D89
c200
5214
3201
1K0
220n
2212
3293
52162216
220n
100R
3268
100p
2287
3263
100R
HC49U24MHZ576
1205
2235
3234
6n8
2226
220n
100R
GND12
2257
3n3
3240
22K
100u22
03
BZ
X38
4-C
5V6
GN
D12
1
GND92
621010
0R
2232
100n
3258
3269
100R
3236
3203
100R I228
150K
100R
3277
GND2
4219
3228
100R
3267
GND1
100R
100R
3278
4211
7202
4u7
5217
GND3
I236
F201
10V
100u22
17
3279
4K7
F202
220n
2205
GND95
I226
2231
100n
F270
10K
3252
2209
GND_1
220n
3291
1K0
100R
3226
F203
2233
100n
10n
2236
4K7
3280
3284
4K7
100R
3270
2213
220n
GND2
9266
I218
GN
D1
15K
3205
2224
100u 10V
GND2
3242
1K0
5211
I214
GND_1
3254
120R
I208
9260
100n
3250
1K0
2256
GND92
I20
GND3
3235
390R
100R
3247 GND_1
6208
BA
S31
6
GN
D1
3229
3262
100R
1K0
GND682249
100n
5202
I235
I203
6207
6204
BA
S31
6
I209
5205
33n
2221
100R
3275
100R
3289
I213
680R
3222
5K6
3296
4K7
3261
2260
GN
D2
100n
100n
2242
GN
D2
100R
3227
3256
100R
I215
4K7
3283
33K3243
2245
GN
D2
3204 1n0
3K3
2253
10n
3265
100R
1u0
2278
100p
2285
4213
F20
8
2222
5n6
3273
1K0
100R
3276
2276
100n
3224
1M0
3272
820R
100p
2283
3223
5K6
100n
2274
220n
2215
5K6
3206
2237
100n
220n
2239
9257
2284
100p
GND1
100n
2263
220n
GND95
GN
D3
2259
GND2
2K2
3238
GND68
GND12
3217
GN
D_1
100R
3288
3216
10R
GND121
3241
39K
3264
100R
2246
2275
GN
D1
100n
50V
10u
F207
100R
3274
GN
D2
GN
D1
GND125
2269
39p
5203
I210
BAS316
I217
6203
F20
4
100R
3244
100R
3249
25V
47u22
18
2286
100p
100R
3212
2272
GND3
100n
I206
100R
3290
100n
2214
5213
3219
100R
10n
2262
GND92
3215
4K7
GND92
3255
100R
I204
GND12
7208
9201
100R
3230
3297 33K
2252
10n
9265
2289
1n0
I219
3232
12K
I205
9262
GND1
3231
100R
2271
100n
BSH1037209
50V
2230
4u7
100R
3253
1230
10n
2255
I212
1683
D1
GN
D1
2264
560p
25V
2234
100u 2282
1n0
6205
BZ
X38
4-C
27
100R
5215
3239
100R
3260
GND3
3282
4K7
3220
180R
GND12
4u7
2290
2258
100n
2u2
2267
2225
220n
GND1
10V
5295
2265
100u
2244
5210
2u2
2261
GN
D1
GN
D1
100n
2223
100n
I211
GND89
5206
220R
1n0
2288
3245
9215
KE
Y_p
rotn
KEY_protn
INT
F_F
BL
INT
F_V
_OU
T
INT
F_U
_OU
T
SE
L_LL
P|M
Std
by_C
on
PO
WE
R_D
OW
N
+5V
SC
2_S
TAT
US
|ITV
_MS
G
Vguard Vguard
Rou
tG
out
Bou
t
VIF
2V
IF1
VD Vgu
ard
+5V
SC
1_C
VB
S_O
UT
INT
F_C
VB
S_O
UT
RO
T
PO
WE
R_D
OW
N
SV
M
+3.3V
+3.3V+5V
+3.3V
SS
IF
RF
_AG
C
SC
2_R
_OU
T
SC
2_L_
OU
T
MA
IN_O
UT
R
MA
IN_O
UT
L
SC
1_R
_OU
T
SC
1_L_
OU
T
WR
ITE
_PR
OT
EC
T
+3.3V
SC
1_S
TAT
US
+3.
3V
SD
A
+5V
INT
F_Y
|GR
EE
N_I
N
+5V
+3.3V
I2S
WS
I2S
CLK
I2S
D|1
Res
et_+
5VS
EL_
SC
2_IN
TF
+5V
LED
VO
L_M
UT
E
+1.
8V_A
SIF
1S
IF2
+5V
INT
CO
LIG
HT
_SE
NS
OR
+1.8V_A
SA
ND
CA
ST
LE
+5V
+1.8V_B
+3.
3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.
3V
SW
_SC
2_C
VB
S
HD
HD
_PIP
EW
_DR
IVE
VD
RA
VD
RB
Vbu
ffer
+5V
SC
L
INT
F_P
b|B
LUE
_IN
INT
F_P
r|R
ED
_IN
HD
RIV
E
+1.8V_B
+3.3V
+5V
ITV
_V1O
UT
INT
F_Y
_OU
T
IR
50L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
SID
E A
V P
AN
EL
for
ITV
onl
yLT
1/C
T1
INT
ER
FAC
E P
AN
EL A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1204 B91206 A91207 D91212 A71213 E91219 C81220 E81221 F81240 F41241 F71242 E61243 F71245 C72601 C4
A4
To 1
4
8 9
8 9
2611 B22613 B92614 D52615 E42617 D62620 C22621 C22622 E52623 E22624 E22625 E12626 D82627 D92628 D92629 D92630 F22631 E43601 B43603 B73604 C53605 C53606 D13607 E13608 D23609 E23610 C1
To 1
252
of
A4
A4
A4
3614 E43616 B63617 B63618 B63619 B63620 B63621 B63622 E73623 E73625 E93626 E93628 E93631 E63634 E53635 D53636 D53637 D53639 C24601 E74602 B6A4
4604 B14605 D74606 D74607 E74609 D94610 C14611 B14612 C24630 F25601 F25602 E56602 E16610 C27601 B57602 D57603 A27604 D27605 D2
To 1
206
of
A4
7606 E57607 E69235 E59280 F79603 F19604 B79605 C39607 D79612 E7
9639 B2F210 A1F211 B1F212 C2F213 D2F214 C4F215 C4F216 B6F217 B6F218 B6F219 C7F220 D7F221 C7F222 D7
I2S
To 1
331
of
F223 D7F224 A6F225 A6F226 A6F227 E7F228 E9F229 E9F230 A9F232 E9F233 B9F237 B9F238 B9F239 A9F240 B9F241 B9F242 C9F243 C9F244 C9F245 C9F247 D9F248 E9
CR
T P
AN
EL
RE
S
/
F249 E9F250 B7F251 E8I223 D5I227 D1I229 E8I230 B3I231 E8I232 C3I233 E5I234 E2I240 C2I241 D1
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
27p
234567
2629
12131
F242
F249
F233
100n
2613
F232
F248
F22910R
3626
F240
F244
F228
567
12041234
9280
4609
27p
2628
I231
F239
3
F243
5601
3625
10R
F230
F245
F238
I229
2627
27p
4567
9603
1206123
F237
4567
F247
1207123
3628
10R
F241
2626
27p
F251
B
A
SEL_SC2_INTF
SIDE_CHROMA_IN
Gout
Bout
Iblack
SVM
ROT
E
D
C
I2SCLK
Rout
LIGHT_SENSOR
C
Stdby_Con
I2SD|1
SIDE_L_IN
SIDE_Y|CVBS_IN
I2SD|1
I2SWS
SIDE_R_IN
E_14480_010.eps270204
7
E
Stdby-con
Power On
F
G
-
TxGND
3 ITV CLOCK
-
CRx
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
USB
4I2SDI1
-
Power On
MTV
ITV DATA OUT/SDA
Bus Request
(FOR SCART)
I2SWS
GND
C
PCMCIA
ITV SCL Tx
Power On
D
DVD
5
-
1213
6Light sensor
(FOR CINCH)
Power On
ITV
ITV POR 1
B
Rx
1206
1
Bus Request
for ITV only
I2SCLK
iDTV
Bus Request2
AITV DATAIN
Tx
Bus RequestRx
Stdby-con
-
-
2630
1n01241
4630
3139 123 5673.1
Mono Carrier: Features & Connectivities
A4
A8
LTI/C
TI I
NT
ER
FAC
E P
AN
EL
COM
OUTIN
To 1
219
of
C
D
E
A4
A4
62 o
f
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A
B
5V
A4
A4
A4
To 1
212
of
OF
A4
A4
A4
A4
A7
A4
A4
A2
Only
FO
R IT
V O
NLY
TO 1138
A4
FEATURES & CONNECTIVITIES
OFTO 1763 & 1764
3V3
A
AK
K
0V5
A4A4
FO
R IT
V
RES3V2
PCF85116
5V
5V4
RES
for EMC
7V
3V3
6V
A4
A4
A4
A4
For ITV
A4
RES
A4
OnlyFor ITV
For ITVRES
RES
EE
PR
OM
Only
A4
F220
1245
I241
3456789
12121
101112
2
100R
3618
2614
4u7
3604
100R
1240
F227
9235
33p
2622
PDTC124ET7602
3610
100R
9612
3631
22K
47u
2611
3639
22R
16V
9639
4611
100n
2617I2
27
1243
BC327-257605
I230
F215
9607
4602
4604
F250
100n
2623
123456789
1219
GND_1
GND_1
I223
BAV996602
27K
3608
GND_1
I233 GND_1
GND_1
3603
100R
F226
47K
3635
9605
F212
2601
1n0
1242
F218
BC847B7604
3606
150K
34
5
67
8
GND_1
7601
12
BAS316
6610
3634
1K0
F210
10V
I234
2621
100u
100R
3617
4u7
I232
12
2615
1221
F225
4610
3601
4K7
3620
75R 9604
4612
F222
F214
GND_1
100K
3622
3619
75R
F221
F224
22u 50V
F217
2631
GND_1
F216
2625
2u2
GND_1
F223
4601
47R
3637
2620
100n
4607
100u26
24 10V
BC847B7607
GND_1
F213
6
GND33605
100R
12345
1220
4606
F211100R
3616
3607
27K
GND_1
100K3623
7603
GND2
IN
1OUT
3
L78L33ACZ
4605
F219I240
3609
470R
4u7
5602
7606BC847B
3614
100R
3621
75R
+9VA +9VA_1
3636
68K
INTF_U_OUT
+9V
INTF_V_OUT
+3.3V
+6VS
INTF_CVBS_IN
INTF_L_IN
VD
HD_PIP
ITV_V1OUT
SANDCASTLE
SW_SC2_CVBS
INTF_CVBS_IN
SC2_CVBS_OUT
SEL_SC2_INTF
Vbuffer
Reset_+5V
+9V
MUTING+9V
+9VA_1
INTF_R_IN
INTF_Y_OUT
INTF_FBL
Stdby_Con
INTF_CVBS_OUT
+6V
+5V
+8V
Vbuffer
+6VS
+6V
+5V
WRITE_PROTECT SCL
SDA
INTF_Y|GREEN_IN
+3.3V
INTF_Pr|RED_IN
VT_Supply
+6V
INTF_Pb|BLUE_IN
+3.3V+3V
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 51L04L AA 7.
LM393N
8 9
8 9
A
B
C
D
E
F
1222 F11902 C91903 A72928 A22929 E22930 A22931 A22932 B22933 B22934 B22935 E22936 D22937 E22938 F22939 E22942 C42945 D52946 D52947 B52948 B52949 A52950 A52951 A52952 C62953 C62954 D72955 C72957 C82958 C82960 B42961 A52963 B62970 D72971 D72972 E72973 E82974 E82977 A42978 B72979 B82980 C82981 E72982 C82983 E82984 C83930 A23931 A23932 B23933 B23934 B33935 B33936 E23937 D23938 E23939 F23940 E33941 F33942 B43943 C43945 E93946 D23947 C33948 D23949 C33952 C63953 D63955 C73956 C83957 D93958 A53959 C33960 A53961 C33962 C23964 A83965 A83971 D73972 E83973 A33974 C43975 A74910 B9
4911 C74912 D74913 B74914 F84915 F84916 F84917 F85901 C75902 D75907 C85908 D85910 B75911 C75912 D75913 A85914 B76901 D26903 A96904 D36905 B56906 A67901-1 B37901-2 E37902 B57903 D37904 C27906 A89910 A79911 A79913 A89914 B79915 B7F901 C2F903 D9F904 C9F905 D9F910 F1F911 F1I909 A2I910 A3I911 A3I913 B2I914 B3I915 C3I916 A4I918 D3I919 C4I920 C2I921 C4I922 C4I924 A5I925 E2I926 A8I927 B8I928 A5I930 A6I934 C6I935 C7I936 C7I937 C6I938 D6I939 D7I940 D7I941 A3I942 A8I943 D7I944 A9I945 D4I946 D9I948 F3
Audio_Gnd
ES
220n
4917
4916
F904
6903
BAS316
Audio_Gnd
10K
3965
Vaux_GND
13
I946
2982
15n
F903
dio_Gnd
I942
22K
3964
2974
220n
o_Gnd
Audio_Gnd
Audio_Gnd
3938
dio_Gnd
F905
3957
39K
4910
3972
10K
I944
udio_Gnd
2957
220n
Audio_Gnd
13
3945
10K
345
1902
12
4
2983
15n
3956
10K
220n
Audio_Gnd
2937
40 K
Vaudio-
-V
+9VB
Vaudio+
Vaudio+
VT_Supply
V_DG
Vaudio+1
E_14480_011.eps200204
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
F
JMP
ROW
---
Europe3975
AMP-ST-5W-GL
100R, 2W
For
SU
B W
oofe
r
For
ITV
---
150R, 2W
FUSE RAD LT 2A 250V IEC
AMP-ST-10W+20W-GL AMP-ST-5W-NO.SAV-EU
1903
AMP-ST-15W/20W-GL
---9911
And
1222123456
---FUSE RAD LT 2A 250V IEC
JMP---
AMP-ST-10W-GLJMP---
AMP-ST-5W-NO.SAV-ITV-EUJMP---
AMP-ST-5W-ITV-GLJMP---
AMP-ST-5W-EUJMP---
AMP-ST-10W-EUJMP---
AMP-ST-5W-ITV-EUJMP
Audio_Gnd
F910
4915
4914
I948120p
2938
F911
4K7
3941
100K
3939
2K7
1u0 39 47
Audio_Gnd
Vaudio+
-V
3139 123 5673.1
Mono Carrier: Class D - Audio Amplifier
CLASS D - AUDIO AMP (RESERVED)
DIAG
VSS2
POWERUP
EN2REL2
VDD1
SW2
VDD2
VSS1
BOOT2
OUT2
SW1
EN1
STAB
BOOT1REL1
OUT1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A
B
C
D
E
10V7
10V5
-2V8
*
A4
A4
A4
LM393N
-2V8
-9V1
1V6
1V5
-15V
6
-2V8
-15V6
-9V1
-9V1
-2V7
-2V8
-8V8
-9V1
RES
RES
*
39K
3953
6901
BA
S31
6
2960
22u
R
47K
3948
3973
10K
I940
Audio_Gnd
2958
4K7
3962
I927
9915
I938
I937
9
1
17
5 13
8 10
4
14
7
11
15
2
16
7902
6
12
3
560p
2936
ΦAMPLIFIERCLASS-D
TDA8925J
3946
47K
I914
4K7
3932
5908
33u
Audio_Gnd
220n
2980
1n0
2929
1n0
2928
Audio_Gnd
2K2
3958
3936
10K
I922
3975
59
220p
2939
I945
2955
680p
2970
680p
5907
33u
2945
470u35V
Au
9911
33u
5901
3961
470R
9910
Audio_Gnd
100K
3935
VALUE
1903
MRT
3
21
8
4
7901-1
Audio_Gnd
3949
22K
22u
2948
Audi
I919
7903BC847B
2934
220p
5911
BC857B7904
7906BC327-25
4R7
3955
5914
5902
33u
2950
47n
100n
2942
Au
I926
3943
I925
2K2
3974
4K7
I936
I939
2978 22
u50
I920
3937
150K
I913
47K
3934
I921
2932
1u0
3942
2K2
I909
150K
3931
I930
A
I924
Audio_Gnd
680p
2954
6904
BZX384-C27
2931
560p
35V470u
2949
5910
680p
2971
Audio_Gnd
47n
2947
I916
99
I941
Audio_Gnd
I915
I918
Audio_Gnd
8
2933
120p
7901-2
5
67
2K7
3933
I910
5912
2953
1u0
2973
9914
10K
3930
1u0
2952
47n
2946
47n
2979
2930
100n
39K
3952
F901
3947
39K
3K9
3959
220n
6905
1
2
3
2972
3960
100K
P0102DA
2961
47u25V
2963
10p
6906
BAV99
4912
4913
I934
4911
2977
1u
3971
4R7
220n
2981
I911
I943
I935
100n
2935
2984
220n
I928
Vaux_GND
+Vaudio
-Vaudio
Vaudio+ Vaudio-
47n
2951
MAIN_OUTR
VOL_MUTE
Vaudio-
MAIN_OUTL
+Vaudio
-Vaudio
-V
-V
Vaudio-
Vaudio-
Vaudio+
Vaudio+
Vaudio+
Vaudio-
Vaudio+
Vaudio-
Vaudio+
Vaudio-
52L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
8 9
8 9
E
A
B
C
D
E
1280 B91281 B91282 D32911 D32912 D32913 D42914 D42915 D42916 C62985 B42986 A72987 A72988 C72989 B52990 B52991 B42992 B52993 C52994 B72995 C72996 B82997 C83985 B43988 B53989 B83991 B43992 C53993 C83994 C43995 C63996 D53997 D43998 E3
8 ohm / 15W
3999 D46990 D37990 B67991 C67992 C57993 D57994 E3F950 B4F951 B4F952 B8F953 C9F955 B8I951 B6I952 B6I953 B5I954 B5I955 C6I956 B8I957 C8I958 D4I959 D4
5
8 ohm / 15W
1281
1234
I956
I957Audio_Gnd
3989
10R
F953
2997
47n
Audio_Gnd
12345
Audio_Gnd
1280
F95547n
2996
10R
3993
F952
udio+1
AmpOutR
audio
AmpOutL
Stdby_Con
E_14480_012.eps200204
A4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A5
3998
10K
7994BC847B
MUTING
3139 123 5673.1
Mono Carrier: Audio Amplifier
POWERDOWN
A4
RES
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A
B
C
D
A4
TO 1683 OF
RES +16V
+16V -16V
0V7
16V
AUDIO_AMPLIFIER
A4
I955
I958
2988
100n
4u7
2911
2912
4u7
4u7
2913
2914
4u7
120K
3999
7993BC847B
I954
2986
100n
7992BC847B
4u7
2915
1n0
2990
7
1
9
5
8
2
4
6
3
7990TDA2616Q
68K
3996
I953
1K0
3991
100n
2987
220n
2992
2985
22n
2995
3992
4K7
2991
BAS316
6990
2916
4u7
1282I959
F950
3988
4K7
3994
68K
2993
1n0
I951
F951
47K
3995
22n
2994
1K0
3985
7991BC847B
220n
2989
I952
820K
Va
VOL_MUTE
MAIN_OUTR
MAIN_OUTL
-V
Vaudio+1
3997
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 53L04L AA 7.
SVHS
AV2
E
F
1101 A31102 B31103 B3
Sub Woofer
8 9
8 9
A
B
C
DV
1104 C31105 C31106 D31107 E31108 E31109 F31110 C81111 D81112 E81113 C81137 B91138 A31153 F91223-1 B21223-2 C21223-3 E21227 B61228 E91229 B81236 A41237 F91262 F61263 C51264 C51265 D51266 F51267 D52103 B42104 B42105 B52106 B52107 B32108 B32122 E42123 E52124 F42125 E52126 E32127 F32131 D72132 D72133 E72134 D72136 D82137 E82157 F92158 F72159 F82163 E93101 A33103 B43104 B43105 B43106 B4
L
V
3111 C43112 C43113 C43114 C43115 D43116 D43121 E43122 D43123 E33124 E53125 E33126 F53129 C93130 C93131 D83132 D73133 D83134 E73135 C73136 C73138 C73156 F83157 E83161 E73162 E9
3164 F73166 E73167 C5
SPDIF
3168 D53169 C54101 C24102 C34103 C24104 D84105 E34106 C34107 C34108 D34109 C34110 E34111 E34112 B54113 D64115 E64116 C94117 F94130 C94136 C74144 E66106 E36132 C87103 E87104-1 A47104-2 A49101 D6
1224
RE
S
9112 C49113 E49114 C49116 D49138 C7F101 A3F102 B3F103 B3F104 C2F105 C2F106 D2F107 D2
A4
F108 E2F109 E2F110 D8F111 D8F112 C8F113 C8F115 B7F116 B5F117 B5F119 E9F120 F9F121 E9F122 D2F123 E2F138 F6I104 C5I105 C5I106 D5I107 B4I108 B4I109 E5I110 D5I111 E5I112 E5I113 D7I114 D7I115 C7I116 D6I117 E7I118 E8I119 E8I120 D6
*
R
RE
S1
F112
2157
100n
123
15
16
1228
13
14
3161
F121
50V2u2
F110
F113
6132
3156
47K
1153
390p
2137
3847B
I119
F120
F11922R
3162
4116
1113
1110
3157
1K0
I118
75R
3129
2163
47p
1111
3166
2345
113761
4104 21
36
390p
1112
I117
1237
1
2
150R
4117
3130
75R
4130
F111
SC2_L_OUT
Vbuffer
E_14480_014.eps270204
A4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
FA4
JMPJMPJMP---
CN-R1 I-ITV-LA------------------------
JMP------
---
------
JMPJMPJMP
CN-R2 I/1 O-GL--- JMP
CN-R1 I/1 O/YUV-SY-ITV-GL
---------------
JMP------
CN-R1 I/1 O-GLJMPJMPJMP------------
A4
For ITV
for ITV only
ITEM4101
CN-R1 I/1 O/YUV-GL
------
JMPJMP
JMPJMP
4102 JMPJMPJMPJMP
4103410941104111
JMPJMP
41309112911391149116
---------------------
JMPJMPJMPJMP
CN-R2 I/1 O/YUV-GL---------------
F138
10K
3164
10K
2124
330p
1262
6 7
8 91
2
3
2159
47n
2K2
47K
3126
1266
1109
47n
2158
2127
390p
SC1_FBL
SC2_STATUS|ITV_MSG
SC2_R_OUT
3139 123 5673.1
Mono Carrier: Rear I/O Cinch
A5MUTING
F122
A4
L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A
B
C
D
E
YUV INPUT
V
MONITOR OUTPUT
V
RES
Y
U
RES
RES
AV1
ITV RES
for IT
RE
SR
ES
A4
**
*
*
*
*
*
*
A4
A4
A4
A4
*
From 1240 OF
For ITV
A5
A4
V
For ITV
For ITV
RES
A4 A4
RES
L
A4R
REAR I/O CINCH
RE
S
A4
for ITV
4110
R
RE
S
3112
I105
3121
75R
23
9101
1229
F123
4105
3122
330R
1223-3
9
10
11
12
F102
F103
390p
2126
2107
390p
2125
3111
1108
47K
3134
1106
4113
1236
1 2 3
4112
I106
3131
150R
F105
2105
10u
3115
I112
4108
50V
F1062132
2u2
911331
24
47K
710BC
220K
3104
1107
4103
3138
390p
2108
150R
3103
F101
4115
1103
F116
F117
330p
2122
I111F108
4111
1102
3106
220K
F107
F11
5
3136
4136
9138
150R
3133
68R
3101
I113
I114
7104-1IMX1
5
3
4
2106
10u
6
7
8
1223-2
5
I104
3168
75R
75R
3167
1
2
3
4
1223-1
I120 50V 2u2
2134
I115
3113
1264
1263
F109
F104
9114
9112
2123
2u2 50V
3116
1105
I116
I108
3132
47K
4102
4107
7104-2IMX1
2
6
1
75R
3135
1267
2103
330p
1265
3114
1104
9116
3125
4109
3123
150R
6106
BZ
X28
4-C
6V8
3105
150R
4101
75R
3169
2131
330p
I107
I110
1138
330p
2133
1227
1 2 3
I109
4106
4144
1101
330p
2104
SC1_GREEN_IN
SC1_L_IN
SC2_Y|CVBS_IN
SC2_CVBS_OUT
SC2_L_IN
SC2_R_INSC1_CVBS_IN
SC2_CHROMA_IN
SC2_R_OUT
SC2_L_OUT
SC1_BLUE_IN
SC1_RED_IN
SC1_R_IN
54L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
E ELIGHT_SENSORF698
E_06532_012.eps130204
A4
A9
1 2 3 4
LTL-10224WHCR(RED)(RED)
AP
LTL-10224WHCR
ITEM NO. EU
(GREEN)
LATAM
(GREEN)LTL-10234WHCR
NAFTA
6691LTL-10234WHCR
SETS WITH LIGHT_SENSORJMP4693
KEY_PROTN
E_14480_015.eps2002043139 123 5673.1
Mono Carrier: Front Control
A4,A9
*
volu
me-
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
1600 A41601 A41602 A41603 B31604 B31606 B21692 D41693 D42691 C42692 E23681 A43683 A23684 A23685 A33686 A33687 A43689 A23690 C4
F693
F691
1 2
220R
3690
3 4
A
TS USA
3691 C33692 C23693 C43694 C33695 B23696 E23697 E34691 D24692 C24693 E34694 D14695 B36691 C36692 C46693 D26694 C47691 D39683 A2F682 A2F683 A4F685 B4F691 D2F692 D3F693 C2F694 D1
STANDBY LED
IR RECEIVER
F695 D2F696 C1F697 D4F698 E3F699 D3I681 A2I682 A3I683 A3I686 A4I687 D2I688 A3I689 C4I691 B3I693 C3
*
DV
D E
ject
For Engg Purpose Only
chan
nel-
PO
WE
R
RE
S
volu
me+
chan
nel+
RE
S
A4
RES
*
To
1693of
A4
FRONT CONTROL
for ITV only
RES
3686
390R
F692
1602
9683
4694
1606
F694
3696
680K
3685
150R
TSOP18366692
2GND
1OUT
3VS
I693
2691
100u
F685
3684
1K2
F683
F697
4692
BP
W46
6693F695
I687
I686
1600
1234567
1692
669121
123456
1693
3694
4K7
3692
I681
BZ
X38
4-C
5V1
6694
3687
1K8
3681
820R
F699
4695I691
1604
4691
I683
3695
220R
3693
F682
3689
I688
I689
3697
10K
7691BC847B
I682
4693
1601
47n
2692
3683
1603
3691
330RF696
IR
IR
LED
KEY_PROTN
+6V
IR_OUT
LED_OUT
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 55L04L AA 7.
ITV
onl
y
6
6
A
B
C
1581 A61582 A62581 B12582 B22583 C22584 C22585 C32586 B32587 B42588 B52589 C12590 C23581 B23582 C33583 B53584 B53585 B14581 C25581 B46581 B47581 A37582 C2F581 B6F582 B6F583 B6I582 B2I583 B2I584 B3I585 C3I587 B4I588 B4
DV
D/ID
TV
F5832K7
584 F582123456
1581
2u259
2u258
1582
1234
F581
Vaux_GND+5V
Vaux
E_14480_016.eps200204
1 2 3 4 5
MainSupplyGndMainSupplyGnd
2
MainSupplyGnd
3139 123 5673.1
Mono Carrier: DVD Power Supply
VCC
OSC
SS_INH
COMP GND BOOT
OUT
FB
COM
OUTIN
DVD POWER SUPPLY (RESERVED)
1 2 3 4 5
A
B
C
ITV only
2583
2n2
3585
100R
Vaux_GND
47u
5581
3
I588
Vaux_GND
Vaux_GND
Vaux_GND
3582
8K2
Vaux_GND
2582
220n
I582
3581
22K
I584
Vaux_GNDI585
4581
2029
1 3
7582L78L08ACZ
L49787581
1
2
3 4
5
67
8
2586
100n
Vaux_GND
2585
22n
100n
2584
2588
1m0
I587
16V
2587
1n0
Vaux_GND
6581
SB
340
I583
Vaux_GND
2581
100u
25V
4K7
3583
Vaux
+9VB
+9VA
Vaux_GND
56L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
E_14480_002.eps190204
452 C7453 B7454 B8455 B8456 A8459 B8480 B8481 B8486 C6500 A4511 A5535 C4536 C3537 C3540 B3551 C5562 B4
6563 C46573 B56575 A46581 D46691 A16692 B16693 B16905 D17203 E57204 E57401 A67405 B67406 C57451 C87452 C87453 C77512 A4
7513 B57531 B37571 B57581 D47601 D57603 E47605 E57902 C27906 C37990 E39002 E79101 D89112 D89113 D89114 D89116 D89120 C7
9121 D79122 D79123 D79124 D89125 D79126 D89128 D79129 D79138 D89201 E69202 E49203 E69204 E79205 D49206 D49207 D49208 D4
9209 C59210 E79211 D79212 E79213 D79214 D49215 E79216 D49217 D69218 E69219 D69220 D59221 D59222 E59223 E69224 D59225 D49226 D49227 D59228 D49229 D59230 D59231 E69232 E59233 E69234 E79235 D79236 C59237 D69238 D79239 E69240 E59241 C69242 D49243 C49244 E69245 E49246 E69247 E49248 E69249 D49250 E69251 E59252 C59253 D59254 C79255 C79257 D79258 C79259 D79260 D79261 D79262 D79263 E79264 C79265 C79266 C79267 D79268 D79269 C49271 E59272 D49273 D49274 D49275 C59276 D59277 C69278 D49279 D49280 D59290 E69294 C69295 C59296 C59297 C49298 C59299 C59401 B59402 B69407 B69410 B69417 A59460 B69466 B59467 B69469 C59470 C69473 C59474 C59475 C59476 C59477 C69478 C69479 C69480 C69481 C69482 C79483 C89484 C79485 C79486 B79487 B89488 A89489 B89490 A89491 A6
9492 C69500 A29501 B29502 B29503 B29504 B29505 B39506 A39507 A29508 A29509 C49510 C49511 B29512 B39513 B59514 C49532 B39536 C49537 C49570 A39573 C29574 B49575 C39576 A49577 B59578 B39579 C39582 C49583 C49584 B49585 A49586 C49587 B49589 C59590 C59591 C39592 C39593 C49604 C69605 E69607 D79612 E49631 C69633 C79637 E79639 E49642 D79643 D59653 D49660 C19661 C19662 B19663 C19664 C19665 B19666 C19683 B19688 E49689 E49690 E49694 E69695 E49696 D49910 C39911 D39913 D39914 D39915 C39920 D39921 D39924 D29926 D39927 D29933 D39935 D39936 C39937 C39939 D39940 C39941 D39942 D39943 D39944 D39946 C2
3139 123 5673.1
Layout Mono Carrier: (Top Side)1000 E81001 E61002 E51003 E51004 E71005 E81010 E71011 E71012 E61013 E81137 C81138 E71204 C61205 D51206 D51207 E71208 D7
1212 C61213 C51219 C71220 E41221 C51222 D31223 D81227 C71228 E81229 C81234 D51236 D71237 E81240 D41241 D51262 D71280 E3
1281 E31401 C71402 A61404 A51451 C71452 A81453 B51454 B71500 A21501 A21502 B21503 C31504 C21505 A21506 A21507 C21508 A2
1509 C21510 B11532 B31535 C51542 C41543 C41545 C41581 D41582 C31600 C11601 C11602 D11603 D11604 C11606 A11682 D41692 C1
1693 C11902 D21903 D32006 E72008 E82105 D72106 D72123 D72125 D72132 C72134 C82203 D52217 E52218 D62224 E52230 D62234 D6
2240 E52250 D62251 E52265 E62273 E62275 E62401 A72404 B62405 A62406 A62411 B62412 A62413 B62415 A52416 B62417 A62418 A5
2419 B62427 B62451 A82454 A82455 A82457 C72458 C72459 A82460 A72463 C82465 C82467 C72481 A72484 A82486 B62500 A22501 C2
2502 C22503 A42504 A42505 A42506 A32507 A32508 C22509 C12511 A52514 A42528 B42534 B32535 C32536 C32537 C32539 C32540 C3
2541 C32542 B42543 B32545 B32546 B32551 B52552 C52561 C42562 B42563 C42565 C42570 B42581 C42588 C42611 E42621 E52624 E5
2691 B12945 D22948 D22949 D22960 D22961 D12978 C33020 E73101 D83103 D83105 D83112 D83114 D83116 D83122 D83123 D83125 D8
3131 C83133 D83138 D83157 E83167 D73201 D53215 D53224 E53230 D43231 D63234 C63239 C73241 E53246 D53249 D73252 D53258 D7
3260 D53270 D73274 D73275 E73276 C73277 C73278 D73291 D73401 C63403 A73406 A73407 A73410 A83411 A63412 A63414 C63415 B6
3417 A63418 C53425 C53430 B63431 C63432 B73433 B63434 B63440 C53441 B63442 A73443 A73451 B63454 A83455 B83457 B83458 B7
3460 B73461 C73466 C73467 C73468 C73470 C83471 C73472 C73482 B83483 B83484 B83485 B83497 C53500 B13501 B13502 A13503 B1
3504 B23505 A23506 B13507 B33508 A33509 B23510 B23511 B53513 A53514 A53515 A53516 A43519 B43520 A43521 A53523 B23529 B3
3531 B43532 B33534 B43542 B33563 C43571 B53574 B53575 B53577 B53584 C43585 D43603 C63606 E43616 C63617 C63618 C63683 B1
3943 C23945 D33961 C33962 D33975 D35201 D55208 D65216 D65217 D75401 A65402 B65403 B55405 B55406 B65408 B65410 B65450 B7
5451 B75500 B25501 B25502 A35503 A35511 A45512 B45512C B45512D B45531 B45532 B35536 C45537 C45551 B55552 B55561 B45562 B4
5581 D45602 D75603 C75901 D25902 D25907 D15908 D25913 D35914 D36001 E86401 A66403 C66404 A66406 A66410 A66411 A66412 A6
66666666666666666
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 57L04L AA 7.
E_14480_003.eps190204
72 B673 B679 B580 B581 B582 B583 B584 B585 A487 B588 B589 B690 C692 B693 B694 C695 A5
3296 A53404 E63405 E73409 E83416 D63420 C63427 D73428 D73436 D53445 C53446 C53452 D73453 E73462 D83463 D83464 C83469 C8
3473 E83474 C73475 C73476 E73477 E83478 D83480 E73481 D83486 D83487 E73488 E73489 C53490 E83491 E83492 E83493 E83494 E8
3495 C63498 C63499 C63512 E53517 E53518 E53522 E53524 E53527 D43528 D43530 D33533 D33535 C33536 C33537 D33538 D33539 D33541 C33565 C43572 C53573 D53576 D53578 D53579 D53581 B43582 B43583 B43601 B53604 B53605 B53607 A43608 A53609 A43610 A43614 B73619 C63620 C63621 C63622 A43623 A43625 B53626 B53628 B53631 B73634 B73635 B73636 B73637 B73681 C13684 C13685 B13686 B13687 C13689 C13690 C23691 E13692 E13693 D13694 E13695 D13696 D13697 D13930 C33931 C33932 C33933 C33934 C33935 C23936 B33937 B33938 B33939 B33940 B33941 B23942 C23946 B33947 C23948 C33949 C23952 C23953 C23955 B23956 B2
3957 B33958 B13959 C33960 B13964 C33965 C33971 B23972 B23973 B23974 C23985 B33988 A33989 A33991 A33992 A33993 A33994 B33995 A33996 B44000 A84001 A84002 A54003 A74004 A54005 A74006 A84010 A74011 A64012 A64013 A64015 A84101 B84102 B84103 B84104 B84105 B84106 B84107 B84108 B84109 B84110 B84111 B84112 C74113 C74115 B74116 C84117 A84130 C84136 C84144 B74209 A64210 B64211 B64212 B54213 B64214 C64219 B54221 B54222 A54223 A64224 A54226 A54227 A64240 C44241 C44470 E84492 E84533 E54534 C44535 C44536 C34537 C44601 A44602 C64604 A44605 C74606 C74607 A44609 A64610 A44611 B44612 A54620 C7
4631 B44635 C74637 B64642 A74644 A74645 B64646 B54648 B74649 A44691 C14692 D14693 D14694 C14695 E14696 C14910 B34911 B24912 B24913 C24914 A44915 A44916 A44917 A44921 C25001 A75002 A75003 A55202 B55203 B55205 B65206 B55207 B55209 A55210 B65211 A65212 A65213 B65214 A55215 B55513 D55533 D45534 C45535 C45601 C75910 C25911 B25912 B26002 A86003 A86004 A56005 A76106 B86132 C86201 A46202 B66203 B66204 A66205 C66207 A56208 C56209 C46210 B56211 B56407 D56408 D56441 D66442 D66443 C66450 E76451 E76457 C76458 C86482 C56483 C76484 D66488 D76489 D76512 D56514 E56531 D36532 D46533 D46534 D4
6538 D46541 C36564 C46565 C46566 C46571 C56572 D56576 C36602 A46610 A56694 C16901 B36903 C36904 C26906 B27001 A57003 A77103 A77104 B77200 B67201 A57202 A57205 C57207 B67208 B67209 A57210 A57402 E77403 E77404 C67408 C67410 C67411 C67454 C87455 D87456 D87480 E77481 D87482 C57483 E87484 C57511 E57514 E57532 D47535 C37536 C37541 C27561 C47573 C57602 B77604 A47606 B77607 B77691 D17901 C37903 C37904 C37991 B37992 B37993 B4
Part 4E_14480_003d.eps
Part 3E_14480_003c.eps
3139 123 5673.1
Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)
Part 1E_14480_003a.eps
Part 2E_14480_003b.eps
2001 A82002 A82003 A72004 A72007 A72009 A72013 A72014 A72016 A72103 B72104 A72107 B82108 B82122 B82124 B72126 B82127 B8
2131 C82133 C82136 C82137 B82157 A82158 A82159 A72163 A72204 A52205 B52206 B52207 A42208 A42209 B52210 B52211 B62212 B5
2213 B52214 A52215 B62216 B62221 A52222 A52223 B62225 B62226 A52227 A52229 B62231 B62232 B62233 B62235 A52236 A52237 B6
2238 A52239 A52241 A52242 B62243 B62244 A52245 A52246 B62247 B62248 A52249 B62252 B62253 A62254 A62255 A72256 A62257 A6
2258 B62259 B52260 A62261 A62262 B62263 A62264 B62266 A62267 A62268 A52269 A52270 A62271 A62272 A62274 A62276 A62277 B5
2278 A52279 B52280 B52282 B52283 A62284 A62285 A62286 B62287 B62288 B42289 B42402 E82403 E82408 C62409 D62410 C62414 C6
2420 C62425 C62428 D72453 E82456 D82461 D72462 D72464 C82468 C82469 D72470 C82480 E82482 C52483 E82487 D62488 C52489 D6
2490 D82491 E82512 E52513 E52515 D52516 E52517 E52518 E52519 E52530 D42531 D42532 D42533 D32538 C42544 D42547 C42548 C4
2549 D32550 D32553 D42564 C42566 C42571 D52572 C52573 D52582 C42583 B42584 B42585 B42586 B42587 B42601 B52613 B52614 B7
2615 B72617 B72620 A52622 B72623 A52625 A42626 C62627 B62628 B62629 B62630 C72692 D12928 C32929 B32930 B32931 C32932 C3
2933 C32934 C32935 B32936 B32937 B32938 B32939 B32942 C22946 B22947 C22950 B22951 C22952 C22953 C22954 B22955 B22957 B1
2958 B22963 B22970 B22971 B22972 B22973 B22974 B22977 C22979 C32980 B12981 B22982 B22983 B22984 B22985 B32986 A32987 A3
2988 A32989 B32990 A32991 A32992 A32993 A32994 A32995 A32996 A32997 A33000 A83001 A83002 A83003 A73004 A83005 A73006 A5
3007 A53008 A73009 A53010 A73014 A73016 A73018 A73019 A73104 B73106 A73111 B83113 B83115 B83121 B83124 B73126 B73129 C8
3130 C83132 C83134 C83135 C83136 C83156 A83161 B83162 A83164 B83166 A83168 B73169 B73202 B53203 A53204 B53205 A53206 A5
3207 B53208 A43209 A43210 A43211 A43212 B53214 B53216 B63217 A53218 B53219 B53220 B63221 B63222 A63223 A43225 B63226 B6
3227 B63228 B63229 B63232 A53233 C63235 A53236 A53237 A53238 B63240 B63242 B63243 A53244 A63245 C53247 A63248 B73250 B7
3251 A63253 A63254 A63255 A63256 A63257 B73259 B53261 B43262 B53263 B53264 B53265 B53266 B53267 A63268 B73269 B53271 B6
3232323232323232323232323232323232
58L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
Part 1
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 59L04L AA 7.
E_14480_003b.eps200204
Layout Mono Carrier (Part 2 Bottom Side)
Part 2
60L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
E_14480_003c.eps090204
Part 3
Layout Mono Carrier (Part 3 Bottom Side)
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 61L04L AA 7.
E_14480_003d.eps090204
Part 4
Layout Mono Carrier (Part 4 Bottom Side)
62L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
75 1
0330 B11254-A B71255 B61256-A B61331 E11332 B71351 F21352 F92330 B32331 D62332 C52333 D42334 B32335 F22351 G32352 F62353 F73328 D23329 C23330 D23331 D43332 C43333 C43334 C5
FOCUS2 EHT
9 10 11
FROM LOT, MAIN CHASSIS
9 10 11
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
T0 CRT SOCKET
3335 C43336 C53337 E33351 G33354 F53355 E63356 B63357 D64328 D24329 C24330 D24337 E35330 G55351 F35352 E45355 E66331 C46332 B46333 B46334 F26335 F26336 F36337 F37330 B29351 F39352 E6F331 E1F332 E1F333 E1F334 E1F335 E1F336 F1F338 C5F339 C5F340 C5F341 C5F351 G2F352 G2F353 G4F354 G3F356 E5I330 C4I331 C4I332 D4I333 C4I334 C4I335 D4I336 C5I337 D3I351 G2I353 F5I355 D6I357 B7
NO
T U
SE
D
CRT
LINE + FRAME DEFLECTION
13B BBB7
E_14480_017.eps200204
VSVM
*
VG
B2
B2
B1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
G
From 1401 of
*
10n
Line + FrameDeflection
1
2
3
4
5
1351
5330
F351
2335
I353
10u
2351
100R
3351I351
5351
9351
1352
F352 F353
F354
Filament
+200V
+200VA
EHTb
SVM_ROT
ROT
3139 123 5674.1
CRT Panel
B G R
Blue
Green
Red
3k75
188k7
3k77
3k75
188k7
3k77
3k75
188k7
Vref
7VPROTECTIONTHERMAL
BC1A1
Vref
Vdd
2.5V
3k77
A2Vref
Vdd
BC2
A3Vref
Vdd
BC3
V
140V
6V
140V
2V5
5351
ITEM
100R100R100R
100R
IND FXD LAL04A 22U PM10
100R
9351
RE
S
RGB+DISPL-29FS_IN100R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B
10n
140V
A
B
C
D
E
---
THE REST
*
ROW
2V5
2V5
---
From 1204 of
4330
WIRE
*
---
B1
1K
R
T0
CR
T S
OC
KE
T
1K
1K
CRT Sockets
AQUADAG
1n5
CRT PANEL
------
JMP---
JMP
3337
4329
G
*
4328
4337
333033293328
RE
S
*
*F334
H19
7
F356Features &Connectivities
TDA6107
---------
---
JMP
4337
1n2333
F341
4329
4330
4328
8
F3402 IN2
3 IN3
9OUT1
8OUT2
7OUT3
6
Vdd
CR
7330
5BCI
GND
4
1 IN1
27u
5352
K5
354
8
H19
I335
CR
BA
V21
6332
3357
F331
3336
I331
100R
3330
0330
MECHPART
100n
2330
3332
3337
CG6I330
I355
I332
9352
CG6
3331
100R
3334
GND12
I334
10n
2331
F335
6334
6337
ZX
384-
C5V
6
ZX
384-
C5V
6
F333
3n3
2353
3355
G1523
34
CB11CB11
I357
G27
2352
680p
3329
3328
100R
100R
6336
6333
BA
V21
ZX
384-
C5V
6
BA
V21
6331
3356
10R
3335
100R
1
5355
1255
10
11
12
4
5
6
7
8
9
H210
GND12
1332
2332
G2
H210
F338
I333
G15
I336
F332
1
100R
3333
G3
1254-A1256-A
G31
ZX
384-
C5V
6
6335
I337
F336
F339
1
2
3
4
5
6
BC_INFO
GN
D_C
RT
1331
+200VA
EHTb
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 63L04L AA 7.
SCAVEMCOIL
ROTATIONCOIL
0316 A61361 B71381 E71382 B42361 B42362 B42363 A42364 B42365 C42367 C62368 B42376 C22381 D32382 E62383 F62384 B52385 C52386 F32387 D33361 B33362 C33363 A53364 A53365 B53366 C53367 C5
A
B
C
D
E
F
3368 D53369 C53370 D53371 C63373 A23374 F53375 B23376 B23381 E43383 D43384 F43385 F43386 F53387 B33388 B43389 C43390 D34374 F55331 D25361 B66361 C36376 B26381 E56383 D27331 E37332 E37361 B37362 D37363 B57364 C57366 E67376 B27381 E57382 F59361 B6F360 D2F361 B6F362 C6F381 E7F382 E7I360 A5I361 B3I362 B3I363 D3I364 C3I365 C4I366 B5I367 B5I368 B5
I369 C5I370 A4I371 C5I372 C5I373 B3I374 B2I375 C2I381 D3I383 E4I384 F4I385 F4I386 D2I387 E3
I387
E_14480_018.eps200204
B1
0V6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
E
F
RE
S
8V7
2386
100n
I385
3374
3384
10K
F382
100R
3381
7382BC337-40
7366BC857B
100n
2382
4374
BC857B7332
82K
3386
23
1381
1
1u0
2383
I384
F381
6381
BA
S31
6
3385
1K0
ROT
3139 123 5674.1
CRT Panel: Eco Scavem
VSVM
V
20V220p
B1
ECO SCAVEM
83V
35V
83V
RES
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A
B
C
D
1K8
220p
2SA1358
9V4
8V7
17V7
0V314V
35V
2SC3421
1K8
K A
AK
A
AK
K
58V
To 1470 of13V6
14V4
26V20V
1R8
13V
6361
BA
V99
I381
3376
2376
22n
I365 I371
I362
I370
7363
3373
7364
7381BC337-40
31361
12
2363
22u
100V
F360
3367
68K
3387
9361I3
73
I369
3375
180K I368
I375
I366
RGP10D
1382
6383
7376BC857B
6376
2384
BAV99
I367
I386
470R
3371
100V
10u23
67
I360
0316
MECHPART
4n7
2364
400
I372
5361
I361
3388
33R
F361
1n0
2362
I363
10R
3365
2387
47p
68K
3366
1K2
3383
3364
1K8
I364
BC857B7362
2361
250
47n
33R
3389
1K0
3390
25V
100u23
81
1K5
3361
2368
22u
100V
I383
I374
3370
F362
238510R
3369
5331
560R
3363
560R
3368
7361BC847B
3362
10R
68K
4n7
2365
7331BC847B
Filament
SVM_ROT
64L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
E_14480_004.eps100204
0316 A20330 A11254 A21255 A21256 A21331 A11332 A11351 A11352 A11361 A21381 A22330 A12351 A12352 A12353 A22361 A22363 A22364 A22367 A22368 A22381 A23331 A13332 A23333 A13334 A13335 A13336 A13351 A13354 A23355 A13356 A13362 A23364 A23367 A23371 A23373 A13381 A25330 A15331 A25351 A1
5352 A25361 A26331 A16332 A16333 A16383 A27330 A17363 A27364 A27381 A27382 A29351 A19352 A19361 A29373 A19390 A2
Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 65L04L AA 7.
E_14480_005.eps100204
2331 A12332 A22333 A12334 A12335 A12362 A22365 A22376 A22382 A22383 A22384 A22385 A22386 A22387 A23328 A13329 A13330 A13337 A13357 A13361 A23363 A23365 A23366 A23368 A23369 A23370 A23374 A23375 A23376 A23383 A23384 A23385 A23386 A23387 A23388 A23389 A23390 A24328 A14329 A14330 A14337 A1
4370 A24374 A26334 A16335 A16336 A16337 A16361 A26376 A26381 A27331 A27332 A27361 A27362 A27366 A27376 A2
Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
2333
3376
2376
66L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
9 10
9 10
A
B
C
D
1232 A91250-A C11250-B D11250-C C11251 A21252 B51254 B61277-A C11277-B D11278 A101279 B102171 D42172 C42173 C32174 D32175 C42176 B82178 B82180 D42181 C83150 D33151 D33152 C33153 C33154 B23155 A23156 B83157 B83158 A33159 A43160 B43161 C84180 A26161 B39152 D39175 C49180 D49181 A3F150 D4F151 D4F152 C4F153 B4F154 B7I152 D3I155 C3I157 B3I162 B7I163 C8I166 B7I168 B8I169 C8I170 B10I171 B10SG01 A3SG02 B3SG03 D3SG04 C3SG08 B4
SG09 B4SG10 B4SG11 B4
HEADPHONE
ECO SUB
TO
TO
SPEAKER
123
1279
6
7
8
9
12321
2
3
4
5
I170
I171
1278
1234
E_14480_037.eps190204
Side AV + Headphone Panel
RE
S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
B
C
D
*From
Mai
n C
hass
is 1
207
*
RE
S
*
RE
S
330p
470p
F
SIDE AV PANEL + HP PANEL
470p
F
for
2X5W
from
128
0
*
*
*
Fea
ture
s &
Con
nect
iviti
es
*
RIGHT
*
for
2X10
W fr
om 1
902
BZ
X79
-C6V
8
from
Mai
n C
hass
is
*
LEFT
VIDEO IN
*
*
* *
Video_Gnd
2173
I166
Video_Gnd
2171
3153
I168
SG
04
75R
3158
3157
2172
4180
2175
2u291
81
I155
3152
5
6
SG
03
1250-B
4
1277-A
Video_Gnd
F152
3159
100R
1234567
1252
3150
47K
9152
SG
09
9175
SG
08
I162
6161
I163
2181
1250-A 7
8
9 1u
I169
39K
3161
12345
F153
1254
2176
2178
150RS
G11
F154
3151
100R
3160
1
2
3
3156
2180
2u2 50
1250-C
I152S
G10
F151
2174
I157
1277-B
F150
Video_GndSG
02
Video_Gnd
Video_Gnd
SG
01
2345
Video_Gnd
LAP5100-1411F1251
61
9180
3155
75R
75R
3154
3139 123 5718.1
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 67L04L AA 7.
E_14480_039.eps1002043139 123 5718.1
Layout Side AV + Headphone Panel (Top Side)
Layout Side AV + Headphone Panel (Bottom Side)
E_14480_038.eps1002043139 123 5718.1
1232 A41250 A31251 A21252 A1
1254 A31277 A21278 A41279 A4
2171 A12172 A22173 A32174 A2
2175 A22180 A13150 A23151 A2
3152 A33153 A33154 A13155 A1
3156 A43157 A43158 A13159 A1
3160 A16161 A19152 A39175 A2
9180 A19181 A1
2176 A1 2178 A1 2181 A2 3161 A2 4180 A3
2181
68L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
1013 A1
m Side)
E_14480_033.eps100204
3010 A13011 A13012 A13013 B13014 B13015 B13016 C1
E_14480_032.eps1902043139 123 5714.1
1014 A1
3139 123 5714.1
Top Control Panel
Layout Top Control Panel (Top Side)
3016
3012301330143015
volu
me-
OF
JMP
3011
L03SS
1K8
820R
FROM 1682
ITEM
volu
me+
JMP
1 2 3
1 2 3
A
B
A
B
1010 A11011 B3
1012 B31013 B2
1014 B23010 A2
200R
120R
150R390R
200R430R
820R
*
TOP CONTROL (PV2)
RE
S *
2K2
** *
3011 A23012 A2
3013 A33014 B3
3015 A33016 B3
F011 A2F012 A3
I011 A2I013 A3
I017 B3I018 A3
*
chan
nel+
chan
nel-L04
KEY_PROTN
SK
QN
AB
1013
3016
3014
3010
10101
2
3
F011
I017
1012
SK
QN
AB
1014
SK
QN
AB
3013
3011
F012
SK
QN
AB
1011
3012
I018I011
3015
I013
E
E_14480_031.eps1902043139 123 5714.1
1010 A11011 B11012 C1
Layout Top Control Panel (Botto
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 69L04L AA 7.
330nF---
330nF---
330nF---
24742475
330nF--- 560nF
--- 330nF--- ---
470nF
nel (Top Side)
E_14480_044.eps100204
2479 C23461 B23462 B13463 B13464 B1
3465 B13466 B23467 A23468 A23469 C2
3470 C13471 D25460 B25461 C26460 A1
6461 A26462 D26463 C17460 A17461 A2
7462 D29460 B2
1 2 3 4
9460 --- --- --- JMP JMP JMP JMP
E_14480_043.eps2002043139 123 5759.1
3139 123 5759.1
Linearity & Panorama Panel
I2SD/1
TO HORIZONTAL
1u
1u
DIVERSITY TABLE
22u
Regions
120N
1 2 3 4
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
1461 A11462 D41463 D31464 D12460 B32464 B42465 A3
INNER PIN CUSHION CORRECTION
34 BMCC*
LINE DEFLECTION
2466 A42467 B42468 B12469 C12470 C12471 D32472 E32473 E32474 D22475 D22476 D12477 E12478 E12479 E13461 A23462 B23463 B23464 C23465 B33466 A33467 B43468 C43469 B13470 C13471 E45460 D15461 D16460 B3
470n
DEFLECTION COIL
470N
From 1221 of
29 RF PDCC
2466
34 RF PDCC
*
6462 B46463 D36464 C17460 B37462 A47463 E39460 D1I402 A3I403 A2I404 A4I405 A4I406 B3I407 A1I408 B3I409 B2I410 B4I412 B1I413 C1I415 C1I416 B4I417 B1I418 E3I419 D3I420 E4
28WR
470nF---
32WR
470nF---
EU28WS
---560nF
Screen Size2469
I421 E3
LINEARITY & PANORAMA PANEL
220N
*
*
TO 1404 OF
*
22u
I408
*2475
15K
3470
24WR
2470
28WR680nF
---
32WR
470nF---
---560nF28WS
---680nF
NA / LA /AP
I402
*
I412
4R7
I415
3469
1463
23
149460
1462
123
4
100R
3468
I416
1461
1
I407
3465
470K
I410
I417
I404
3463
2K7
2465
100n
I406
34672K7
1
4
2470
1464
1N41
48
6463
2477
3471
3K9
2468
100V2u2
7460BC547B
6460
BZX79-C4V7
2460
10u
470n
2476
7463BC547B
I41924
66
2479
2478
7462
2467
2n2
6462
BZ
X79
-C12
IRF640
3462
6K8
10u
2471
5461
5460
I421
3464
2K2
I405
3461
100K
3466
47K
I403
2464
2n2
I409
2469
I413
6464
RG
P10
D
I420
2472 1u
I418
2474
2473
10n
+9V
Layout Linearity & Panorama Pa1461 B21462 D21463 D11464 C22460 A1
2464 B22465 B12466 B22467 A22468 C2
2469 B22470 B12471 D22472 D22473 D2
2474 D22475 C22476 C22477 C22478 C2
70L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
3-STATEGND
TV/PIP panels
1206 E81212 B91214 A21215 E81216 A32605 C52606 F42610 E92611 E92612 C52613 C12614 D12615 D12616 D12617 D12618 E12626 E82627 E92628 A82630 E42631 F42633 E52634 E62636 E72638 F73610 D93612 B63613 D53614 D53615 D5
8 9
8 9
A
B
C
D
E
F
RES
3616 E83617 E83619 E13620 E13621 E13625 F93626 A83627 A83628 A73630 F53631 F43632 E53633 E53634 E63635 E63636 E63637 E73638 F74610 D94611 B64612 B64613 B64614 F64625 F94630 E94631 D54632 D74633 C84634 C84636 E55610 E45613 F96610 E96611 A66625 A76633 F56635 F66636 E47610 C67611 C27627 A87630 E57635 E69612 E49613 F9I610 B2I611 B2I612 B2I613 B3
I614 B6I616 D9I617 E9I618 F9I619 B6
RE
S
RE
S
I620 E9I621 C8I622 C9I623 E8I624 F8I626 B9I627 B9I628 B9I633 F8
RE
S
*
From
121
2 of
*
From 1214 of
From 1206 of
*
3621
I624
0V5
0V
4n7
2628
3
3619
2626
4
I626
100n
2610
I618
I633
2627
151
2
3
4
4625
3625
100R
I623 3617
100R
3616
I622
6
7
8
9
1
10
11
12
2
3
4
5
I616
1212
I627
2K2
3627
100R
3610
5613
9613
4610
4630
I620
I617
6610
BA
S31
6
PMBT23697627
36 2M
I628
10u
2611
25V
5
6
7
12061
2
3
4
14 FBI2
I621
SCL
SDA
Pb_2
INTF_V_OUT
Pr_2
Y_2
INTF_FBL
GND
INTF_Y_OUTINTF_U_OUT
SANDCASTLE
+8V
+9V
E_14480_040.eps200204
9V2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
F
3631
10K
10K
3630
1u0
2631
3638
330K
1u0
2638B
AS
316
6635
4614
BA
S31
6
6633
100n
2606
1Vp
9GND
+8V
3139 123 5740.1
LTI/CTI Interface Panel
SELECTABLECLAMP
SELECTABLECLAMP
SELECTABLECLAMP
SELECTABLECLAMP
SELECTABLECLAMP
3-STATE
3-STATE
SELECTABLE
DECODING
CLAMP
3-STATE
2V4
2V2
2V1
2V1
2V1
2V1
0V
0V6
2V1
2V1
2V1
9V
4V5
3V9
4V5
3V9from DVD/ID
for
DV
D/ID
TV
pan
els
from
PIP
pan
el
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A
B
C
D
E
LTI/CTI INTERFACE PANEL
0V0V5
0V20V20V30V6
5V19V2
RE
S
To 1212 of75
R
TDA8601T
7611
0V
2V2V
3V23V2
2V72V72V9
0V
I612
2634
680p 3635
560R
270R
1K0
3632
3634
463
75R
VCC20
VEE18
VIN9
VOUT16
YIN6
YOUT19
2324
SC1
SCL1114
SDA
SOUT21
UIN8
UOUT17
4
ADEXT35
ADR7
CF22
DECDIG15
2101213
7610TDA9178T/N1
IMPROVEMENTPICTURE
Φ
ADEXT13
ADEXT2
4632
4636
BA
S31
6
6636
I610
463
4612
I614
7635BC857BW
2636
470p
75R
3620
9612
12
1K0
3628
3613
100K100K3615
6611
BZX384-C6V8
4611
2630
1u0
3633
1K2
7630BC847BW
2613
100n
4631
4613
680p
2633
1K0
3626
37 2
100n
2616
3636
470R
2615
100n
100n
1 2 3 4 5
2612
1 2 3 4
1214
B5B
-EH
-A
B4B
-EH
-A
1216
100n
2618
I611
3614
100K
5610
100n
2605
1K0
3612
BZX384-C2V7
6625
11VIDOb
10VIDOc
15 FBI113FBO
16IOCNTR
5 SEL
2 VIDIa1
6 VIDIa2
3 VIDIb1
7 VIDIb2
4 VIDIc1
8 VIDIc2
12VIDOa
I619
I613
2617
100n
+8V
INTF_FBL
100n
2614
GND +9V
+9V
+8V
+8V
INTF_Pr|RED_ININTF_Pb|BLUE_ININTF_Y|GREEN_IN
SANDCASTLE
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts 71L04L AA 7.
Bottom Side)
E_14480_042.eps100204
625 A2626 A1627 A1628 A1630 A1631 A1632 A1
3633 A13634 A13635 A13636 A13637 A13638 A14610 A1
4611 A14612 A14613 A14614 A24617 A24625 A24630 A1
4631 A14632 A14633 A24634 A24635 A14636 A14637 A1
6610 A16611 A16625 A16633 A16635 A16636 A17610 A2
7611 A27627 A17630 A17635 A1
Layout LTI/CTI Interface Panel (Top Side)
E_14480_041.eps1002043139 123 5740.1
1206 A11212 A21214 A11215 A1
1216 A12611 A22636 A25610 A2
5613 A29612 A29613 A29614 A2
9615 A29616 A29617 A29618 A2
Layout LTI/CTI Interface Panel (
3139 123 5740.1
2605 A12606 A12610 A12612 A22613 A22614 A22615 A2
2616 A22617 A22618 A22626 A12627 A22628 A12630 A1
2631 A12633 A12634 A12638 A13610 A13612 A13613 A2
3614 A23615 A23616 A13617 A23619 A23620 A23621 A2
3333333
72L04L AA 7.Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
p Side)
ttom Side)
E_14480_035.eps100204
C1D2B3
9695 B39696 A3
E_14480_036.eps100204
1 2 3 4
3139 123 5722.1
Front Interface Panel
A9
+6
OF
L01 USA ONLY
RES
INPUT
RES
ONLY
T4.0AE
RES
1 2 3 4
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
1211 B11231 A31505 B41606 D31693 D12691 D4
LTR
-301
AC MAINS
From 1505 OF
POWER
NAFTA 110V
EUROPE 220V - 240V
ITVFOR
FROM 1693
LATAM 100V - 250V
FRONT INTERFACE PANEL
POWER SUPPLY
CONTROLFRONT
2692 E22698 D43500 B23501 B23691 D33693 D33694 C43696 E23697 E24001 C34601 E26691 D36692 C46693 E27691 E29001 A39002 B39695 D3
RE
S
I001 B2I002 B3I003 C3I004 D1I005 D1I006 D1I007 D3I008 D1I009 D4I010 D1I011 D3I012 B2I013 B4I014 B4I015 D1I016 E2
I014
110V/220V
I001
I008
7691
9002
I016
I015
I003
I011
I005
9001
1606
4
5 6
1
2
SDKVE30100
1231
3
330R
3691
I002
150512
21
47n
2692
5
6
LTL-10224WHCR
6691
I0091693
1
2
3
4 I007
3696
680K
6692TSOP1836
GND2
OUT1
VS3
9695
4001
10K
I004
3M3
3500
3697
I010
6693
121112
3694
4601
50V
10u26
91I006
I012
3M3
3501
2698
100n
3693
I013
220R
E_14480_034.eps2002043139 123 5722.1
Layout Front Interface Panel (To
Layout Front Interface Panel (Bo
3139 123 5722.1
1211 D11231 C31505 A1
1606 D41693 A32691 A4
2698 A33500 B23501 B3
3691 B33693 B33694 B3
6691 B46692 B46693 A4
900190029685
Alignments EN 73L04L AA 8.
8. Alignments
Index of this chapter:1. General Alignment Conditions2. Hardware Alignments3. Software Alignments and Settings Note:• The Service Default Mode (SDM) and Service Alignment
Mode (SAM) are described in chapter 5 “Service Modes, ...”.
• Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP, DOWN, LEFT, or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter.
8.1 General Alignment Conditions
Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditions:• AC voltage and frequency (region dependent):
– 120 V_ac / 60 Hz, or – 240 V_ac / 50 Hz.
• Connect the set to the AC power (a.k.a. Mains voltage) via an isolation transformer with a low internal resistance.
• Allow the set to warm up for approximately 20 minutes.• Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis
ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply). Never use the cooling fins / plates as ground.
• Test probe: Ri > 10 Mohm; Ci < 2.5 pF.• Use an isolated trimmer / screwdriver to perform the
alignments.
8.2 Hardware Alignments
Figure 8-1 Top view family board
8.2.1 Vg2 Adjustment
1. Activate the SAM.2. Go to the WHITE TONE sub menu.3. Set the values of NORMAL RED, GREEN and BLUE to
“32”.
4. Go, via the MENU key, to the normal user menu and set5. SATURATION/COLOR to “0”.6. CONTRAST to “0”.7. BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible).8. Return to the SAM via the MENU key.9. Connect the RF output of a pattern generator to the
antenna input. Test pattern is a 'black' picture (blank screen on CRT without any OSD info) with a signal strength of 1 V_pp.
10. Set the channel of the oscilloscope to 50 V/div and the time base to 0.2 ms (external triggering on the vertical pulse). Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 10:1 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (see diagram B).
11. Measure the cut off pulse during first full line after the frame blanking (see figure “V_cutoff waveform”). You will see two pulses, one being the “cut off” pulse and the other being the “white drive” pulse. Choose the one with the lowest value; this is the “cut off” pulse.
12. Select the cathode with the highest V_dc value for the alignment. Adjust the V_cutoff of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see figure “Top view family board”) on the LOT to 160 V_dc, except for the 25/28BLD picture tube (Black Line Display, for EU only); this tube must be aligned to 140 V_dc.
13. Restore BRIGHTNESS and CONTRAST to normal (= 31).
Figure 8-2 V_cutoff waveform
8.2.2 Focusing
1. Tune the set to a circle or crosshatch test pattern (use an external video pattern generator).
2. Choose picture mode NATURAL with the SMART PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter.
3. Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure “Top view family board”) until the vertical lines at 2/3 from east and west, at the height of the centerline, are of minimum width without visible haze.
1504C
E_14480_030.eps130204
A
D
BLOT
FocusScreen
VG2
5512
1005
ComPair
1000 (TUNER)
9275
SDM
7990
7601
1506
9252
1221
1204
0V Ref.E_06532_011.eps
110204
VCUTOFF [VDC]max.
AlignmentsEN 74 L04L AA8.
8.3 Software Alignments and Settings
Figure 8-3 Service Mode overview
!" #$
% #$
&'( #$
)
*
+,' *
$-
'
#. '
$'
+$
//0/ #$ +$
+$ +$
#* *1#
#*
*
2 31
. 44
3'5 3
.'6 3
33
++
+
+*
1
7 44 ""
"! .3 2
.
.
.
8
. 8
%
E_14480_001.eps240304
Alignments EN 75L04L AA 8.
Enter the Service Alignment Mode (see also chapter 5 “Service Modes, ....”). The SAM menu will now appear on the screen. Select one of the following alignments:• Options• Tuner• White Tone• Geometry• Audio
8.3.1 Options
Options are used to control the presence/absence of certain features and hardware.
How to change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options. Changing these bytes directly, makes it possible to set all options very fast. All options are controlled via seven option bytes. Select the option byte (OP1.. OP7) with the MENU UP/ DOWN keys, and enter the new value. Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the Option Byte settings. Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched “off” and “on” with the AC power switch (cold start).
How to calculate the value of an Option Byte• Calculate an Option Byte value (OP1 .. OP7) in the
following way:• Check the status of the single option bits (OB): are they
enabled (1) or disabled (0).• When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain
value (see column “Bit value” in table below). When an option bit is disabled, its value is 0.
• The total value of an Option Byte (decimal) is formed by the sum of its eight option bits. The factory values are printed on a sticker on the CRT (depends on region).
Table 8-1 Option Byte calculation
Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all software clusters.
Bit (value) OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 OP5 OP6 OP7
0 (1) OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB70
1 (2) OB11 OB21 OB31 OB41 OB51 OB61 OB71
2 (4) OB12 OB22 OB32 OB42 OB52 OB62 OB72
3 (8) OB13 OB23 OB33 OB43 OB53 OB63 OB73
4 (16) OB14 OB24 OB34 OB44 OB54 OB64 OB74
5 (32) OB15 OB25 OB35 OB45 OB55 OB65 OB75
6 (64) OB16 OB26 OB36 OB46 OB56 OB66 OB76
7 (128) OB17 OB27 OB37 OB47 OB57 OB67 OB77
Total: Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum
AlignmentsEN 76 L04L AA8.
Table 8-2 Option code overview per model (OP1 - OP4) • Option Byte 1 (OP1)– OB17: PHILIPS TUNER– OB16: FM RADIO– OB15: LNA– OB14: ATS (EU)– OB13: ACI– OB12: UK PNP– OB11: VIRGIN MODE– OB10: CHINA
• Option Byte 2 (OP2)– OB27: Reserved (value= 0)– OB26: GREEN UI– OB25: CHANNEL NAMING– OB24: LTI– OB23: TILT– OB22: FINE TUNING– OB21: PIP PHILIPS TUNER– OB20: HUE
• Option Byte 3 (OP3)– OB37: EW FUNCTION– OB36: 2 TUNER PIP– OB35: PIP SPLITTER– OB34: SPLITTER– OB33: VIRTUAL DOLBY– OB32: WIDE SCREEN– OB31: WSSB (EU)– OB30: ECO SUBWOOFER
• Option Byte 4 (OP4)– OB47: Reserved (value= 0)– OB46: Reserved (value= 0)– OB45: ULTRA BASS– OB44: DELTA VOLUME– OB43: Reserved (value= 0)– OB42: VOLUME LIMITER– OB41: Reserved (value= 0)– OB40: STEREO NICAM 2CS
Op
tio
n B
it
Op
tio
n N
ame
25P
T55
41
29P
T46
41
29P
T56
42
28P
W64
41
28P
W65
42
32P
W65
42
32P
W65
42/8
5
OP1
7 Philips Tuner 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 FM Radio 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 LNA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 ATS (EU) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 ACI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 UK PNP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 Virgin Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 China 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OP1 value (dec) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OP2
7 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Green_UI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 Channel Naming 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 LTI 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
3 Tilt 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
2 Fine_Tuning 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 PIP Philips Tuner 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 Hue 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
OP2 value (dec) 37 37 37 37 61 61 61
OP3
7 EW Function 1 0 1 1 1 1 1
6 2 Tuner PIP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 PIP_Splitter 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Splitter 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 Virtual Dolby 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
2 Wide Screen 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
1 WSSB (EU) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 Eco_Subwoofer 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OP3 value (dec) 144 16 144 148 156 156 156
OP4
7 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 Ultra Bass 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 Delta Volume 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 Volume Limiter 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 Stero_Nicam_2CS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OP4 value (dec) 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
Alignments EN 77L04L AA 8.
Table 8-3 Option code overview per model (OP5 - OP7)
• Option Byte 5 (OP5)– OB57: AV1– OB56: AV2– OB55: AV3– OB54: CVI– OB53: SVHS2– OB52: SVHS3– OB51: HOTEL MODE– OB50: Reserved (value= 0)
• Option Byte 6 (OP6)– OB67: PERSONAL ZAPPING– OB66: Reserved (value= 0)– OB65: FM TRAP– OB64: COMB FILTER– OB63: ACTIVE CONTROL– OB62: VIDEO TEXT– OB61: LIGHT SENSOR– OB60: DUAL TEXT
• Option Byte 7 (OP7)– OB77: TIME WIN1– OB76: Reserved (value= 0)– OB75: Reserved (value= 0)– OB74: Reserved (value= 0)– OB73: Reserved (value= 0)– OB72: Reserved (value= 0)– OB71: Reserved (value= 0)– OB70: Reserved (value= 0)
Option bit definition
Option Byte 1 (OP1)• OB17: PHILIPS TUNER
– 0 : ALPS / MASCO compatible tuner is in use.– 1 : Philips compatible tuner is in use.
• OB16: FM RADIO– 0 : FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : FM radio feature is enabled.
• OB15: LNA– 0 : Auto Picture Booster is not available or not
applicable.– 1 : Auto Picture Booster is available.
• OB14: ATS– 0 : Automatic Tuning System (ATS) feature is disabled
or not applicable.– 1 : ATS feature is enabled. When ATS is enabled, it
sorts the program in an ascending order starting from program “1”.
• OB13: ACI– 0 : Automatic Channel Installation (ACI) feature is
disabled or not applicable.– 1 : ACI feature is enabled.
• OB12: UK PNP– 0 : UK's default Plug and Play setting is not available or
not applicable.– 1 : UK's default Plug and Play setting is available.– When UK PNP and VIRGIN MODE are set to “1” at the
initial setup and after exiting from menu, VIRGIN MODE will be set automatically to “0” while UK PNP remains “1”.
• OB11: VIRGIN MODE– 0 : Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Virgin mode is enabled. Plug and Play menu item
will be displayed to perform installation at the initial startup of the TV when VIRGIN MODE is set to “1”. After installation is finished, this option bit will be automatically set to “0”.
• OB10: CHINA– 0 : Tuning is not for China set, or this option bit is not
applicable.– 1 : Tuning is for China set.
Option Byte 2 (OP2)• OB27: Reserved
– Default setting is “0”.• OB26: GREEN UI
– 0 : Green UI is disabled (for Philips brand).– 1 : Green UI is enabled (for Magnavox brand).– Note: only for NAFTA region.
• OB25: CHANNEL NAMING– 0 : Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Name FM Channel is enabled.– Note : Name FM channel can be enabled only when
FM RADIO= “1”.• OB24: LTI
– 0 : Luminance Transient Improvement (LTI) is disabled or not applicable.
– 1 : LTI is enabled.• OB23: TILT
– 0 : Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Rotate Picture is enabled.
• OB22: FINE TUNING– 0 : Fine Tuning for Channel Offset is disabled or not
applicable.– 1 : Fine Tuning for Channel Offset is enabled.
• OB21: PIP PHILIPS TUNER– 0 : ALPS / MASCO compatible tuner is in use for PIP
module.– 1 : Philips compatible tuner is in use for PIP module.
• OB20: HUE– 0 : Hue/Tint Level is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Hue/Tint Level is enabled.
Op
tio
n B
it
Op
tio
n N
ame
25P
T55
41
29P
T46
41
29P
T56
42
28P
W64
41
28P
W65
42
32P
W65
42
32P
W65
42/8
5
OP5
7 AV1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
6 AV2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 AV3 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
4 CVI 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
3 SVHS2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 SVHS3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 Hotel Mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OP5 value (dec) 202 202 250 250 250 250 250
OP6
7 Personal Zapping 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 FM Trap 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 Comb filter 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 Active control 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 Video Text 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 Light sensor 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
0 Dual Text 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OP6 value (dec) 40 40 42 40 42 42 40
OP7
7 Time Win1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 Reserved 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OP7 value (dec) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
AlignmentsEN 78 L04L AA8.
Option Byte 3 (OP3)• OB37: EW FUNCTION
– 0 : EW function is disabled. In this case, only Expand 4:3 is allowed, Compress 16:9 is not applicable.
– 1 : EW function is enabled. In this case, both Expand 4:3 and Compress 16:9 are applicable.
• OB36: 2 TUNER PIP– 0 : Software selection no PIP– 1 : Software selection with PIP– Note: Only for EU/AP region for sets with PIP.
• OB35: PIP SPLITTER– 0 : Normal Tuner in PIP– 1 : Splitter in PIP– Note: Only for EU/AP region. For PIP sets and build in
with Splitter in PIP tuner.• OB34: SPLITTER
– 0 : Normal Tuner for main chassis– 1 : Splitter Tuner for main chassis– Note: Only for EU/AP region.
• OB33: VIRTUAL DOLBY– 0 : Virtual Dolby is not applicable.– 1 : Virtual Dolby is applicable.
• OB32: WIDE SCREEN– 0 : Software is used for 4:3 sets or not applicable.– 1 : Software is used for 16:9 sets.
• OB31: WSSB (EU)– 0 : WSSB is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : WSSB is enabled.– Note : This option bit can be set to “1” only when WIDE
SCREEN= “1”.• OB30: ECO SUBWOOFER
– 0 : Feature is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Feature is enabled.
Option Byte 4 (OP4)• OB47: Reserved
– Default setting is “0”.• OB46: Reserved
– Default setting is “0”.• OB45: ULTRA BASS
– 0 : Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Ultra Bass is enabled.– Default setting is “0”.
• OB44: DELTA VOLUME– 0 : Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Delta Volume Level is enabled.
• OB43: Reserved– Default setting is “0”.
• OB42: VOLUME LIMITER– 0 : Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Toggle Volume Limiter Level is enabled.
• OB41: Reserved– Default setting is “0”.
• OB40: STEREO NICAM 2CS– 0 : For AV Stereo.– 1 : For NICAM Stereo 2CS.
Option Byte 5 (OP5)• OB57: AV1
– 0 : AV1 source is not present.– 1 : AV1 source is present.
• OB56: AV2– 0 : AV2 source is not present.– 1 : AV2 source is present.– Note : For EU, when AV2=“1”, both EXT2 and SVHS2
should be included in the OSD loop.• OB55: AV3
– 0 : Side/Front AV3 source is not present.– 1 : Side/Front AV3 source is present.
• OB54: CVI– 0 : CVI source is not available.– 1 : CVI source is available.
• OB53: SVHS2– 0 : SVHS2 source is not available.
– 1 : SVHS2 source is available.– Note : This option bit is not applicable for EU.
• OB52: SVHS3– 0 : SVHS3 source is not available.– 1 : SVHS3 source is available.– Note : This option bit is not applicable for EU.
• OB51: HOTEL MODE– 0 : Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Hotel mode is enabled.
• OB50: Reserved– Default setting is “0”.
Option Byte 6 (OP6)• OB67: PERSONAL ZAPPING
– 0 : Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable.
– 1 : Personal Zapping feature is enabled.• OB66: Reserved
– Default setting is “0”.• OB65: FM TRAP
– 0 : FM Trap is not present.– 1 : FM Trap is present.– Note: Only for LATAM region.
• OB64: COMBFILTER– 0 : 3D-combfilter is not present.– 1 : 3D-combfilter is present.
• OB63: ACTIVE CONTROL– 0 : Active Control feature is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Active Control feature is enabled.
• OB62: VIDEO TEXT– 0 : Video Text (DW with TXT) is disabled or not
applicable.– 1 : Video Text (DW with TXT) is enabled.– Note: For EU only.
• OB61: LIGHT SENSOR– 0 : Light sensor feature is disabled or not applicable.– 1 : Light sensor feature is enabled.
• OB60: DUAL TEXT– 0 : Dual Text and Text Dual Screen are disabled or not
applicable.– 1: Dual Text and Text Dual Screen are enabled.
Option Byte 7 (OP7)• OB77: TIME WIN1
– 00 : The time window is set to 1.2 s.– 01 : The time window is set to 2 s.– Note :The time-out for all digit entries depends on this
setting.• OB76: Reserved
– Default setting is “0”.• OB75: Reserved
– Default setting is “0”.• OB74: Reserved
– Default setting is “0”.• OB73: Reserved
– Default setting is “0”.• OB72 Reserved
– Default setting is “0”.• OB71 Reserved
– Default setting is “0”.• OB70: Reserved
– Default setting is “0”.
Alignments EN 79L04L AA 8.
8.3.2 Tuner
Note: Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (item 7601) is replaced.
IF PLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned. Therefore, no action is required.
AGC (AGC take over point)1. Set the external pattern generator to a color bar video
signal and connect the RF output to aerial input. Set amplitude to 10 mV and set frequency to 61.25 MHz (channel 3).
2. Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main panel).
3. Activate the SAM.4. Go to the TUNER sub menu.5. Select AGC with the UP/DOWN cursor keys.6. Adjust the AGC-value with the LEFT/ RIGHT cursor keys
until the voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies between 3.8 and 2.3 V (default value is “20”).
7. Switch the set to STANDBY, in order to store the alignments.
CL (Cathode drive level)Always set to “5”.
8.3.3 White Tone
In the WHITE TONE sub menu, the values of the black cut off level can be adjusted. Normally, no alignment is needed, and you can use the given default values.The color temperature mode (NORMAL, COOL and WARM) and the color (R, G, and B) can be selected with the UP/DOWN RIGHT/LEFT cursor keys. The value can be changed with the LEFT/RIGHT cursor keys. First, select the values for the NORMAL color temperature. Then select the values for the COOL and WARM mode. After alignment, switch the set to STANDBY, in order to store the alignments. Default settings:• NORMAL:
– NORMAL R= “26”– NORMAL G= “32”– NORMAL B= “27”
• COOL:– DELTA COOL R= “-3”– DELTA COOL G= “0”– DELTA COOL B= “5”
• WARM:– DELTA WARM R= “2”– DELTA WARM G= “0”– DELTA WARM B= “-6”
8.3.4 Geometry
The geometry alignments menu contains several items to align the set, in order to obtain correct picture geometry.
Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments
1. Connect an external video pattern generator to the aerial input of the TV-set and input a crosshatch test pattern. Set the generator amplitude to at least 1 mV and set frequency to 61.25 MHz (channel 3).
2. Set 'Smart Picture' to NATURAL (or MOVIES).3. Activate the SAM menu (see chapter 5 “Service Modes,
...”).4. Go to the GEOMETRY sub menu.5. Choose HORIZONTAL or VERTICAL alignment.
E_06532_010.eps110204
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
VERT. SLOPE
VERT. SHIFT
VERT. AMPLITUDE
V.S-CORRECTION
HOR. SHIFT
HOR. AMPLITUDE
E/W PARABOLE
UPPER E/W CORNER
LOWER E/W CORNER
E/W TRAPEZIUM
HOR. PARALLELOGRAM
HOR. BOW
AlignmentsEN 80 L04L AA8.
Now the following alignments can be performed:
Horizontal• Horizontal Parallelogram (HP). Align straight vertical
lines in the top and the bottom; vertical rotation around the center.
• Horizontal Bow (HB). Align straight horizontal lines in the top and the bottom; horizontal rotation around the center.
• Horizontal Shift (HSH). Align the horizontal center of the picture to the horizontal center of the CRT.
• East West Width (EWW). Align the picture width until the complete test pattern is visible.
• East West Parabola (EWP). Align straight vertical lines at the sides of the screen.
• Upper Corner Parabola (UCP). Align straight vertical lines in the upper corners of the screen.
• Lower Corner Parabola (LCP). Align straight vertical lines in the lower corners of the screen.
• East West Trapezium (EWT). Align straight vertical lines in the middle of the screen.
• H60 (Delta HSH for 60Hz, if present). Align straight horizontal lines if NTSC system is used (60 Hz) i.s.o. PAL (50 Hz). Default value is “9”.
Vertical• Service blanking (SBL). Switch the blanking of the lower
half of the screen “on” or “off” (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment).
• Vertical Shift (VSH). Align the vertical centering so that the test pattern is located vertically in the middle. Repeat the 'vertical amplitude' alignment if necessary.
• Vertical slope (VS). Align the vertical center of the picture to the vertical center of the CRT. This is the first of the vertical alignments to perform. For an easy alignment, set SBL to “on”.
• Vertical Amplitude (VAM). Align the vertical amplitude so that the complete test pattern is visible.
• Vertical S-Correction (VSC). Align the vertical linearity, meaning that vertical intervals of a grid pattern must be equal over the entire screen height.
• Vertical Zoom (VX, if present). The vertical zoom is added in for the purpose of development. It helps the designer to set proper values for the movie expand or movie(16x9) compress. Default value is “25”.
• V60 (Delta VAM for 60Hz, if present). Align straight vertical lines if NTSC system (60 Hz) is used i.s.o. PAL (50 Hz). Default value is “-2”.
In the next table, you will find the GEOMETRY default values for the different sets.
Table 8-4 Default geometry values
8.3.5 Audio
No alignments are needed for the audio sub menu. Use the given default values.
QSS (Quasi Split Sound)• For NICAM/2CS sound system (EU/AP, except for AP-
NTSC): set to “On”.• For AV-Stereo sound system (sets without NICAM): set to
“On”.• For all other sets (NAFTA/LATAM/AP-NTSC): set to “Off”.
FMI (Freq. Modulation Intercarrier)• For NICAM/2CS sound system (EU/AP, except for
APNTSC): set to “On”.• For AV-Stereo sound system (sets without NICAM): set to
“Off”.• For dBx/non-dBx sound systems: set to “On”.
NICAM Alignment• For sets with NICAM/2CS (EU/AP, except for AP-NTSC)
sound system: set to “79”.• For all other sets (NAFTA/LATAM/AP-NTSC): set to “63”.
Alig
nm
ent
25P
T55
41
29P
T46
41
29P
T56
42
28P
W64
41
28P
W65
42
32P
W65
42
HP (Horizontal parallelogram) 31 31 31 31 31 31
HB (Horizontal Bow) 31 31 31 31 31 31
HSH (Horizontal shift) 26 26 26 26 26 26
EWW (EW width) 37 37 37 37 37 37
EWP (EW parabola width) 10 10 10 10 10 10
EWT (EW trapezium) 26 26 26 26 26 26
UCP (EW upper corner parabola) 30 30 30 30 30 30
LCP (EW lower corner parabola) 40 40 40 40 40 40
-
VS (Vertical slope) 37 37 37 37 37 37
VSH (Vertical Shift) 26 26 26 26 26 26
VAM (Vertical amplitude) 30 30 30 30 30 30
VSC (Vertical S-Correction) 30 30 32 18 27 16
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets EN 81L04L AA 9.
9. Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets
Index of this chapter:1. Introduction2. Power Supply3. Deflection4. Control5. Tuner and IF6. Source Selection7. Audio8. Video9. Abbreviations10. IC Data Sheets Notes: • Only new circuits compared to the L01.1 chassis are
described in this chapter. For the other circuit descriptions, see the manual of the L01.1 chassis.
• Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to different set executions.
• For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions, please use the diagrams in sections “Block Diagrams, ...”, and/or “Electrical Diagrams”. Where necessary, you will find a separate drawing for clarification.
9.1 Introduction
The "L04" chassis is a global TV chassis for the model year 2004 and is used for TV sets with large screen sizes (from 21 to 36 inch), in Super Flat and Real Flat executions (both in 4:3 and 16:9 variants). There are three types of CRT namely the 100 degrees, 110 degrees and Wide Screen CRT. • The 100 deg. 4:3 CRT is raster-correction-free and does
not need East/West Correction (except when used in AP regions), therefore the corrections needed are Horizontal Shift, Vertical Slope, Vertical Amplitude, Vertical S-Correction, Vertical Shift, and Vertical Zoom for geometry corrections.
• The 110 deg. 4:3 CRT comes with East/West Correction. In addition to the parameter mentioned above, it also needs the Horizontal Parallelogram, Horizontal Bow, Horizontal Shift, East/West Width, East/West Parabola, East/West Upper and Lower Corners, and East/West Trapezium correction.
• The Wide Screen TV sets have all the correction of the 110 deg. 4:3 CRTs and also have additional picture format like the 4:3 format, 16:9, 14:9, 16:9 zoom, subtitle zoom, and the Super-Wide picture format.
In comparison to its predecessor (the L01.1), this chassis is has the following (new) features:• Audio: The sound processor is part of the UOC processor
(called “Hercules”).• Video: Enhanced video features, video drivers, and Active
Control.• Control: Comparable to L01.1 (e.g. Dual clock, I/O
mapping, I/O switching).• Power Supply: Adapted to supply the Hercules IC, and to
enable 0.5 W Standby power dissipation. Also provisions are made for future extensions like DVD and iDTV.
The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called "family board"), a Picture Tube panel, a Side I/O panel, and a Top Control panel. The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with some surface mounted devices in the audio and video processing part.The functions for video/audio processing, microprocessor (P), and CC/Teletext (TXT) decoder are all combined in one IC (TDA1200x, item 7200), the so-called third generation Ultimate One Chip (UOC-III) or “Hercules”. This chip is mounted on the “solder” side of the main panel, and has the following features:
• Control, small signal, mono/stereo, and extensive Audio/Video switching in one IC.
• Upgrade with digital sound & video processing.• Alignment free IF, including SECAM-L/L1 and AM
(depends on region).• FM sound 4.5/5.5/6.0/6.5, no traps/bandpass filters.• Full multi-standard color decoder.• One Xtal reference for all functions (microprocessor, RCP,
TXT/CC, RDS, color decoder, and stereo sound processor).
The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen display. The main tuning system uses a tuner, a microcomputer, and a memory IC mounted on the main panel. The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC, the customer keyboard, remote receiver, tuner, signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus. The memory IC retains the settings for favorite stations, customer-preferred settings, and service / factory data. The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor where they are added to the main signal. The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source. The chassis has a 'hot' ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis.
9.2 Power Supply
9.2.1 Block Diagram
Figure 9-1 Block diagram power supply
Stdby_con signalThe Hercules generates this signal. This line is logic “low” (0 V) under normal operation and in semi-Standby of the TV, and is “high” (3.3 V) during Standby.
Power_down signalThe AUX SMPS generates this signal. It is logic “high” (3 .3 V) under normal operation of the TV and goes “low” (0 V) when the AC power (or Mains) input voltage supply goes below 70 V_ac.
B (Hercules port)This port is used to switch the AUX SMPS output V_aux “On/Off”. This is required for DVD and iDTV (for future extensions).
!"#$% &#' (%
) *
+*
,- &#' + * &# .%/ &%/ 0!
.%/ &#' !
*1# 1 . !
,2 . %#$ 345!
,- . %#$ )!" ,6 ,242!
7 &# !
8 .% . #. 8 .1. 9 :);: 7!
E_14480_072.eps200204
Vbatt (to deflection & DVD interface board)
-Vaudio
+Vaudio
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data SheetsEN 82 L04L AA9.
9.2.2 Timing Diagrams
Power ON - To Standby - Out of Standby - Power OFF
Figure 9-2 Timing diagram Standby
Power ON - To Semi Standby - Out of Semi Standby - Power OFF
Figure 9-3 Timing diagram Semi Standby
200ms 100ms(ref) 800ms 20ms(ref)
3, 3.3, 6V
Vbat, Vaudio
Normal
VT_supply
POWER_DOWN
+5V
STDBY
2s(ref)1s(ref)
+1V8 EXT.
10ms(ref)
B
Stdby_con
STB bit
10ms(ref
Power ON
PIP Supplies
Out of Standby
200ms
Standby mode
10mS
Power offNormal
Relay status
Perform hard-reset
To Standby
Closed
Open
2s(ref)
E_14480_073.eps200204
Power ON
3, 3.3, 6V
Vbat, Vaudio
To Semi Standby Out of Semi Standby Power OFFSemi Standby Normal
Stdby_con
Normal
STB bit
VT_supply
+5V
STDBY
+1V8 ext
PIP Supplies
Relay status
Closed
Open
2s(ref) 800ms 1s(ref) 200ms 20ms (ref) 10ms(ref) 10ms(ref)
B
10mS
under start_up sequence for details.
PerformHard-reset
E_14480_074.eps200204
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets EN 83L04L AA 9.
9.2.3 Startup Sequence
When the set is connected to the AC power, the rectified line voltage (via winding 4-5 of L5531 connected to pin 14 of IC7531) will start the internal voltage source to charge the V_cc capacitor (C2532). The IC starts to switch as soon as the V_cc reaches the V_cc start level of 9.5 V. This supply is automatically taken over by winding 1-2, as soon as the V_cc is high enough, and the internal supply source will stop (for high efficiency switching).
Table 9-1 Pinning overview TEA1523
As C2532 of IC7531 is charged, it will also start to charge the V_cc capacitor (C2511) of IC7511. Via resistor R3519 and C2511, the TEA1506 starts to switch as soon as the V_cc voltage reaches the V_cc start level of is about 11 V. The V_cc voltage is automatically taken over by the main transformer L5512 (winding 2-3) when the V_cc is high enough (when this voltage is even higher than the voltage on C2511, there is no current flow from C2532 to C2511 due to diode D6512).
Table 9-2 Pinning overview TEA1506
9.2.4 Standby Mode
In this mode, IC7511 (TEA1506) will be totally disabled. So there is no voltage on the main transformer output. But IC7531 (TEA1523) will still work and will provide the necessary output voltages (6V -> 5V, 3.3V, 3V -> 1.8V) to the Hercules (IC7200).
Table 9-3 PSU voltage overview
9.3 Deflection
9.3.1 Synchronization
Before the Hercules (IC7200) can generate horizontal drive pulses, the +3.3V supply voltages must be present. After the start up command of the microprocessor (via I2C), the Hercules outputs the horizontal pulses. These horizontal pulses begin “initially” with double line frequency and then change “gradually” to line frequency in order to limit the current in the line stage (slow-start). The VDRA and VDRB signals are the balanced output currents (sawtooth shaped) of the frame oscillator (pins 106 and 107 of the Hercules). These output signals are balanced, so they are less sensitive to disturbances. There is a current source inside the UOC at pin 102. This pumps energy in the capacitor connected to this pin producing a pure saw tooth. The vertical drive signals and the E/W correction signal are derived. Pin 108 is the East-West drive (or AVL), and it is a single ended current output. The correction for “horizontal width for changed EHT” from this pin is available by setting the HCO bit to “1”. The Phase-2 Compensation available at pin 113 gives frame correction for high beam currents. The phase compensation signal is used to correct the phase of the picture from the horizontal drive signal. Pin 63 is the SANDCASTLE output (contains all sync info) and also HORIZONTAL FLYBACK (HFB) input.Pin 97 is the EHT tracking/over-voltage protection pin. The HCO bit can switch on the tracking on EW. If the voltage at pin 97 exceeds 3.9 V, the over-voltage protection will be activated and the horizontal drive is switched “off” via a slow stop.
9.3.2 Horizontal Deflection
There are several executions (depending on the CRT): • Sets with no East-West correction. The principle of the
horizontal deflection is based on the quasi-diode modulation circuit. This horizontal deflection circuit supplies the deflection current and auxiliary voltages from the LOT.
• Sets with East-West correction. The principle of the horizontal deflection is based on a diode modulator with east-west correction. This horizontal deflection circuit supplies the deflection current and auxiliary voltages from the LOT.
• Sets with dynamic East-West correction. The principle of the horizontal deflection is based on a diode modulator with dynamic east-west correction for picture tubes with inner pincushion. This horizontal deflection circuit supplies the deflection current and auxiliary voltages from the LOT.
Basic PrincipleDuring a scan period, either the Line Transistor or diode(s) conduct to ensure a constant voltage over the deflection coil (that results in a linear current). During the flyback period, the Line Transistor stops conducting, and the flyback capacitor(s) together with the inductance of the deflection coil creates oscillation.
Pin Symbol Description
2 Gnd This pin is Ground of the IC.
3 V_cc This pin is connected to the supply voltage. An internal current charges the V_cc capacitor (2532), and the start-up sequence is initiated when this voltage reaches a level of 9.5 V. Note: The output power is disabled when the voltage gets below 9 V (UVLO). Operating range is between 0 to 40 V.
5 RC Frequency setting
6 REG This pin is connected to the feedback loop. The pin contains two functions: 1) Between 1 to 1.425 V it controls the "on" time. 2) Above the threshold of 3.5 V, it is possible to initiate "burst mode" standby.
11 Demag This pin is connected to the V_cc winding of 5531. It has three functions: 1) During Magnetisation, the input voltage is sensed to compensate OCP level for OPP. 2) During demagnetisation, the output voltage is sensed for OVP and 3) A comparator is used to prevent continuous conduction when output is overloaded.
12 Sense This pin contains three different functions.: 1) Dectection of soft start, protection levels of 2) OCP, and 3) SWP.
14 Drain This pin is connected to the drain of the switch or center tap of the transformer. It contains three functions: 1) M-level (mains-dependent operation-enabling level), 2) Supply for start-up current, and 3) Valley detection.
Pin Symbol Description
2 Vcc This pin is connected to the supply voltage. When this voltage is high (Vcc_start level, about 11 V), the IC will start switching. When the voltage is lower than Vcc_uvlo (about 8.7 V), the IC will stop switching.Note: This pin is not self supplied by internal source like in TEA1507
3 Gnd This pin is Ground of the IC.
6 Ctrl This pin is connected to the feedback loop. The pin will control the "on" time between 1 V to 1.5 V.
7 Demag This pin is connected to the Vcc winding of 5512. It contains three functions: 1) During magnetisation, the input voltage is sensed to compensate OCP level for OPP, 2) During demagnetisation, the output voltage is sensed for OVP and 3) a comparator is used to prevent continuous conduction when the output is overloaded.
9 Sense This pin contains three different functions: 1) dectection of soft start, protection levels of 2) OCP, and 3) SWP.
11 Driver This pin will drive the (MOSFET) switch.
12 HVS This is High Volt Spacer (n.a.)
14 Drain Connected to the Drain of the external MOSFET switch, this is the input for valley sensing and initial internal supply.
Voltage Normal operation Stdby mode
V_batt 130 - 143 V 0 V
V_audio +/- 15.5 V 0 V
+6V 6 V 6 V
+3V 3 V 3 V
Stdby_con 0 V 3.3 V
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data SheetsEN 84 L04L AA9.
First Part of ScanPin 62 of the UOC delivers the horizontal drive signal for the Line Output stage. This signal is a square pulse of line frequency. L5402 is the flyback drive transformer. This transformer de-couples the line output stage from the UOC. It has a direct polarization. The flyback drive circuit works with the start-up supply taken from +6V of the Aux supply (and subsequently taking from VlotAux+9V). When the H-drive is high, TS7404 conducts, and transformer L5402 starts to store energy. The base of the line transistor TS7405 is low and therefore blocks. The current in the deflection coil returns from diode D6404.
Second Part of ScanWhen the H-drive is low, TS7404 does not conduct, and the energy that is stored in the transformer will transfer to the secondary, making the base of the Line Transistor high. Then the Line Transistor starts to conduct. The current in the deflection coil returns from the transistor in another direction.
FlybackAt the moment the H-drive becomes high, the base of the Line Transistor becomes low. Both the Line Transistor and the Flyback Diode will block. There is an oscillation between the flyback capacitor C2412 and the deflection coil. Because of the inductance of the LOT, the Line Transistor cannot stop conducting immediately. After the Line Transistor is out of conduction, the flyback pulse is created. The flyback capacitor charges until the current in the deflection coil reduce to zero. Then it discharges through the deflection coil and the deflection current increases from the other direction. The flyback diode conducts and is back to the first part of the scan.
Linearity CorrectionBecause the deflection coil has a certain resistance, a picture without any linearity issues cannot be expected. L5401 is the linearity coil to compensate for this resistance. It is a coil with a pre-magnetized core. This correction is called linearity correction.
Horizontal S-CorrectionBecause the electronic beam needs to travel a longer distance to both sides of the screen than the center, the middle of the screen would become narrower than both sides. To prevent this, a parabolic voltage is applied across the deflection coil during scan. To create this parabolic voltage, a capacitor called S-cap (C2417/C2418) is used as a voltage source during scan. The sawtooth current of the deflection through this capacitor creates the required parabolic voltage. This correction is called S-Correction.
Mannheim-Circuit When the EHT is heavily loaded with a bright line, the flyback time can be increased a bit in this situation. As a result, the scan delays a bit causing a DC-shift to the right in the next line, which would create a small spike on the S-cap. This spike oscillates with the inductance of the deflection coil and the primary of LOT. The result is visible in vertical lines under horizontal white line. This is called the Mannheim-effect. To prevent this from happening, a circuit called Mannheim-circuit is added. This consists of C2415, R3404, R3417 and D6406. During the scan, C2415 is charged via R3417. During the flyback, the S-correction parabola across the S-Cap C2417/C2418 is in its most negative, and D6406 conducts. Thus, C2415 is switched in parallel to C2417/C2418 during flyback. As C2415 is much larger than C2417/C2418, the voltage across C2415 reduces the Mannheim-effect oscillation.
Class D East-West Driver To reduce the power loss of the normal used linear East-West amplifier, a class-D East-West circuit is used. To achieve this, the East-West parabola waveform EW_DRIVE from the Hercules (frame frequency) is sampled with a saw tooth (line
frequency) taken from the line aux output. Then a series of width-modulated pulses is formed via two inverted phase amplifiers, filtered by an inductor, which then directly drive the diode modulated line circuit.
East-West Correction To achieve a good geometry, dynamic S-correction is needed. The design is such that the tube/yoke needs East-West correction. Besides that, an inner pincushion is present after East-West correction. The line deflection is modulated with a parabolic voltage (frame frequency). In this way it is not so much at top and bottom, and much more in the middle. Upon entering the picture geometry menu in the SAM mode, the following corrections will be displayed. • EWW: East West Width.• EWP: East West Parabola.• UCP: Upper Corner Parabola.• LCP: Lower Corner Parabola.• EWT: East West Trapezium.The East-West drive circuit realizes them all. The settings can be changed by a remote control. All changed data will be stored into the NVM after the geometry alignment.
PanoramaFor Wide Screen sets, the S-correction of the picture has to adapt between the different picture modes. In particular, between 16:9 Wide Screen and 4:3 picture modes. This is achieved with the (separate) Panorama circuit (see diagram “G”). A signal (I2SDI1) from the UOC controls the state of TS7463. When in the normal 16:9 Wide Screen mode, the signal is “low” and therefore TS7463 is switched “off”.When the 4:3 mode is selected, this signal from the UOC is pulled “high”, switching TS7463 “on”. The relay 1463 on the Panorama panel is subsequently turned “on” and, in effect, paralleling capacitor C2475/C2474 to the S-Cap C2469/C2470. This changes the overall effective S-correction. The relay is switched “on” in 4:3 and Superwide picture modes.
9.3.3 Auxiliary Voltages
The horizontal deflection provides various auxiliary voltages derived either directly or indirectly from the secondary pins of the LOT:• +9V: This supplies the Hercules’s flyback driver.• +11V: This supplies the frame amplifier.• -12V: This supplies the frame amplifier.• 50V: This supplies the frame amplifier.• Filament: This supplies the heater pins of the picture tube.• VideoSupply (+200V from primary side of LOT): This
supplies the RGB amplifier and Scavem circuit at the CRT panel.
Notes: • The V_T voltage (to tuner) is drawn from V_batt.• The EHT voltage is generated by the Line Output
Transformer (LOT). The Focus and Vg2 voltages are created with two potentiometers integrated in the transformer.
9.3.4 Beam Current
The beam current is adjusted with R3451 and R3452. The components R3473, R3453 and C2451 determine the EHT_info characteristic. The voltage across C2412 varies when the beam current changes. This EHT_info is used to compensate the picture geometry via pin 97 of the Hercules when the picture changes rapidly, and compensate the phase 2 loop via pin 113 of the Hercules. Also from the EHT_info line, a BCL signal is derived and sent to the Hercules for controlling the picture’s contrast and brightness.
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets EN 85L04L AA 9.
When the picture content becomes brighter, it will introduce:• Geometry distortion due to the impedance of the LOT
causing the EHT to drop.• Picture blooming due to the picture characteristicsBecause of the above mentioned, we will need a circuit for Beam Current Limiter (BCL) and EHT compensation (EHT_info). These two circuits derive the signal from the picture tube current info through LOT pin 10.
BCL• When the BCL pin voltage goes to 2.8 V, the Hercules will
start to limit CONTRAST gain. • When it reaches 1.7 V, then the BRIGHTNESS gain limit
will start to react.• When BCL pin voltage goes to 0.8 V, the RGB will be
blanked. Components TS7483, R3490, R3491, R3492, and C2483 are for fast beam current limiting (e.g. with a Black-to-White pattern). Components R3454, D6451, D6450, C2453, R3493, and C2230 are for average beam current limiting. C2453 and R3493 also control the timing where average beam current limiting is more active or less active.
EHT_infoThe “PHI2 correction” is to correct the storage time deviation of the Line Output Transistor, which is causing geometry distortion due to brightness change.Line EHT_info is to correct the geometry distortion due to EHT deviation.Both of them feedback through the EHTO and PH2LF pin, and correct the geometry through the East-West circuit.
Power DownThe power down connection is for EHT discharge during AC Power “Off” state. In the Hercules, if EHT_info > 3.9 V, it will trigger the X-ray protection circuit via a 2fH soft stop sequence. The Hercules bits OSO (Switch Off in Vertical Over scan) and FBC (Fixed Beam Current Switch Off) will discharge the EHT with 1mA cathode current at over-scan position.During switch-off, the H_out frequency is doubled immediately and the duty cycle is set to 25% fixed, during 43 ms. The RGB outputs are driven “high” to get a controlled discharge of the picture tube with 1 mA during 38 ms. This will decrease the EHT to about half the nominal value (= safety requirement). When bit OSO is set, the white spot/flash during switch-off will be written in overscan and thus will not be visible on the screen. Careful application must guarantee that the vertical deflection stays operational until the end of the discharge period.
9.3.5 DAF
The Dynamic Astigmatic Focus (DAF) circuit is required by 34RF sets only (depends on region). It provides vertical DAF and horizontal DAF. Both of the parabola signals are derived through integration by using chassis available signals:• The vertical parabola is using RC integration (via R3403
and C2401) on the Frame sensing resistor saw tooth (Frame_FB).
• The horizontal parabola is obtained by 2 RC integration (R3409, R3410, C2402, C2403) on the +9V LOT output.
Both of the parabolas are added on the output stage through adder TS7402 and TS7403. The collector of TS7402 emitter-drives TS7401 and is amplified by pull up resistor R3411. D6401 and C2405 provide the rectified supply voltage.
9.3.6 X-ray Protection
The X-ray protection circuit rectifies the filament voltage and uses it to trigger TS7481 when the EHT is too high. TS7481 is biased at “off” condition by D6480, R3482, and R3483 during
normal operation. When the EHT goes too high, the voltage across R3482 will tend to increase as well, while the voltage across D6481 is fixed. Up to certain level (triggering point), TS7481 will be “on” and will force the EHT_info > 3.9 V. The chassis will be shut down through a soft stop sequence.
9.3.7 Vertical Deflection
The Frame stage consists fully of discrete components. This has the advantage for better flash behavior than when an IC was used. The Frame differential drive signal from the Hercules comes from a current source. Resistors R3460 and R3461 convert them into a voltage, and feed them into the differential amplifier TS7455 and TS7456. The output of TS7456 is input to the next amplification stage of TS7452. Finally, TS7451 and TS7453 deliver the Vertical yoke current to the coil and feedback through the sensing resistors R3471 and R3472.D6458 and TS7454 are used to bias TS7451 and TS7453, to get rid of zero crossovers, which can cause horizontal lines at the screen center.The negative supply is from -12V and the positive scanning supply is from +12V through D6459. The flyback supply is derived from D6455, D6456 and C2456. This circuit is a voltage doubler, which stores energy in C2456 during the Line flyback period and delivers the energy to C2465 during the Line scanning period. Throughout the Frame period, the charging and discharging of C2456 works alternatively. However, at the first half of the Frame scanning, TS7451 is “on” and consumes all the charge from C2456. When entering 2nd half Frame period, TS7451 is “off”, so C2456 will gradually charge up to the required flyback supply. C2463, R3464 and D6457 are for boosting the base voltage of TS7451 during the flyback period and the 1st half Frame period as well. C2463 is charged by D6457 during the 2nd half scanning. R3467 and R3468 are for oscillation damping. The V_guard protection is to protect the Frame stage if a fault condition happens. The V_guard will sense the pulse with voltage > 3.8 V and period < 900 us. Any signal out of this range will be considered as fault, and the chassis will be shut down.
9.3.8 Tilt and Rotation
The rotation control signal is a PWM output from the UOC. It is filtered by R3252, R3246, R3259 and C2259. The DC voltage after filtering at C2259 will be amplified by R3245 (Main Board) and R3390 (CRT panel).The output stage functions similarly as in L01.1 with rotation IC TDA8941P. TS7331/TS7382 and TS7332/TS7381 will function alternatively corresponding to the rotation setting.
9.3.9 CRT panel
The RGB amplifier stage is exactly the same as in L01.1. However, the RGB amplifier IC has been changed to TDA6107AJF or TDA6108AJF. The “A” indication is with gain of “80” rather than “50” in L01.1. The diode D6332 used in the former chassis, to solve the bright screen during start up, is not required because this IC has the error correction implemented.
ScavemIn certain versions, the Scavem feature is used to enhance the sharpness of the picture. The RGB signals are first differentiated and subsequently amplified before feeding to an auxiliary coil known as the SVM coil. The current, flowing through the SVM coil during the picture intensity transients, modulates the deflection field and thus the scan velocity.
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data SheetsEN 86 L04L AA9.
During the first half of the intensity increase, the scan velocity is increased (thus decreasing the current density by spreading it on a wider area). During the second half of the intensity increase, the scan velocity is decreased (increasing the current density by concentrating it on a smaller area). The increasing current density transition is sharpened. A decreasing current density transition is processed in a similar way and is also sharpened. In this chassis the SCAVEM signal is different from its predecessor because the Hercules generates the differential SCAVEM signal inside the IC. The supply of the SCAVEM is taken from V_bat through a 1k5 / 5 W resistor. Compared with the L01.1, this has the advantage of getting better performance for the pattern with tremendous SCAVEM current (like V_sweep). In this former chassis, because the supply was taken from the 200 V through a 8k2 / 5 W resistor, the supply dropped significantly during a large SCAVEM current. In this chassis, the drop due to the pattern will be less because of the lower supply voltage impedance.In the Main Board, 1st stage amplification is taken care by 7208 with the pull up resistors (3361, 3387) located in the CRT panel. TS7361 and TS7362 is the current buffer delivering the current to the output stage. The diode D6361 is to lightly bias these transistors, to get rid of the zero crossover of the stage.After that, the signal is ac-coupled to TS7363 and TS7364 where the emitter resistors (R3364 and R3370) will determine the final SCAVEM current. TS7363 and TS7364 are biased by R3363, R3366, R3367 and R3368. C2387, R3388, R3389, R3365, R3369, C2384, and C2385 are used for suppressing unwanted oscillations.The function of TS7376 is to limit the SCAVEM current from going too high. It basically senses the voltage after R3373 and clamps the SCAVEM signal through D6367 and C2376.
9.4 Control
The Micro Controller is integrated with the Video Processor, and is called the Hercules. For dynamic data storage, such as SMART PICTURE and SMART SOUND settings, an external NVM IC is being used.Another feature includes an optional Teletext/Closed Caption decoder with the possibility of different page storage depending on the Hercules type number. The Micro Controller ranges in ROM from 128 kB with no TXT-decoder to 128 kB with a 10 page Teletext or with Closed Caption.
9.4.1 Block Diagram
The block diagram of the Micro Controller application is shown below.
Figure 9-4 Micro Controller block diagram
9.4.2 Basic Specification
The Micro Controller operates at the following supply voltages:• +3.3 V_dc at pins 33, 125, and 19. • +1.8 V_dc at pins 126, 36, and 33.• I2C pull up supply: +3.3V_dc.
9.4.3 Pin Configuration and Functionality
The ports of the Micro Controller can be configured as follows:• A normal input port.• An input ADC port.• An output Open Drain port.• An output Push-Pull port.• An output PWM port.• Input/Output Port The following table shows the ports used for the L04 control:
Table 9-4 Micro Controller ports overview
The description of each functional pin is explained below:• LED. This signal is used as an indication for the Standby,
Remote and Error Indicator. Region diversity:– During protection mode, the LED blinks and the set is
in standby mode. – During error conditions it blinks at a predefined rate.– After receiving a valid RC-5 or local keyboard
command it flashes once.– For sets with error message indication, the LED blinks
when message is active and the set is in standby mode.
Table 9-5 LED signal diversity
• SCL. This is the clock wire of the two-wire single master bi-directional I2C bus.
• SDA. This is the data wire of the two-wire single master bi-directional I2C bus.
• STDBY_CON. The Hercules generates this signal. This can enable the MAIN SMPS in normal operation and disable it during Standby. It is of logic “low” (0 V) under normal operation and “high” (3.3 V) during Standby.
!"
# !$$%&%'
# ()
*%&)+
!,+!+&+-+ ,
.!) /
.!) .,$/
!$!
!$!
01
01
) $!
!
*%&)+
E_14480_070.eps200204
Pin Name Description Configuration
32 INT0/ P0.5 IR INT0
31 P1.0/ INT1 PWRDOWN INT1
30 P1.1/ T0 LED P1.1
27 P0.4/ I2SWS (for future use) -
26 P0.3/ I2SCLK (for future use) -
25 P0.2/ I2SDO2 SEL_SC2_INTERFACE/ SDM P0.2
24 P0.1/ I2SDO1 (for future use) P0.1
23 P0.0/ I2SDI/O Panorama P0.0
22 P1.3/ T1 Write Protect P1.3
21 P1.6/ SCL SCL SCL
20 P1.7/ SDA SDA SDA
18 P2.0/ TPWM VOL_MUTE P2.0
17 P2.1/ PWM0 ROTATION PWM0
16 P2.2/ PWM1 SEL_LL'/M P2.2
15 P2.3/ PWM2 STANDBY_CON P2.3
14 P3.0/ ADC0 Light Sensor ADC0
13 P3.1/ ADC1 (for future use) -
10 P3.2/ ADC2 (for future use) -
9 P3.3/ ADC3 KEYBOARD ADC3
7 P2.4/ PWM3 A (for future use) P2.4
6 P2.5/ PWM4 B (for future use) P2.5
3 P1.2/ INT2 C (for future use) INT2
2 P1.4/ RX E (for future use) -
1 P1.5/ TX D (for future use) -
LED Europe AP/ LATAM NAFTA
0 LED brighter Standby LED lighted Standby LED lighted Normal
1 LED dimmer Normal LED "off" Normal LED "off" Standby
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets EN 87L04L AA 9.
• IR. This input pin is connected to an RC5 remote control receiver.
• SEL-IF-LL’/ M-TRAP. For AP: All L04 AP sets are Multi System QSS set. This is an output pin to switch the Video SAW filter between M system and other systems.– 0: NTSC M (default)– 1: PAL B/G, DK, I, L
• Write Protect. The global protection line is used to enable and disable write protection to the NVM. When write to the NVM is required, pin 7 of the NVM must be pulled to logic ‘0’ first (via Write_Protect of the micro-controller pin) before a write is performed. Otherwise pin 7 of NVM must always be at logic “1”– 0: Disabled– 1: Enabled (default)
• Mute. This pin is use to MUTE the audio amplifier. It is configured as push pull.
• Rotation. This pin is configured as PWM for the Rotation feature. The output of the PWM is proportional to the feature control.
• Light Sensor. This pin is configured as ADC input for the Light Sensor.
• Sel_SC2_Interface. This pin is use to switch between the SC2_CVBS_OUT and the INTF_CVBS_OUT for the SCART_2_CVBS_OUT/ MONITOR_OUT signal. – 0: Hercules CVBS Output (default)– 1: Interface CVBS Output
• PWRDOWN. The AUX SMPS generates this signal. Logic “high” (3.3 V) under normal operation of the TV and goes “low” (0 V) when the Mains input voltage supply goes below 70 V_ac.
• Keyboard. Following are the Keyboard functions and the step values (8 bit) for it.
Table 9-6 Local keyboard values
• SDM. This pin is configured as Open Drain during the cold start only. If this pin is shorted to ground during cold start, it will enter the SDM mode (for Service use).
• ISP. This pin is configured as Open Drain during the cold start only. If this pin is shorted to ground during cold start, it will enter the ISP mode (for Service use).
• PANEL. This pin is configured as Open Drain during the cold start only. If this pin is shorted to ground during that, then it will enter to the PANEL mode.
• ResetEnabled. This is an output pin to switch the control transistor (pos. TS7202) “high” or “low” for the reset of 1.8 V in case there is a corruption in the Hercules.
9.5 Tuner and IF
The tuner used in this chassis comes from two sources, from Philips and from Alps. Both tuner sources have the same pin configuration so they are 1 to 1 compatible except for the software, which will be selected by means of Option Settings. Some features: • Multi-Standard alignment free PLL-IF, including SECAM
L/L’.• Integrated IF-AGC time constant.• Integrated sound band-passes and traps (4.5 / 5.5 / 6.0 /
6.5 MHz).• Group delay compensation (for NTSC and for PAL).
• QSS versions with digital Second-Sound-IF SSIF (AM demodulator for free).
• FM mono operation possible: Inter-Carrier or QSS.
9.5.1 Diversity
The following Tuners can be present (depending on the region and the set execution): • Normal tuner without PIP.• FM radio tuner without PIP.• Normal tuner with PIP (main tuner with splitter).• FM radio set with PIP (PIP tuner with splitter). The SAW filter used, depends on the application concept (whether it is a QSS concept or an Intercarrier):• OFWM3953M for QSS Video.• OFWK9656M for QSS Audio.• OFWM1971M for Intercarrier.
9.5.2 Pin Assignments and Functionality
Pin assignment of the Tuner:
Table 9-7 Pinning Tuner
Pin assignment of the several SAW filters (depends on region/execution):
Table 9-8 Pinning SAW filters
The table below shows the switching behavior of SAW filter.
Table 9-9 Switching behavior SAW filter
Note: The logic level is measured at the base of transistor 7001.
Function Voltage (V_dc) Step values (8 bit)
NAFTA Standby 0 0 - 6
Ch + 0.43 7 - 33
Exit Factory (Ch- and Vol-) 0.69 34 - 53
Ch - 0.93 54 - 73
Menu (Vol - and Vol +) 1.19 74 - 96
Vol - 1.49 97 - 121
DVD Eject 1.8 122 - 147
Vol + 2.12 148 - 169
Pin Pin Description DC Voltages
1 RF-AGC 4V for Maximum Gain < 4V for Strong Signal Condition
2 FM Radio Input or N.C -
3 NC (Address Pin) -
4 SCL 0 to 3.3 V_dc
5 SDA 0 to 3.3 V_dc
6/7 Supply Voltage 5 V_dc +/- 0.25 V
8 N.C -
9 Tuning Supply Voltage 30 to 35 V_dc
10 FM Radio IF Output/Ground -
11 TV IF Output -
PinQSS Video (item 1002)
QSS Video (item 1003)
QSS Audio (item 1001)
Intercarrier (item 1002)
1 Input Input Input Input
2 Input Ground Input Ground Switching Input Input Ground
3 Ground Ground Ground Ground
4 Output Output Output Output
5 Output Output Output Output
6 - n.c. - -
7 - n.c. - -
8 - Ground - -
9 - Free - -
10 - Switching input - -
Condition
High Low
System M BG/DK/I/L
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data SheetsEN 88 L04L AA9.
9.5.3 Option Settings
The option settings for the Tuner type can be found in Option setting 1 of the SAM mode. The Option settings for Option 1 are as follows:• Option Byte 1
– Bit 7: OP_PHILIPS_TUNER– Bit 6: OP_FM_RADIO– Bit 5: OP_LNA– Bit 4: OP_ATS– Bit 3: OP_ACI– Bit 2: OP_UK_PNP– Bit 1: OP_VIRGIN_MODE– Bit 0: OP_CHINA
For more details on the option settings, please refer to the chapter 8 “Alignments”.
9.6 Source Select
For this chassis, the audio/video source selection is controlled via the Hercules.The Audio/Video Source Select is one of the more complex functions due to its diversity and complex switching. The Audio/Video Source Select comprises of the following components:• The Hercules itself for Mono Audio and Video Source
Selection.• The HEF switch for Stereo Audio as well as Video
Selection.
9.6.1 Options
The option settings for the Source Selection can be found in Option settings of the SAM mode. The Option settings for Option 5 are as follows:• Option Byte 5
– Bit 7: AV1– Bit 6: AV2 – Bit 5: AV3– Bit 4: CVI– Bit 3: SVHS2– Bit 2: SVHS3– Bit 1: HOTEL MODE– Bit 0:
For more detail on the option settings, please refer to the chapter 8 “Alignments”.
9.6.2 Diversity
The basic diversity of the Audio/Video Source Select is between the Mono and the Stereo sets and the number of Cinch/SCART’s as specified in the product specification. The table below shows the Audio/Video Source Select diversity for all regions:
Table 9-10 AV Source Select diversity
Table 9-11 SCART Source Select diversity
Pin Symbol Remark
51 R/Pr IN3 AV1 (CVI)
50 G/Y IN3
49 B/Pb IN3
52 INSSW3
74 CVBS2/Y2
95 AUDIO IN5 L
94 AUDIO IN5 R
73 AUDIO IN3 L AV2 (SVHS)
72 AUDIO IN3 R
71 CVBS3/Y3
70 C2/C3
80 AUDIO IN4 L Side (SHVS)
79 AUDIO IN4 R
78 CVBS4/Y4
77 C4
81 IFVO/SVO/CVBSI Monitor Out
67 AUD OUT HP L
66 AUD OUT HP R
69 AUD OUT LS L (AUD OUT/AM OUT) HP/ LS Out
68 AUD OUT LS R
59 V IN (R/Pr IN2/CX) Interface
58 U IN (B/Pb IN2)
57 Y IN (G/Y IN2/CVBS-Yx)
54 U OUT (INSSW2)
76 AUDIO IN2 L
75 AUDIO IN2 R
86 DVBO/IFVO/FMRO N.C.
65 CVBSO/PIP PIP application
56 Y SYNC 100 nF
55 Y OUT 100 nF
53 V OUT (SWO) N.C.
93 AUD OUT S L N.C.
92 AUD OUT S R N.C.
Pin Symbol Remark
51 R/Pr IN3 SCART 1
50 G/Y IN3
49 B/Pb IN3
52 INSSW3
74 CVBS2/Y2
86 DVBO/IFVO/FMRO
95 AUDIO IN5 L
94 AUDIO IN5 R
93 AUD OUT S L
92 AUD OUT S R
71 CVBS3/Y3 SCART 2
70 C2/C3
81 IFVO/SVO/CVBSI
73 AUDIO IN3 L
72 AUDIO IN3 R
67 AUD OUT HP L
66 AUD OUT HP R
80 AUDIO IN4 L Side I/O
79 AUDIO IN4 R
78 CVBS4/Y4
77 C4
69 AUD OUT LS L (AUD OUT/AM OUT) LS/ HP/ MON OUT
68 AUD OUT LS R
59 V IN (R/Pr IN2/CX) Interface
58 U IN (B/Pb IN2)
57 Y IN (G/Y IN2/CVBS-Yx)
54 U OUT(INSSW2)
76 AUDIO IN2 L
75 AUDIO IN2 R
65 CVBSO/PIP for PIP
56 YSYNC 100 nF
55 YOUT 100 nF
53 VOUT(SWO) N.C.
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets EN 89L04L AA 9.
9.6.3 Audio Source Selection
The signals coming out of the DEMDEC (internal demodulator/decoder block of the Hercules) are selectable and consist of the following (depending on the transmission):• DEC L/R (Can be NICAM, FM 2CS, or BTSC Stereo).• Mono (Refers to fallback/forced Mono in Stereo
Transmission).• SAP. For L04, the assigned I/O with respect to the Hercules is as follows:• SCART1 or AV1 Input assigned to Audio In 5.• SCART2 or AV2 Input assigned to Audio In 3.• Side AV Input assigned to Audio In 4.• External Interface Input assigned to Audio In 2.• SCART1 Output (EU) assigned to SCART Output.• SCART2 Output (EU) or Monitor Output (LA/NA/AP)
assigned to Headphone Output.• Constant Level Output assigned to Loudspeaker Output.
9.6.4 Video Source Selection
Video source selection is done inside the Hercules. Therefore it provides a video switch with 3 external CVBS inputs and a CVBS output. All CVBS inputs can be used as Y-input for Y/C signals. However, only 2 Y/C sources can be selected because the circuit has 2 chroma inputs.All input signals are converted to YUV, and looped through an external interface. This to enable picture improvement features (like LTI/CTI) or PIP.
9.7 Video Processing
The Video Processor is basically the Hercules and the TDA9178 (CTI/LTI). Video processing is done in these two chips such as the Brightness Control, Contrast Control and so on. Some features:• Full YUV-loop interface (alternative functions: DVD, RGB
or Y/C).• Internal OSD insertion (not Saturation or Contrast
controlled).• Double window implementation.• Linear / non linear scaling for 16:9 sets.• Tint (hue) on UV signals (including DVD).• Peaking, Coring, Black \ Blue \ White-stretch.• Transfer-Ratio and Scavem (also on TXT).
9.7.1 Features
The features included in the Hercules are as follows:• Brightness Control.• Contrast Control.• Saturation Control.• Sharpness Control.• Peak White Limiter.• Beam Current Limiter.• Black Stretch (Contrast Plus). For sets with the TDA9178, there are two extra features:• Luminance Transient Improvement (LTI).• Color Transient Improvement (CTI).
9.7.2 Block Diagram
Following diagram is the block diagram of the video processing part:
Figure 9-5 Video processing block diagram
9.7.3 LTI/CTI
The TDA9178 is an I2C-bus controlled IC (INCREDIBLE chip) with YUV interface. This IC can do mainly histogram processing, color transient improvement (CTI) and line transient improvement (LTI).• Luminance Vector Processing involves histogram function,
which provides scene dependent contrast improvement, adaptive black and white point stretching.
• Color Vector Processing involves skin tone correction, green enhancement and blue stretch.
• Spectral Processor involves step improvement processing, contour processing, smart sharpness control, color dependant sharpness and Color Transient Improvement.
• Noise detector, feature mode detector and cue flash functions.
• Demonstration mode shows all the improvement features in one picture.
Table 9-12 Pinning overview TDA9178
Pin Symbol Description
1 SC Sandcastle input pin
2 n.c. Not connected pin
3 ADEXT1 External AD-conversion #1 input pin
4 ADEXT2 External AD-conversion #2 input pin
5 ADEXT3 External AD-conversion #3 input pin
6 Y in Luminance input pin
7 ADR Address selection input pin
8 U in -(B-Y) signal input pin
9 V in -(R-Y) signal input pin
10 TP Testpin, connected to ground
11 SCL I2C-bus: clock input pin
12 n.c. Not connected pin
13 n.c. Not connected pin
14 SDA I2C-bus: data input pin
15 DECDIG Decoupling digital supply
16 V out -(R-Y) signal output pin
17 U out -(B-Y) signal output pin
18 V ee Ground pin
19 Y out Luminance output pin
20 V cc Supply-voltage pin
21 S out Luminance output for SCAVEM
22 CF Cue-flash output pin
23 n.c. Not connected pin
24 n.c. Not connected pin
TUNER
SAW
95,94,80,79,
AUDIO AMP
68,69
VIDEO
AUDIO SAW
NVM
MONITOR OUT
2021
CRT
LTI/CTI
78,77,76,75, 74,73,72,71,70
6586,81, 67,66
HERCULES
SW
2425
29,30
PIP/ DVD
CVBS/AUDIO REAR/SIDE INPUT/OUTPUT
INPUT RGB/CVI
42,4344
53,54,55
57,5859
49,50,51
E_14480_071.eps200204
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data SheetsEN 90 L04L AA9.
9.7.4 Options
The option settings allow for process of the video as per set specification. The option settings can be found in “Option 2” and “Option 6” in the SAM mode. The option settings are as follows:• Option Byte 2
– Bit 7: – Bit 6 :OP_GREEN_UI– Bit 5: OP_CHANNEL_NAMING, – Bit 4: OP_LTI,– Bit 3: OP_TILT,– Bit 2: OP_FINE_TUNING– Bit 1: OP_PIP_PHILIPS_TUNER,– Bit 0: OP_HUE,
• Option Byte 6– Bit 7: OP_PERSONAL_ZAPPING,– Bit 6: – Bit 5: OP_FMTRAP– Bit 4: OP_COMBFILTER– Bit 3: OP_ACTIVE_CONTROL– Bit 2: OP_VIDEO_TEXT– Bit 1 :OP_LIGHT_SENSOR,– Bit 0: OP_DUAL_TEXT
For more details on the option settings, please refer to the chapter 8 “Alignments”.
9.8 Audio Processing
The audio decoding is done entirely via the Hercules. The IF output from the Tuner is fed directly to either the Video-IF or the Sound-IF input depending on the type of concept chosen. There are mainly two types of decoder in the Hercules, an analog decoder that decodes only Mono, regardless of any standards, and a digital decoder (or DEMDEC) that can decode both Mono as well as Stereo, again regardless of any standards. In this chassis, the analog decoder is used in two cases:• It is used for AM Sound demodulation in the Europe
SECAM LL’ transmission.• It is used for all FM demodulation in AP AV-Stereo sets.
9.8.1 Diversity
The diversity for the Audio decoding can be divided into two main concepts:• The Quasi Split Sound concept used in Europe and some
AP sets.• The Inter Carrier concept, used in NAFTA and LATAM.The UOC-III family makes no difference anymore between QSS- and Intercarrier IF, nearly all types are software-switchable between the two SAW-filter constructions. Simple data settings are required for the set to determine whether it is using the Inter Carrier or the QSS concept. These settings are done via the “QSS” and “FMI” bit found in SAM mode. Due to the diversity involved, the data for the 2 bits are being placed in the NVM location and it is required to write once during startup. On top of that, it can be further broken down into various systems depending on the region. The systems or region chosen, will in turn affect the type of sound standard that is/are allowed to be decoded.• For the case of Europe, the standard consists of BG/DK/I/
LL’ for a Multi-System set. There are also versions of Eastern Europe and Western Europe set and the standard for decoding will be BG/DK and I/DK respectively. FM Radio is a feature diversity for the Europe sets. The same version can have either FM Radio or not, independent of the system (e.g. sets with BG/DK/I/LL’ can have or not have FM radio).
• For the case of NAFTA and LATAM, there is only one transmission standard, which is the M standard. The diversity then will be based on whether it has a dBx noise reduction or a Non-dBx (no dBx noise reduction).
• For the case of AP, the standard consists of BG/DK/I/M for a Multi-System set. The diversity here will then depends on the region. AP China can have a Multi-System and I/DK version. For India, it might only be BG standard.
9.8.2 Functionality
The features available in the Hercules are as follows:• Treble and Bass Control.• Surround Sound Effect that includes:
– Incredible Stereo.– Incredible Mono.– 3D Sound (not for AV Stereo).– TruSurround (not for AV Stereo).– Virtual Dolby Surround, VDS422 (not for AV Stereo).– Virtual Dolby Surround, VDS423 (not for AV Stereo).– Dolby Pro-Logic (not for AV Stereo).
• Bass Feature that includes:– Dynamic Ultra-Bass.– Dynamic Bass Enhancement.– BBE (not for AV Stereo).
• Auto-Volume Leveler.• 5 Band Equalizer.• Loudness Control.All the features stated are available for the Full Stereo versions and limited features for the AV Stereo
9.9 Audio Amplifier
The audio amplifier part is very straightforward. It uses the integrated power amplifier TDA2616Q, and delivers a maximum output of 2 x 10 W_rms.The maximum operating condition for this amplifier is 21 V unloaded. Normal operating supply is from 7.5 V to 16 V. Muting is done via the VOLUME_MUTE line connected to pin 2 of the amplifier-IC and coming from the UOC. The following table shows pin functionality of the Audio Amplifier:
Table 9-13 Pinning overview TDA2616
Pin Pin Name Normal Operation
1 Input Left Input AC signal
2 Mute 16 V_dc
3 Ground 0 V
4 Output L Channel AC waveform
5 Supply Voltage (negative) -16 V_dc
6 Output R Channel AC waveform
7 Supply Voltage (positive) + 16 V_dc
8 Inverting inputs L and R 0 V
9 Input Right Input AC signal
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets EN 91L04L AA 9.
9.10 Abbreviation list
2CS 2 Carrier (or Channel) StereoACI Automatic Channel Installation:
algorithm that installs TV sets directly from cable network by means of a predefined TXT page
ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control: control
signal used to tune to the correct frequency
AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control: algorithm that
controls the video input of the feature box
AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia Pacific regionAR Aspect Ratio: 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume LevelerBCL Beam Current LimitationB/G Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 5.5 MHzBTSC Broadcast Television Standard
Committee. Multiplex FM stereo sound system, originating from the USA and used e.g. in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries
CC Closed CaptionCCC Continuous Cathode CalibrationComPair Computer aided rePairCRT Cathode Ray Tube or picture tubeCSM Customer Service ModeCTI Color Transient Improvement:
manipulates steepness of chroma transients
CVBS Composite Video Blanking and Synchronization
CVI Component Video InputDAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBX Dynamic Bass Expander or noise
reduction system in BTSCD/K Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 6.5 MHzDFU Direction For Use: description for the
end userDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool: special remote
control designed for dealers to enter e.g. service mode
DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and
Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extra High TensionEHT-INFO Extra High Tension informationEPG Electronic Programming GuideEU EuropeEW East West, related to horizontal
deflection of the setEXT External (source), entering the set via
SCART or CinchFBL Fast Blanking: DC signal
accompanying RGB signalsFILAMENT Filament of CRTFM Field Memory or Frequency
ModulationH Horizontal sync signalHP HeadphoneI Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 6.0 MHzI2C Integrated IC busIF Intermediate Frequency
IIC Integrated IC busITV Institutional TV LA See LATAMLATAM Latin American countries like Brazil,
Argentina, etc.LED Light Emitting DiodeL/L' Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 6.5 MHz. L' is Band I, L is all bands except for Band I
LS Large Screen or LoudspeakerM/N Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 4.5 MHzNA Not Applicable, or
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data SheetsEN 92 L04L AA9.
9.11 IC Data Sheets
This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts of ICs that are drawn as "black boxes" in the electrical diagrams (with the exception of "memory" and "logic" ICs).
9.11.1 Diagram H, TDA9178 (IC7610)
Figure 9-6 Internal Block Diagram and Pin Configuration
BLOCK DIAGRAM
PIN CONFIGURATION
input-stage
YinUin
Vin
luminanceprocessing
Luminance vector processing
black stretchhistogram processinggamma control
Y
saturationcorrection
U,V
delaycontrol
smart peakingLTIVDC
CDS
CTI
+
spectral processing
Sout
colourprocessing
outputstage
Yout
Uout
Vout
noisemeasuring
featuremodedetection
supply
windowgeneration
calibrate
Vcc
ground
Sandcastle
I2C I2C-control
ADext1 (low frequencies)
ADC
skin tone correctiongreen enhancementblue stretch
colour vector processing
"cue flash"
ADext2 (low frequencies)ADext3 (low frequencies)
CF
DECDIG
1
TDA9178
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24Sc
Nc
ADEXT1
ADEXT2
ADEXT3
Yin
ADR
Uin
Vin
TP
SCL
Nc Nc
SDA
DECDIG
Vout
Uout
Vee
Yout
Vcc
Sout
CF
Nc
Nc
E_14480_075.eps270204
Spare Parts List EN 93L04L AA 10.
10. Spare Parts List Not applicable
Revision ListEN 94 L04L AA11.
11. Revision List
First release.